Khiali Bypass, Godhpur and Daska (New Grid- Substations) with Associated D.C Tr

Environmental Impact Assessment

Environmental Impact Assessment Report Document Stage: Final Project Number: 38456-03 March 2011

PAK: MFF for Power Distribution Enhancement Program (Tranche 2)

Khiali Bypass, Godhpur and D aska (New Grid Substations) with Associated D.C. Transmission Line

Prepared by Gujranwala Electric Power Company (GEPCO), Government of Pakistan for the Asian Development Bank (ADB).

The Environmental Impact Assessment Report is a document of the borrower. The views expressed herein do not necessarily represent those of ADB’s Board of Directors, Management, or staff, and may be preliminary in nature.

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's

Environment Impact Assessment

Power Distribution Enhancement Project-Tranche-2 Loan 2178 SF-PAK

Environmental Impact Assessment Report for Khiali Bypass, Godhpur and Daska (New Grid- Substations) with Associated D.C Tr. Lines

Submitted to

Asian Development Bank (ADB)

March, 2011 By Gujranwala Electric Power Company

Government of the Islamic Republic of Pakistan

i Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's

Environment Impact Assessment

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1. INTRODUCTION 1 1.1 Overview 1 1.2 Scope of the EIA Study and Personnel 4

2. POLICY AND STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS IN PAKISTAN 5 2.1 Statutory Framework 5 2.1.1 Pakistan Environmental Protection Act, 1997 5 2.1.2 Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency Review of IEE and EIA Regulations, 2000 2.1.3 National Environmental Quality Standards 6 2.1.4 Other Relevant Laws 7 2.2 Structure of Report 7

3. DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT 8 4. DESCRIPTION OF THE SUBPROJECT 11 4.1 Project Area 12 4.2 Physical Resources 12 4.3 Biological Resources 14 4.4 Economic Development 15 4.5 Social and Cultural Resources 16

5. Cultural Heritage and Community Structure 17

6. SCREENING POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES 17

7. INSTITUTIONAL REQUIREMENTS & ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 23

8. PUBLIC CONSULTATION AND INFORMATION DISCLOSURE 26

9. CONCLUSIONS 28

Figures and Maps

ii Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's

Environment Impact Assessment

ABBREVIATIONS ADB Asian Development Bank COI Corridor of Influence CSP Country Strategy Program DoF Department of Forests DFO Divisional Forest Officer DTL Distribution Transmission Line DGS Distribution grid substation DIZ Direct Impact Zone EA Environmental Assessment EARF Environmental Assessment Review Framework EIA Environmental Impact Assessment EMP Environmental Management Plan GDP Gross Domestic Product GOP Government of Pakistan GIS Gas Insulated Switchgear LARP Land Acquisition and Resettlement Plan GEPCO Gujranwala Electric Power Company LARP Land Acquisition and Resettlement Plan Leq equivalent sound pressure level MPL maximum permissible level NEQS National Environmental Quality Standards NGO Non Governmental Organization PC public consultation PEPA Punjab Environmental Protection Agency PEPAct Pakistan Environment Protection Act 1997 (as regulated and amended) PPMS sub-project Performance Monitoring System REA Rapid Environmental Assessment SIA Social Impact Assessment S-P Subproject SR Sensitive Receiver TOR Terms of Reference

Rupee, PKR Unit of Pakistan Currency $US approx R 85

iii Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's

Environment Impact Assessment

1. INTRODUCTION

1.1 Overview

1. This Document is the Environmental Impact Assessment for the Tranche-2 subprojects (New Grid-substations with associated double circuit T/L's) proposed by the Gujranwala Electricity Power Company (GEPCO), under the Asian Development Bank (ADB) subproject, Power Distribution and Enhancement Multi-tranche Finance Facility (PDE-MFF). Under ADB Guidelines, the substations & distribution lines are to be taken as one integral subproject and the guidelines require environmental assessment of all components of subprojects whether financed by ADB, governments or other co-financiers. This document is the Environmental Impact Assessment covers following three subprojects for the 1 sub-project proposed by the Gujranwala Electric Power Company:

Sr. Sub-project Location Project No. 1- New 132kV Khiali Bypass Grid- Gujranwala New Construction substation 2- New 132kV Daska Grid- substation Sialkot New Construction and In-Out at New Daska Grid Station 132kV Gakhar-Sahowala Line 3- New 132kV Godh Pur Grid- Sialkot New Construction substation and Double Circuit Transmission Line 132Kv

2. The Government of Pakistan (GoP) has requested ADB to provide the PDEMFF to facilitate investments in power distribution and development of networks of eight independent distribution companies (DISCOs) that distribute power to end user consumers. The funding from ADB is expected to be released in stages (tranches). The Power Distribution Enhancement Investment Program is part of the GoP long term energy security strategy. The proposed ADB intervention will finance new investments in PDE and assist capacity building of sector related agencies. The investment program will cover necessary PDE development activities in secondary transmission/ distribution networks of eight DISCOs. The PDEMFF activities include extension (additional transformers) and augmentation (replacement of transformers with higher capacity) distribution line extensions, new and replacement distribution lines, additional substations, transformer protection & other non-network activities such as automatic meter reading, construction equipment and computerized accounting. New distribution lines to and from various network facilities and some of the above activities will also be included in the later trenches. The proposed PDEMFF facility has been designed to address both investments and institutional aspects in the electrical power sector. 3. This EIA presents the results and conclusions for the Tranche-2 sub-projects (New Grid-substations with associated double circuit T/L's) proposed by the Gujranwala Electricity Power Company (GEPCO), and are submitted by Pakistan Electric Power Company (PEPCO) on behalf of GEPCO. PEPCO has been nominated by Ministry of Water and Power (MOWP) to act as the Executing Agency (EA) with each DISCO being the Implementing Agency (IA) for work in its own area. PEPCO‟s role in the processing and implementation of the investment program is

i Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's

Environment Impact Assessment

that of a coordinator of such activities as preparation of PC-1s and PFRs, monitoring implementation activities; that includes submission of environmental assessments for all subprojects in all trenches of the PDEMFF under ADB operating procedures. An EIA has been carried out to fulfill the requirements of ADB Guidelines (May 200312). This EIA study report is used to complete the Summary Environmental Impact Assessment (SEIA) for disclosure by ADB if necessary3. 4. The environmental assessment requirements of the GoP for grid substations and power distribution subprojects are different to those of ADB. Under GoP regulations, the Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency Review of Initial Environmental Examination and Environmental Impact Assessment Regulations (2000) categorizes development subprojects into two schedules according to their potential environmental impacts. The proponents of subprojects that have reasonably foreseeable impacts are required to submit an Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) for their respective subprojects (Schedule-I). The proponents of subprojects that have more adverse environmental impacts (Schedule-II) are required to submit an environmental impact assessment (EIA). New Distribution lines and Grid- substations are included under energy subprojects and IEE is required for sub- transmission/ distribution lines of 11kV, less and large distribution subprojects (Schedule I). EIA is required by GoP for all subprojects involving sub transmission/ distribution lines of 11kV and above and for DGS substations (Schedule-II). 5. Clarification has been sought from Pakistan EPA on the requirements for environmental assessment for certain energy subprojects and for sub transmission/ distribution lines. A Framework of Environmental Assessment (FEA) on power extensions and augmentation subprojects was prepared by consultants and submitted to the Pakistan EPA, after hearings with provincial EPAs. In response to the FEA submitted by NTDC to the Pakistan EPA4 it has been clarified that all proponents must follow section 12 of the Pakistan Environmental Protection Act for all subprojects. Pakistan EPA has also assumed that all proponents will consult with the relevant provincial EPAs (PEPA) and follow their advice. In 2006 Punjab EPA requested disclosure of the scope and extent of each subproject in order that the Director General of PEPA can determine if additional land is required and the need for IEE or EIA. A review of the need for IEE/ EIA for submission to GoP is therefore required by the relevant environmental protection agency, in this case the Punjab Environmental Protection Agency.

1 Initial subproject classification was carried out in 2006 and the Category is B. Most of the construction impacts will take place with only local impacts and there are no potential significant environmental impacts associated with the T2 (tranche two) sub-subproject construction. Initial environmental reconnaissance and REA carried out by consultants under ADB guidelines in August 2008 indicated that all the T2 sub-subprojects will be Category B. 2 Environmental Assessment Guidelines (ADB May 2003). 3 Category A subprojects that are deemed by ADB's chief compliance officer to be environmentally sensitive for the purposes of (i) the 120 day rule, and (ii) the environmental management plan requirement could involve subprojects that are near or in environmentally sensitive areas. At this stage no component of the T2 sub-subprojects under consideration is actually within a critical area and therefore the MFF trance as a whole is Category B. 4 Letter dated 29th June 2007 – Ref 2(1)2004-W/KCP-DD from Pak EPA Sajjad Hussein Talpur, Dy Director (EIA/Mont) to NTDC, Muhammad Tahir Khan, Subproject Director PPTA, NTDC, WAPDA House, Lahore.

ii Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's

Environment Impact Assessment

iii Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's

Environment Impact Assessment

Power Distribution Enhancement Project-

Tranche-2

Loan 2178 SF-PAK

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

132kV New DGS Khayali Bypass

Submitted to

Asian Development Bank (ADB)

MARCH, 2011 By Gujranwala Electric Power Company

Government of the Islamic Republic of Pakistan

iv Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's

Environment Impact Assessment

Table of Contents

1. INTRODUCTION 1.1 Overview 1 1.2 Scope of the EIA Study and Personnel 4

3. DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT 8 3.1 Type of Project 8 3.2 Categorization of the Project 8 3.3 Need for the Project 8 3.4 Location and Scale of Project 9 3.5 Proposed Schedule for Implementation 11 4. DESCRIPTION OF THE SUBPROJECT ENVIRONMENT 11 4.1 Project Area 12 4.1.1 General Characteristics of Project Area 12 4.1.2 Affected Administrative Units 12 4.2 Physical Resources 12 4.2.1 Topography, Geography, Geology and Soils 12 4.2.2 Climate and Hydrology 12 4.2.3 Groundwater and Water Supply 13 4.2.4 Surface water 13 4.2.5 Air Quality 13 4.2.6 Noise 4.3 Biological Resources 14 4.3.1 Wildlife, Fisheries and Aquatic Biology 14 4.3.2 Terrestrial Habitats, Forests and Protected Species 14 4.3.3 Protected areas / National sanctuaries 15 4.4 Economic Development 15 4.4.1 Agriculture and Industries 15 4.4.2 Energy Sources 15 4.5 Social and Cultural Resources 16 4.5.1 Population Communities and Employment 16 4.5.2 Education and Literacy 16 4.5.3 Health Facilities 16

v Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's

Environment Impact Assessment

5. Cultural Heritage and Community Structure 17

6. SCREENING POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES 17 6.1 Subproject Location 17 6.1.1 Impact Assessment and Mitigation 17 6.2 General Approach to Mitigation 18 6.2.1 Cultural Heritage, Mosques, Religious Sites, and Social Infrastructure 18 6.3 Potential Environmental Impacts in Construction 19 6.3.1 Encroachment, Landscape and Physical Disfiguration 19 6.3.2 Cut, fill and waste disposal 19 6.3.3 Trees, Ecology and Protected Areas 20 6.3.4 Hydrology, Sedimentation and Soil Erosion 20 6.3.5 Air Pollution from Earthworks and Transport 20 6.3.6 Noise, Vibration and Blasting 21 6.3.7 Sanitation, Solid Waste Disposal and Communicable Diseases 21 6.4 Potential Environmental Impacts in Operation 22 6.4.1 Air pollution and noise from the enhanced operations 22 6.4.2 Pollution from oily run-off, fuel spills and dangerous goods 22 6.5 Enhancement 23

7. INSTITUTIONAL REQUIREMENTS & ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 23

8. PUBLIC CONSULTATION AND INFORMATION DISCLOSURE 26 8.1 Approach to Public Consultation 26 8.2 Public Consultation Process 26 8.3 Results of Public Consultation 26

9. CONCLUSIONS 28 9.1 Findings and Recommendations 28 9.2 Summary and Conclusions 29

vi Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's

Environment Impact Assessment

Figures and Maps Figure 1.1 Pakistan EIA Process Figure 1.2 Letter from Pakistan Federal EPA on EIA Process Figure 2.1 Jurisdiction of GEPCO. Figure 2.2 Location GEPCO 132 KV Khiali Bypass Substation

Appendices Appendix 1 Micro Location of Grid Sub-station Appendix 2 Photographs of the DGS locations DGS Appendix 3 Environmental Management Plan (Matrix) Appendix 4 Monitoring Plan (matrix) Appendix 5 Typical Bunds for Transformers Appendix 6 Summary of Public Consultation Appendix 7 Implementation Schedule

ABBREVIATIONS ADB Asian Development Bank COI Corridor of Influence CSP Country Strategy Program DoF Department of Forests DFO Divisional Forest Officer DTL Distribution transmission line DGS Distribution grid substation DIZ Direct Impact Zone EA Environmental Assessment EARF Environment Assessment Review Framework EIA Environment Impact Assessment EMP Environmental Management Plan GDP Gross Domestic Product GOP Government of Pakistan GIS Gas Insulated Switchgear LARP Land Acquisition and Resettlement Plan GEPCO Gujranwala Electric Power Company LARP Land Acquisition and Resettlement Plan Leq Equivalent Sound Pressure Level MPL Maximum Permissible Level NEQS National Environmental Quality Standards NGO Non-Governmental Organization PC Public Consultation PEPA Punjab Environmental Protection Agency PEPAct Pakistan Environment Protection Act 1997 (as regulated and amended) PPMS Subproject Performance Monitoring System REA Rapid Environmental Assessment SIA Social Impact Assessment S-P Subproject SR Sensitive Receiver TOR Terms of Reference

Rupee, PKR Unit of Pakistan Currency $US approx R62

vii Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's Environment Impact Assessment

1. Introduction

1.1 Overview

1. This Document is the Environment Impact Assessment for the Tranche 2 Khayali Bypass substation sub-project proposed by the Gujranwala Electricity Power Company (GEPCO), (Figs 1.1 and 1.2), under the Asian Development Bank (ADB) subproject, Power Distribution and Enhancement Multi-trance Finance Facility (PDEMFF). Under ADB Guidelines the substation and distribution line are to be taken as one integral subproject and the guidelines require environmental assessment of all components of subprojects whether financed by ADB, governments or other co-financiers. 2. The Government of Pakistan (GoP) has requested ADB to provide the PDEMFF to facilitate investments in power distribution and development of networks of eight independent distribution companies (DISCOs) that distribute power to end user consumers. The funding from ADB is expected to be released in stages (tranches). The Power Distribution Enhancement (PDE) Investment Program is part of the GoP long term energy security strategy. The proposed ADB intervention will finance new investments in PDE and assist capacity building of sector related agencies. The investment program will cover necessary PDE development activities in secondary transmission / distribution networks of eight DISCOs. The PDEMFF activities include extension (additional transformers) and augmentation (replacement of transformers with higher capacity) distribution line extensions, new and replacement distribution lines, additional substations, transformer protection and other non network activities such as automatic meter reading, construction equipment and computerized accounting. New distribution lines to and from various network facilities and some of the above activities will also be included in the later trenches. The proposed PDEMFF facility has been designed to address both investment and institutional aspects in the electrical power sector. 3. This EIA presents the results and conclusions of environmental assessment for the 132kV new DGS Khayali Bypass subproject proposed by GEPCO, and are submitted by Pakistan Electric Power Company (PEPCO) on behalf of GEPCO. PEPCO has been nominated by Ministry of Water and Power (MOWP) to act as the Executing Agency (EA) with each DISCO being the Implementing Agency (IA) for work in its own area. PEPCO‟s role in the processing and implementation of the investment program is that of a coordinator of such activities as preparation of PC-1s and PFRs, monitoring implementation activities; that includes submission of environmental assessments for all subprojects in all trenches of the PDEMFF under ADB operating procedures. 4. An EIA has been carried out to fulfill the requirements of ADB Guidelines (May 200356). This EIA study report is used to complete the Summary Environment Impact Assessment (SEIA) for disclosure by ADB if necessary7. 5. The environmental assessment requirements of the GoP for grid stations and power distribution subprojects are different to those of ADB. Under GoP regulations, the Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency Review of IEE and EIA Regulations (2000) categorize development subprojects into two schedules according to their potential environmental impacts. The proponents of subprojects that have reasonably foreseeable impacts are required to submit an IEE for their respective subprojects (Schedule-I). The proponents of

5 Initial subproject classification was carried out in 2006 and the Category is B. Most of the construction impacts will take place with only local impacts and there are no potential significant environmental impacts associated with the T2 (tranche two) sub-subproject construction. Initial environmental reconnaissance and REA carried out by consultants under ADB guidelines in August 2008 indicated that all the T2 sub- subprojects will be Category B. 6 Environmental Assessment Guidelines (ADB May 2003). 7 Category A subprojects that are deemed by ADB's chief compliance officer to be environmentally sensitive for the purposes of (i) the 120 day rule, and (ii) the environmental management plan requirement could involve subprojects that are near or in environmentally sensitive areas. At this stage no component of the T2 sub-subprojects under consideration is actually within a critical area and therefore the MFF trance as a whole is Category B.

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's Environment Impact Assessment

subprojects that have more adverse environmental impacts (Schedule-II) are required to submit an environmental impact assessment (EIA). Distribution lines and substations are included under energy subprojects and IEE is required for sub transmission/ distribution lines of 11kV or less under (Schedule-I). EIA is required by GoP for all subprojects involving sub transmission/ distribution lines of 11kV and above and for DGS substations under (Schedule- II).

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's Environment Impact Assessment

6. Clarification has been sought from Pakistan EPA on the requirements for environmental assessment for certain energy subprojects and for sub transmission/ distribution lines. A Framework of Environmental Assessment (FEA) on power extensions and augmentation subprojects was prepared by consultants and submitted to the Pakistan EPA, after hearings with provincial EPA‟s. In response to the FEA submitted by NTDC to the Pakistan EPA8 it has been clarified that all proponents must follow section 12 of the Pakistan Environmental Protection Act for all subprojects. Pakistan EPA has also assumed that all proponents will consult with the relevant provincial EPAs (PEPA) and follow their advice. In 2006 Punjab EPA requested disclosure of the scope and extent of each subproject in order that the Director General of PEPA can determine if additional land is required and the need for IEE or EIA. A review of the need for IEE/ EIA for submission to GoP is therefore required by the relevant environmental protection agency, in this case the Punjab Environmental Protection Agency.

1.2 Scope of the EIA Study and Personnel

7. The Study Area included the identification of irrigation facilities, water supply, habitable structures, schools, health facilities, hospitals, religious places and sites of heritage or archaeological importance and critical areas (if any) within about 100m of the DGS boundary. The works are generally envisaged to involve construction of the DGS, Construction of the bases, foundation pads and towers to support the distribution line will be carried out also under the same subproject by GEPCO and supervised by the GEPCO management.

8. The field studies were undertaken by the subproject‟s environment team with experience of environmental assessment for power subprojects in Pakistan. Mrs. Syeda Bushra Waheed conducted preliminary scoping, survey and assessment activities, coordinated the field sampling and analysis, and were also responsible to supervise collation of information and co-ordinate the various public consultation activities. The team conducted preliminary scoping, survey and assessment activities, and carried out the report writing. Dr David Green (International Environmental Consultant of BPI) provided leadership and guidance in planning the field work and in finalization of the report. The environmental team also benefited from technical support and other information on the impacts of the proposed power works provided in feasibility summaries prepared with GEPCO by expert consultants of BPI dealing with engineering, power distribution, socio-economic, re-settlement and institutional aspects.

9. A scoping and field reconnaissance was conducted on the subproject site, during which a Rapid Environmental Assessment was carried out to establish the potential impacts and categorization of subproject activities. The methodology of the EIA study was then elaborated in order to address all interests. Subsequently primary and secondary baseline environmental data was collected from possible sources, and the intensity and likely location of impacts were identified with relation the sensitive receivers; based on the work expected to be carried out. The significance of impacts from construction of the DGS was then assessed and, for those impacts requiring mitigation, measures were proposed to reduce impacts to within acceptable limits.

10. Public consultation (PC) was carried out in October 2008, in line with ADB guidelines. Under ADB requirements the environmental assessment process must also include meaningful public consultation during the completion of the draft EIA. In this EIA the PC process included verbal disclosure of the sub-subproject works as a vehicle for discussion. Consultations were conducted with local families and communities around and Khayali Bypass SP site and staff of the subproject management. The responses from

8 Letter dated 29th June 2007 – Ref 2(1)2004-W/KCP-DD from Pak EPA Sajjad Hussein Talpur, Dy Director (EIA/Mont) to NTDC, Muhammad Tahir Khan, Subproject Director PPTA, NTDC, WAPDA House, Lahore.

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's Environment Impact Assessment

correspondents have been included in Attachment 7 and summarized in Section 6 of this EIA.

2. POLICY AND STATUARY REQUIREMENTS IN PAKISTAN

11. Direct legislation on environmental protection is contained in several statutes, namely the Pakistan Environmental Protection Act (1997) the Forest Act (1927) the Punjab Wildlife Act (1974). In addition the Land Acquisition Act (1894) also provides powers in respect of land acquisition for public purposes. There are also several other items of legislation7 and regulations which have an indirect bearing on the subproject or general environmental measures.

2.1 Statutory Framework

12. The Constitution of Pakistan distributes legislative powers between the federal and the provincial governments through two „lists‟ attached to the Constitution as Schedules. The Federal List covers the subjects over which the federal government has exclusive legislative power, while the Concurrent List contains subjects regarding which both the federal and provincial governments can enact laws. “Environmental pollution and ecology” is included in the concurrent list, hence both the federal and the provincial governments can enact laws on this subject. However, to date, only the federal government has enacted laws on environment, and the provincial environmental institutions derive their power from the federal law. The Punjab Environmental Protection Act 1996 is now superseded by the Pakistan Environmental Protection Act (1997). The key environmental laws affecting this subproject are discussed below. 2.1.1 Pakistan Environmental Protection Act, 1997 13. The Pakistan Environmental Protection Act, 1997 is the basic legislative tool empowering the government to frame regulations for the protection of the environment. The act is applicable to a wide range of issues and extends to air, water, soil, marine, and noise pollution, as well as to the handling of hazardous wastes. The key features of the law that have a direct bearing on the proposed subproject relate to the requirement for an Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) and Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) for development subprojects. Section 12(1) requires that: “No proponent of a subproject shall commence construction or operation unless he has filed with the Federal Agency an Environment Impact Assessment [EIA] or, where the subproject is likely to cause an adverse environmental effect, an environmental impact assessment [EIA], and has obtained from the Federal Agency approval in respect thereof.” The Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency has delegated the power of review and approval of environmental assessments to the provincial environmental protection agencies, in this case the Punjab EPA. (Fig 1.1)

2.1.2 Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency Review of IEE and EIA Regulations, 2000 14. The Pakistan Environmental Protection Act, 1997 (PEP Act) provides for two types of environmental assessments: initial environmental examination (IEE) and environmental impact assessments (EIA). EIAs are carried out for subprojects that have potentially „significant‟ environmental impacts, whereas IEEs are conducted for relatively smaller subprojects with a relatively less significant impact. The Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency Review of IEE and EIA Regulations, 2009 (the „Regulations‟), prepared by the Pak- EPA under the powers conferred upon it by the PEP Act, categorizes subprojects for IEE and EIA. Schedules-I and II, attached to the Regulations, list the subprojects that require IEE and EIA, respectively.

9 The Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency Review of Environment Impact Assessment and Environmental Impact Assessment Regulations, 2000

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's Environment Impact Assessment

15. The Regulations also provide the necessary details on the preparation, submission, and review of IEEs and EIAs. The following is a brief step-wise description of the approval process (see also Attachment 1): (i) A subproject is categorized as requiring an IEE or EIA using the two schedules attached to the Regulations. (ii) An IEE or EIA is conducted as per the requirement and following the Pak-EPA guidelines. (iii) The IEE or EIA report is submitted to the concerned provincial EPA if it is located in the provinces or the Pak-EPA if it is located in Islamabad and federally administrated areas. The Fee (depending on the cost of the subproject and the type of the report) is submitted along with the document. (iv) The IEE/ EIA report is also accompanied by an application in the format prescribed in Schedule-IV of the Regulations. (v) The EPA conducts a preliminary scrutiny and replies within 10 days of the submittal of a report, a) confirming completeness, or b) asking for additional information, if needed, or c) returning the report requiring additional studies, if necessary. (vi) The EPA is required to make every effort to complete the EIA and EIA review process within 45 and 90 days, respectively, of the issue of confirmation of completeness. (vii) Then the EPA accords their approval subject to certain conditions: (viii) Before commencing construction of the subproject, the proponent is required to submit an undertaking accepting the conditions. (ix) Before commencing operation of the subproject, the proponent is required to obtain from the EPA a written confirmation of compliance with the approval conditions and requirements of the EIA. (x) An EMP is to be submitted with a request for obtaining confirmation of compliance. (xi) The EPAs are required to issue confirmation of compliance within 15 days of the receipt of request and complete documentation. (xii) The IEE/ EIA approval is valid for three years from the date of accord. (xiii) A monitoring report is to be submitted to the EPA after completion of construction, followed by annual monitoring reports during operation.

16. Distribution lines and grid substations of 11kV and above are included under energy subprojects in Schedule-II, under which rules EIA is required by GoP. Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) is required for distribution lines less than 11kV and large distribution subprojects (Schedule-I). A review of the need for IEE/ EIA submission is therefore required by the relevant EPA, in this case the Punjab Environment Protection Agency (EPA) as the proposed subproject will be located in Punjab. 17. There are no formal provisions for the environmental assessment of expanding existing distribution lines and grid substations but Punjab EPA have requested disclosure of the scope and extent of each subproject in order that their Director General can determine if additional land is required and the need for statutory environmental assessment. The details of this subproject will be forwarded to the Punjab EPA, in order to commence the local statutory environmental assessment process.

2.1.3 National Environmental Quality Standards

18. The National Environmental Quality Standards (NEQS) were first promulgated in 1993 and have been amended in 1995 and 2000. The following standards that are specified in the NEQS may be relevant to the Trance 1 subprojects: 19. Maximum allowable concentration of pollutants (32 parameters) in municipal and liquid industrial effluents discharged to inland waters, sewage treatment facilities, and the sea (three separate sets of numbers). Maximum allowable concentration of pollutants (2 parameters) in gaseous emissions from vehicle exhaust and noise emission from vehicles.

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's Environment Impact Assessment

2.1.4 Other Relevant Laws 20. There are a number of other federal and provincial laws that are important in the context of environmental management. The main laws potentially affecting sub-projects in this MFF are listed below. 21. The Punjab Wildlife Protection Ordinance, 1972 empowers the government to declare certain areas reserved for the protection of wildlife and control activities within in these areas. It also provides protection to endangered species of wildlife. As no activities are planned in these areas, no provision of this law is applicable to the proposed subproject. 22. The Forestry Act, 1927 empowers the government to declare certain areas reserved forest. As no reserved forest exists in the vicinity of the proposed subproject, this law will not affect to the proposed subproject. 23. The Antiquities Act of 1975 ensures the protection of Pakistan‟s cultural resources. The Act defines „antiquities‟ as ancient products of human activity, historical sites, or sites of anthropological or cultural interest, national monuments, etc. The Act is designed to protect these antiquities from destruction, theft, negligence, unlawful excavation, trade, and export. The law prohibits new construction in the proximity of a protected antiquity and empowers the Government of Pakistan to prohibit excavation in any area that may contain articles of archaeological significance. Under the Act, the subproject proponents are obligated to ensure that no activity is undertaken in the proximity of a protected antiquity, report to the Department of Archaeology, Government of Pakistan, any archaeological discovery made during the course of the subproject.

2.2 Structure of Report 24. This EIA reviews information on existing environmental attributes of the Study Area. Geological, hydrological and ecological features, air quality, noise, water quality, soils, social and economic aspects and cultural resources are included. The report predicts the probable impacts on the environment due to the proposed subproject enhancement and expansion. This EIA also proposes various environmental management measures. Details of all background environmental quality, environmental impact / pollutant generating activities, pollution sources, predicted environmental quality and related aspects have been provided in this report. References are presented as footnotes throughout the text. Following this introduction the report follows ADB guidelines and includes: Description of the Subproject Description of Environmental and Social Conditions Assessment of Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures Environmental Monitoring Plan Public Consultation Recommendations and Conclusions

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's Environment Impact Assessment

3. DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT

3.1 Type of Project

25. The subproject will be the DGS. That is, the DGS will require construction of a new sub station. The scope of work includes addition of 2x40 MVA, 132/11kV Power Transformers, allied equipment and buildings, in out, from existing Gujranwala New to Tharisansi 132 KV transmission line is also a part of this sub project, this line, however, passes directly over the proposed site and hence will require no additional towers outside the proposed sub station. The Khayali Bypass 132kV new Grid Station subproject has been prepared by Gujranwala Electric Power Company (GEPCO) to provide Gujranwala city and nearby towns additional power. This subproject will be located along the Gujranwala Bypass at Khayali Shahpur village near Gujranwala fruit market in district Gujranwala. This subproject comprises only a grid station as 132 KV Gakhar-Tharisansi Transmission line is passing over the proposed site so no additional land will be required for the subproject. A total of 15 Kanals and 8 Marla (1.93 Acres) of land will be required for this subproject. A total of three households will be affected by this subproject of them one household will be affected by land and structure and two households will be affected by land and crops.

3.2 Categorization of the Project 26. Categorization is based on the environmentally most sensitive component of a subproject. The aspects of the subproject with potential for significant environmental impacts need to be assessed in detail and this environmental assessment has therefore focused on the significant impacts possible from the construction activities of the subproject. 27. The site for the DGS, as well as the route of the proposed TXL, is located in urban setting, with some minor settlements and other infrastructure around the site. The Khayali Bypass SP is categorized as a Category B sub-subproject under ADB requirements1.3 and this EIA report is based on that assumption.

3.3 Need for the Project 28. The condition of the power distribution system in Pakistan is inadequate to meet rapidly growing demand for electrical power. This situation limits national development and economic growth. To cope with the constraints, the existing power distribution infrastructure has to be improved and upgraded. The overall contribution of power infrastructure also requires institutional arrangements and capacity that support strategic management of the sector, and planning and management of investments. Overall the proposed PDEMFF facility has been designed to address both investment and institutional aspects in the electrical power sector. 29. Power demands in the Khayali Bypass area of Gujranwala jurisdiction (Fig 2.1) have increased rapidly, especially in summer months, so that the existing 132kV DGSs are unable to cope up with the increasing demands of the domestic, commercial and industrial sectors. Therefore, GEPCO has planned to construct a new 132kV DGS, at a newly acquired site for this DGS additional land has been acquired and this has been documented in the LARP.

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's Environment Impact Assessment

Figure 2.1: Jurisdiction Map of GEPCO

3.4 Location and Scale of Project 30. This EIA has included field reconnaissance of the site and surroundings of the Khayali Bypass SP. The location of Khayali Bypass DGS is shown in (Figure 2.1). Substations site location is determined by a committee, comprising of professionals from: planning; design; construction; operation; and social, formations of the DISCO. The committee selects the best site based, from a number of alternatives, on the following considerations: Least cost technically and socially acceptable alternative; least social impacts; soil; and atmospheric conditions that are not likely impose a higher cost or damage the planed facilities; acceptable living conditions for staff members (health, education, water etc.); reasonable access conditions to allow movement of heavy equipment; reasonable access conditions to allow incoming and outgoing transmission lines right of way. 31. The Khayali Bypass subproject will involve the construction of a new 132 kV sub station. The proposed DGS site to the nearest 132kV line appears to be environmentally feasible and technically appropriate and will join the DGS with an existing 132kV line at about 0 km from the DGS.

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's Environment Impact Assessment

Figure 2.1: Location Khayali Bypass Sub Station

32. This EIA has been conducted based on the assumptions available in late October 2008 when the preliminary designs for the DGS was completed and the overall requirements for installation of the equipment had been identified (Attachment 1). The detailed designs are currently being progressed by GEPCO. At this stage, the construction activities under the SP are expected to include the usual localized civil works such as extension of the main yard, including excavation and concreting of foundations for the new transformers, capacitor banks, cable trays and terminal tower (within the DGS compound), installation of the transformers, equipment and fittings, erection of the towers, cabling, construction of the control rooms and installation of allied equipment, and construction of the offices and residences. Impacts from construction of the Khayali Bypass SP are envisaged to be minor, as land for DGS has already been acquired, so no additional land needs to be acquired for construction of the DGS, the works for the construction of DGS will be on the land owned by GEPCO. At present land is under cultivation. This EIA, however, is based on detailed line route surveys (which includes alternative routes and the route which minimizes the social impacts is chosen). The line route is then submitted to the design formation which determines the line profiles and tower locations, these towers are then located on ground. The EIA is, therefore based on line design which is final (baring any unforeseen occurrence) and only is changed at implementation stage if so warranted by new developments .The line design is based on the following parameters.

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's Environment Impact Assessment

Permissible Conductor Clearances at 650C Clearance Sr. No.Description m

1 Cultivated land traversed by vehicles 6.7 2 Roads and Streets 7.9 3 Communication and power lines power lines up to 66 kV 2.7 power lines up to 33 kV 2.7 4 Highways 7.9 5 Railroads 7.9 6 Electrified railroads trolley wire 3.85 7 River at high flood 9.1 8 places accessible to pedestrians only 7.9 9 Building roofs not accessible to people 5.2 10 Tops of trees (Orchards) 5 11 Canals 9.1

3.5 Proposed Schedule for Implementation 33. Designs of the DGS equipment layout, review of environmental management and construction processes could take several months. When the detailed designs are completed, tendering and award of contract will take place over about three to six months. The construction period will follow and best estimates indicate about eighteen months to two years. The tranche-2 implementation schedule is presented as follows:

TIME SCHEDULE - TRANCHE 2 - DISTRIBUTION ENHANCEMENT PROGRAM Responsibility Year 2009 Year 2010 Year 2011 Year 2012 Year 2013 Year 2014 Year 2015 Year 2016 1 2 I II III IV I II III IV I II III IV I II III IV I II III IV I II III IV I II III IV I II III IV Loan Processing Loan negotiation ADB EAD Tranche 2 Approval ADB EAD Loan Effectivity EAD ADB Bidding Documents Bidding Documents Preparation PEPCO DISCOs Evaluation PEPCO DISCOs Contract Awards PEPCO DISCOs Construction Delivery of equipment Contractor Construction & Installation Contractor Testing & Commissioning Contractor Loan Closing ADB PEPCO

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's Environment Impact Assessment

4. DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

4.1 Project Area

4.1.1 General Characteristics of Project Area 34. The 132kV Khayali Bypass DGS will be located at Khayali Shahpur on Khayali Bypass road, Tehsil and District Gujranwala with in the City of Gujranwala. The DGS site is located in a generally urban area, with cultivated lands on three sides i.e. north, south and east. Access to DGS is from the west side on Khayali Bypass road.

4.1.2 Affected Administrative Units 35. The Khiali Bypass grid station subproject comprises only construction of a grid station. This grid station will require 14 Kanals of Land for the construction of grid station and an additional one Kanal and eight Marlas for the Path to connect it with the road, so this subproject will require 15 Kanals and eight Marlas of land of which 1.40 kanal along the road and 14 kanal off the road in the cultivated fields. 36. The area to be indirectly affected by the extension works for the Khayali Bypass DGS falls in the Khayali Shahpur, Tehsil and district Gujranwala. DGS will be located at Khayali Shahpur on Khayali Bypass road Province of Punjab (Figure 2.1). Interviews were conducted with the public near the DGS site (Appendix 7) to obtain their views on the subproject, and any perceived impacts. In addition to main Highway, settlements along highway there are factories of various types and educational institutions. The nearest of these settlements include Khayali Shahpur at 50m from DGS site.

4.2 Physical Resources

4.2.1 Topography, Geography, Geology and Soils 37. With the exception of the southeastern corner of the district which is traversed by the Dek Nallah, the district is a flat plain. The district can broadly be divided into two parts. The low-lying areas close to the Chenab River, Dek Nallah and upload between the two. The uplands decrease in fertility as the distance from the Himalayas increases until in the southwest it merges into what is known as the Bar tract in its natural aspect was a level prairie. Canal irrigation has, however, made the wastelands fit for cultivation. The main types of soil in the district are (i) Gora, an artificial soil highly manured, commonly found around villages and wells: (ii) Rohi, the finest natural soil and stiff clay dark/reddish dark in color; (iii) Doshair or Missi which is a fine clay soil; (iii) Maira, which is of less loam with less clay than sand; (iv) Tibba, which is inferior maira; (v) Kallar, which is a sour and barren clay unsuitable for cultivation within adequate suitable treatment and (vi) Bela of the riverain soil is a fine alluvial soil mixed with sand.

4.2.2 Climate and Hydrology 38. There is no variation of altitude above sea level in the land along the alignment and the short length of the distribution line means no variation between the climate of the subproject area. The climate at Khayali Bypass SP is typical of that of the Punjab. 39. The maximum temperature in summer reaches 40oC. In winter the minimum is 6oC. The mean maximum and minimum temperatures in summer for this period are 400C and 27OC respectively and in winter 19oC and 5oC respectively. The summer season starts from April and continues till October. May, June and July are the hottest months. The winter season on the other hand starts from November and continues till March, December, January and February are the coldest months. 40. The rainy season starts in July and ends in September. Average Annual rainfall during

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's Environment Impact Assessment

1961-98 is about 629mm. More rains occur in July and August than any other months. Most of the winter rains are received in the months of March and April.

4.2.3 Groundwater and Water Supply 41. Irrigation is largely dependent on the canals, but tube wells have also been sunk in the areas where water is fit for irrigation. The chemical quality of ground water in the district varies in different areas and at different depths. Potable water is available in the district. Irrigation supplies are perennial and tube wells have been installed to make up the deficiencies. The strata near the water bearing and alluvial deposits, giving groundwater potential throughout the subproject area and the water table is about ten to twelve meters below the surface. The water table is not seasonal and dug wells do not generally run dry. Groundwater sources exist in the area and there are no tube wells within 500m of the proposed DGS. The local population near most of the DGS site is generally reliant on piped supply from tube wells.

4.2.4 Surface water, Rivers and Tributaries 42. The river Chenab is the only one in the district. The Chenab River forming the northern boundary has been described as a broad shallow stream. Its deposits are sandy, but its floods are extensive and owing to the loose texture of the soil on its banks, the moisture percolates for inland, but the weirs at Khanki and Marala have affected the river, and its usefulness as a fertilizing agent for the riverine tract has been reduced considerably. 43. There are several Nullahs in the district which form channels for floodwater in the rains. The most important of them are Palkhu, Aik, Khot, Beghwala and Dek. 44. Irrigation: The main sources of irrigation in the district are the two canals known as the Lower Chenab Canal and Upper Chenab canal. The Lower Chenab canal takes off from the Chenab River at Khanki head works in the Wazirabad tehsils and enters the Hafizabad district at Muradian and irrigates Wazirabad Tehsil. The Upper Chenab Canal takes off from the Chenab River at Marala Head works in Sialkot district and enters the Gujranwala district at Nandipur, thirteen Kilometers to the northeast of Gujranwala city and runs southwest into the Sheikhupura district and irrigates western half of the Wazirabad and Gujranwala Tehsil. The other source of irrigation is tube well. There were 29,797 tube wells in Gujranwala district. Ground water and Water Supply 45. Irrigation is largely dependent on two irrigation canals i.e. Lower Chenab Canal and Upper Chenab Canal, but tube wells have also been sunk in the areas where water is fit for irrigation. Potable water is available. Irrigation supplies are perennial and tube wells have been installed. The strata of the subproject area are water bearing and alluvial deposits, giving groundwater potential throughout the district. The water table is not seasonal and dug wells do not generally run dry. Groundwater sources exist in the area. The local population is generally reliant on supply from the hand pumps in rural areas while in urban areas population using drinking water from WASA piped water supply scheme.

4.2.5 Air Quality 46. Air quality in most of the project area appears good based on observation during the study period. Emissions should be controlled at source under the EMP. There will be a few items of powered mechanical equipment to be used in the construction of the GSS works that may give rise to complaints of dust and other emissions; however these should be minor and easily dissipated. Domestic sources of air pollution, such as emissions from wood and kerosene burning stoves as well as small diesel standby generators in some households, are minor. Although there are many industries in Gujranwala but there is no industrial pollution sources in the vicinity of the Khayali Bypass SP. The project area is distant from major sources of air pollution like industries or urban type traffic, domestic sources such as burning

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's Environment Impact Assessment

of wood and kerosene stoves, etc. or fugitive sources such as burning of solid wastes. Air quality in the project area appeared very good during the study period. Air quality measurements in major urban centers , carried out by Pak-EPA , revealed that CO, SO2 and NO levels were in excess of the acceptable levels in some areas but the average levels were found below WHO standards . Air quality testing by DISCOs (average values are : TSP 1.09 mg/m3 , CO 634 ppb , SO2 24.34 ppb, NO2 23.73 ppb ) through various consultants has reveled that most sub stations have NO2, CO2 and CO values below international standards although TSP levels at some locations was higher than international standards . 47. There should be no source of atmospheric pollution from the project. In the operational phase, the industrial facilities with fuel powered mechanical equipment will be the main polluters. All such emissions will be very well dissipated in the open terrain and there will be no cumulative effect from the project. 48. The other major source of air pollution is dust arising from construction and other ground or soil disturbance, during dry weather, and from movement of vehicles on poorly surfaced or damaged access roads. It has been observed that dust levels from vehicles may even be high enough to obscure vision significantly temporarily.

4.2.6 Noise 49. Noise from vehicles and other powered mechanical equipment is intermittent. There are also the occasional calls to prayer from the PA systems at the local mosques but there are no significant disturbances to the quiet rural setting. However the construction from the proposed power expansion will use powered mechanical equipment. Subjective observations were made of background noise and also of individual vehicle pass by events. Based on professional experience background daytime noise levels are probably well below 55dB (A) L90. DISCOs have carried out noise level measurements at various sub stations and transmission line locations within the system .These analyzed to calculate Leq values have resulted in Leq values much below the 85 dBA limit prescribed under the NEQs established by the EPA or the 75 dBA used by DISCOs/ NTDC/ PEPCO in the equipment specifications . Typical values were: average 46.21 dBA; high 63.14 dBA; and low 34.35 dBA.

4.3 Biological Resources

4.3.1 Wildlife, Fisheries and Aquatic Biology 50. There are no areas of wildlife significance near the subproject area. The wild animals are very few and are almost entirely confined to the river area. Wild boar is fairly common in the forest reserve around Wazirabad and in the river area. Black buck, river deer, and hog deer are sometimes, though rarely, found in the Belas around Wazirabad after heavy rains. Wolves are common in forests along the Jhang border. Hare and Jackal are fairly common all over the district. 51. There are no reservoirs or other water bodies except Chenab River that forms the northern boundary of the district.

4.3.2 Terrestrial Habitats, Forests and Protected Species

Vegetation cover and trees 52. The subproject area, which is not dry, is dominated by urban suburbs and with various factories present in the subproject area. Common floral species with rooted vegetation are also present near most of the water bodies of the area. 53. However, project site is covered at present with crops and vegetables. Common vegetation found in the district Dalbergia sisso,[Shisham],Poplar ,Kikar (Accacia arabica) trees in the areas near the works, but natural forest cover in the district has been significantly reduced in the past due to clearance for cultivation.

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's Environment Impact Assessment

Protected and Religious Trees 54. About 2,101 acres of land is under forest in the district and there is no protected forest near the areas of works. There are also planted trees along canals and roads. The major trees grown in the forest are Shisham (Dalbergia sissoo), Kikar (Acacia arabica) and Poplar rand Eucalyptus. In general permission should be sought from the local concerned department for the felling of any trees. A short LARP report for the Khayali Bypass SP has been prepared which made provision for compensation of damaged crops for concerned owners. In detail studies if some trees will be removed, re-plantation of these trees (3:1) is recommended. The works must deal with trees that need to be lopped or removed for safety reasons with the necessary permissions.

4.3.3 Protected areas / National sanctuaries 55. In Pakistan there are several areas of land devoted to the preservation of biodiversity through the dedication of national parks and wildlife sanctuaries. There is no wetland, protected area or national sanctuary near the area of works and subproject area.

4.4 Economic Development

4.4.1 Agriculture and Industries 56. Cropping Pattern: The main crops in the subproject area during winter are wheat, gram, barley, pulses, sesamum, linseed, barseem and green fodder. In summer rice is the chief canal irrigated crop and is grown on 93% of the cultivated area, and the other crops during summer are cotton, maize, sawanki, sugarcane, Bajra, tobacco are grown. 57. Horticulture: The main fruits grown in the area are Jambolin (Syzygium cumini), falsa (Grewia asiatica), banana, orange (type of Citrus fruit), kinno (type of Citrus fruit), fruiter (type of Citrus fruit), sweet lemon, plum, mulberry, mango, guava and pomegranate. The principal vegetables grown are onions, potatoes, ginger, egg-plant, arum, ladyfinger, spinach, mint, tomato, turnip, cloguxtida, carrot, cauliflower, bitter–gourd, garlic, pea, radish, cucumber, etc. 58. Industry: This district has made tremendous progress in light as well as heavy industries. There are large industrial units of chemicals, food products, textiles and engineering. The engineering industry includes manufacturing of air conditioners, electric transformers, electric motors, electric washing machines, fans, etc. other industries are sugar manufacturing, paper and paperboard, tannery, steel re-rolling, pipes electric wires/ropes, edible oils and ghee, synthetic fibers, turbines and steel containers, small industrial units include lighting and scientific equipment, utensils, hosiery and non-metallic work. .

Transportation 59. There is a network of metalled and un-metalled roads in the district. There are also metalled canal roads. All tehsil headquarters and important towns are connected through metalled roads. The Grand Trunk Road passes through Gujranwala, entering the district form Lahore side at Sadhoke and going up to Wazirabad. 60. Gujranwala is situated on the main railway line which runs from Karachi to Peshawar. There are two branch lines, one from Wazirabad junction, to Sangla Hill Junction, and other from Wazirabad Junction to Sialkot Junction. 61. Gujranwala district is not linked by air with other parts of the country but it is connected with other parts of the country through Lahore International Airport which is about 50 km from Gujranwala. 4.4.2 Energy Sources 62. More than 40% housing units are using wood as cooking fuel in their houses while 34% are using gas for their purpose. About 4 percent are using kerosene oil and 21% are using

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's Environment Impact Assessment

other sources of cooking fuel in their houses.

4.5 Social and Cultural Resources

4.5.1 Population Communities and Employment 63. The total population of Gujranwala district is 3,400,940 as enumerated in March, 1998. The 1998 Census the population showed the district is 95% Muslims. The next higher percentage is of Christian with 4%, followed by Ahmadi less than 1%. While other minorities like Hindu (Jati), Scheduled castes etc. are very small in number. The proportion of population of Muslims in rural and urban areas is 97%. Christians are found more in urban areas than in rural areas. Similarly Ahmadis are more in urban areas. Punjabi is the predominant language being spoken in the district by 97% of the population followed by Urdu spoken by 2%, and Pushto 1% while others speak Siraiki, Sindhi, Balochi, Brahavi and Dari 64. Of the total economically active population 79.3% were registered as employed in 1998. nearly three-fifths i.e. 57.9% were self employed, 16.5% government employees and 16.2% private employees. Unpaid family helpers were recorded as 3.1%. The difference in proportions of employed population was significant between the genders and urban and rural residences.

4.5.2 Education and Literacy 65. The literacy ratio in Gujranwala district has increased from 29.9% in 1981 to 56.6% in 1998. The literacy ratio for males is 63.6% and 48.8% for females. The ratio is much higher in urban areas when compared with rural areas both for male and female. 66. There are 2,442 educational institutions in Gujranwala district imparting education from Mosque/Primary School to postgraduate level. The number of institutions, enrolment and teaching staff available in 1995-96 is given in the following table. There are WAPDA Schools for Girls and Boys in WAPDA Colony. Campus of Punjab University, Virtual University and Punjab College for Boys at 10km and there are many Government and Private Schools and colleges for Boys and girls at 1-5km from the DGS site. Educational Institutions Type of Institute Enrolment Teaching Staff Institute Male Female Female Male Male Female Primary 806 824 98,000 93,000 3,131 2,308 Middle 147 113 46,000 43,000 1,891 1,312 Secondary 168 65 102,000 62,000 3,861 1,532 Higher Secondary 4 3 9,268 6,976 376 206 (Class xi-xii) Intermediate and Degree 8 8 9,744 9,047 342 209 Colleges Mosque Schools 296 - 13,576 - 577 - Total 1,429 1,013 278,588 214,023 10,178 5,567 Source: Punjab Development Statistics, Bureau of Statistics, Punjab.

4.5.3 Health Facilities 67. In all, there are 13 hospitals with 1086 beds, 49 dispensaries with 96 beds, 10 Rural Health Centers with 200 beds working in the district. Besides there are also 92 Basic Health Units, 2 T.B. Clinics, 34 Sub Health Centers and 13 M.C. Health Centers in the district. 68. The hospital at Gujranwala proper is the District Headquarters Hospital, Police Hospital, Haji Murad Eye Hospital,[ near tee off tower], Marry Home Hospital and District Jail Hospital. There is one hospital each at tehsils Headquarters. There is one T.B. Centre at Gujranwala

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's Environment Impact Assessment

and one T.B. Clinic at Wazirabad. There are Government dispensaries and many private clinics hospital in the city, WAPDA hospital is located at 10km. There are many private clinics near the DGS site.

5. Cultural Heritage and Community Structure

69. There are no officially protected heritage sites or historic, religious or archaeologically important sites located in the subproject works areas. There is no major historic or archaeological feature of note but there are a few places of worship within about 500m of the works. 70. The main tribes in Gujranwala inhabited are Arain, Jatt, Rajput, Syed, Gujjar, and Awan. Of them Jatt is the most important tribe and owns most of the land. The important classes of Jatt are Cheema, Virk, Warraich, Chattha, Tarrar, Goraya, Malhi, Lodike, Kharal, Hanjra, Gondal, Bajwa and Wahla.

6. SCREENING POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

6.1 Subproject Location

6.1.1 Impact Assessment and Mitigation

71. This Tranche 2 subproject will involve the construction of 132kV new DGS, implying an expansion of facilities, both outside and within the proposed boundaries of the DGS on land owned by GEPCO. There are a few sensitive receivers (SR), including some houses, schools, colleges, factories, which are more than 500 m away from the DGS boundary, and there are no sensitive receivers close to the DGS, which could be possibly affected by certain activities of the SP works. There are some other sensitive receivers (SR). The DGS will not cross roads or highway, canal and could not require the removal of trees, but there are no other sensitive receivers near the DGS site, which could be affected by the works. 72. The location and scale of the works are very important in predicting the environmental impacts. Therefore, it is essential that a proper analysis be carried out during the subproject planning period. This process of impact prediction is the core of the EIA process and it is critical that the recommendations and mitigation measures are carried out according to, and with reference to the conditions on the ground in the affected areas in the spirit of the environmental assessments process (Figures 2.1 and 2.2 shows the location of the proposed DGS). In this section the potential environmental impacts are reviewed. Where impacts are significant enough to exceed accepted environmental standards, mitigation is proposed in order to reduce residual impact to acceptable levels. In this regard, the impact prediction plays a vital role as these predictions are used for developing mitigation measures and any alternative options, if appropriate. When the detailed designs are completed the impacts and mitigation measures will need to be further reviewed to take account of how the contracts are set up and in the light of any fine tuning of the subproject proposals. 73. The environmental management plan (Section 5 and EMP matrix Appendix - 4) has been reviewed based on the assessment and shall be reviewed in due course at subproject inception and through construction in order to provide a feed back on any significant unpredicted impacts. It is based on the analysis of impacts, primarily to document key environmental issues likely to arise from subproject implementation, to prescribe mitigation measures to be integrated in the subproject design, to design monitoring and evaluation schedules to be implemented during subproject construction and operation, and to estimate costs required for implementing subproject mitigation measures. The EMP must be reviewed in the subproject inception by the subproject management and approved before any construction activity is initiated, to take account of any subsequent changes and fine tuning of the proposals.

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's Environment Impact Assessment

6.2 General Approach to Mitigation 74. Based on professional experience on some projects, contractors have put emphasis on the financial compensation for nuisances. This may be acceptable for some social impacts where evacuation is necessary or where houses have been accidentally damaged, however it is not best international practice to accept payment for environmental impacts. An approach whereby the subproject contractor pays money for nuisances rather than control impacts at source will not be acceptable. This practice should not be allowed and financial compensation shall not be allowed as mitigation for environmental impacts or environmental nuisance. 75. During the preparation for the subproject construction phase the future contractors must be notified and prepared to co-operate with the executing and implementing agencies, subproject management, construction supervising consultants and local population in the mitigation of impacts. Furthermore, the contractor must be primed through bidding stages and the contract documentation to implement the EMP in full and be ready to engage or train staff in the management of environmental issues and to audit the effectiveness and review mitigation measures as the subproject proceeds. The effective implementation of the EMP will be audited as part of the loan conditions and the executing agency (GEPCO) must be prepared for this. In this regard, the GEPCO must fulfill the requirements of the law and guidance prepared by Pak EPA on the environmental aspects of power subprojects and the recommendations already made for subproject in this EIA and under Pakistan‟s PEP Act. 76. The location of the residences, mosques, schools, hospitals and civic, cultural and other heritage sites has been reviewed in Section 3. Residences or schools are not close enough to the subproject on which there could not be some potential impacts in the construction stage from disturbance and significant noise and dust. This is because the DGS is located on agriculture land along Khayali Bypass road and has no human settlements and structures. 77. Work on the tower sites could cause some generation of air borne dust, but any nuisance from this is likely to be very localized and temporary. Other project activities, e.g. movement of heavy vehicles on unpaved tracks during the works, could generate considerable dust. Water is available in the study area, although surplus water may not always be available to suppress dust at vulnerable locations in the dry season. Therefore as a general approach it is recommended that where works are within 15m of any residential sensitive receivers, the contractor should install segregation between the works and the edge of the sensitive receivers. The segregation should be easily erectable 2.5m high tarpaulin sheet and designed to retain dust and provide a temporary visual barrier to the works. Where dust is the major consideration the barrier can take the form of tarpaulins strung between two poles mounted on a concrete base. These can be moved along from tower base to tower base as the work proceeds. 78. Noise from the construction of the towers should not be a major consideration unless very close to schools or hospitals where construction should be avoided at sensitive times. In addition to the physical effect of mitigating dust and noise with barriers installation of such measures should be discussed with the local population and serve as a vehicle for further public consultation at the implementation stage to assist in public relations.

6.2.1 Cultural Heritage, Mosques, Religious Sites and Social Infrastructure 79. The location of mosques and other cultural and other heritage SR sites has been reviewed in Section 3. There are no mosques or other religious sites close to the DGS site. The new DGS will also not affect or disturb any such site. . 80. The nearest clinic / hospital is more than 50m from the edge of the Subproject, but the nearest school is at 1 km from the DGS adjacent to the Subproject, and the nearest houses at about 50m from the DGS. The DGS will be located on cultivated land and will not affect any road or canal. Apart from these features, there will be sufficient buffer distance between

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's Environment Impact Assessment

the works and any other SRs, so that no significant impacts should be expected. Public consultation should be undertaken at the implementation stage to ensure nuisances are not allowed to escalate for the SRs close to the DGS sites.

6.3 Potential Environmental Impacts in Construction

6.3.1 Encroachment, Landscape and Physical Disfiguration 81. The extent of the proposed power expansion is moderate and should not extend beyond the DGS boundary created by the subproject. No significant landscape impacts are expected from construction of the Khayali Bypass SP.

6.3.2 Cut, Fill and Waste Disposal 82. Disposal of surplus materials must also be negotiated through local authority approvals prior to the commencement of construction. The Subproject work should not involve any significant cutting and filling but minor excavations (down to 4m) and piling may be required to create the foundations for the new transformers and for some towers (if required). It is envisaged (depending on the mode of contract) that the surface under the towers will need to be scrabbled to remove unstable materials, or to stockpile topsoil. 83. Mitigation measures must focus on the minimization of impacts. In order to allow the proper functioning of the settlement sites (access to villages) during construction it is recommended that consideration be given to erect temporary hoardings immediately adjacent to the nearest houses and shops if they are within 15m of the power distribution line tower construction. 84. If surplus materials arise from the removal of the existing surfaces from specific areas, these should be used elsewhere on the subproject before additional soil, rock, gravel or sand is brought in. The use of immediately available material will generally minimize the need for additional rock based materials extraction from outside. 85. The subproject detailed designers have so far estimated that no substantial additional materials will be required subject to confirmation at the detailed design stage. 86. At this stage no areas require removal of woodland. However if specimen trees of religious plantations are affected the owners should be given the resources and opportunity to reinstate the woodland long term and a plantation compensation plan should be drawn up to replant the woodland/trees. In the event that the land is not suitable for plantation then other areas should be identified to replace the cut trees and sufficient areas should be identified to allow plantation of trees at a rate of say 3:1. The replacement ratio should allow for a high mortality rate among the newly planted trees in the dry environment or otherwise as based on advice from the forest authority. 87. Contractual clauses should be included to require each contractor to produce a materials management plan (one month before construction commences) to identify all sources of cement and aggregates and to balance cut and fill. The plan should clearly state the methods to be employed prior to and during the extraction of materials and all the mitigation measures to be employed to mitigate nuisances to local residents. Financial compensation shall not be allowed as mitigation for environmental impacts or environmental nuisance. Mitigation measures shall seek to control the impacts at source in the first place. The engineer shall be responsible to update the subproject cut and fill estimates and create Materials Master Plan to facilitate materials exchange between the different contract areas along the power line and sub-contractors on the power line and to provide an overall balance for materials and minimize impacts on local resources.

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's Environment Impact Assessment

6.3.3 Trees, Ecology and Protected Areas 88. There are no Reserved or Protected Forests or trees near the DGS site. The proposed DGS will require the installation of DGS site disclosed by GEPCO (October 2008) will not affect any tree). In case of removal of all the trees on private or forest land during the works, written permission should be sought. 89. If for some unforeseen reason or change of alignment, any trees with religious significance or other trees need to be removed, written permission should be obtained from the forest authority and the owner after written justification by GEPCO. Trees shall be planted to replace the lost trees with three trees planted to replace every cut tree (3:1) or more as agreed with the authority. 90. A requirement shall be inserted in the contracts that no trees are to be cut on the Khayali Bypass DGS site or outside, without the written permission from the supervising consultant who may permit the removal of trees if unavoidable on safety / technical / engineering grounds after written justification by GEPCO and to the satisfaction of the forest authority and the owner.

6.3.4 Hydrology, Sedimentation and Soil Erosion 91. The drainage streams en-route of the subproject should not be impeded by the works. The scale of the works does not warrant hydrological monitoring.

6.3.5 Air Pollution from Earthworks and Transport 92. The material (cement, sand and aggregate) requirement of a typical 132 KV sub station (about 150 cu m) and a 132 KV transmission tower (4.8 cu m, or 40 bags of cement per tower) are not large. In transmission line construction sand and aggregate are delivered directly to the tower location from the quarry/ source, there is no intermediate or bulk storage of these materials. Similarly construction materials for the sub station are stored within the sub station site are scheduled as per the work progress (which is staggered as the buildings which require bulk of the construction materials are built in phases over 6 to 12 months period), which means that at any given point in time the amount of construction material stored is not significant. The quantities of construction material required for a typical sub station or transmission tower are not so larger that they potentially represent a traffic hazard, these requirements are time dispersed in case of sub stations and time and space dispersed in case of transmission lines. The contractor will be, however, required to provide a traffic management plan before commencement of work at site. Field observations indicate that ambient air quality is generally acceptable and that emissions from traffic and other powered mechanical equipment in the area are rapidly dispersed. There will be a few items of powered mechanical equipment to be used in the construction of the distribution line works that may give rise gaseous emissions. However these should be well dissipated. The major sources of complaint will likely be any necessary earthworks and local soil compaction. 93. Earthworks will contribute to increasing dust, and the foundation earthworks for the transformers and the line poles will generate dust and the following mitigation measures are needed: 94. Dust suppression facilities (water sprayers / hosepipe) shall be available where earth and cement works are required. 95. Areas of construction (especially where the works are within 50m of the SRs) shall be maintained damp by watering the construction area. 96. Construction materials (sand, gravel, and rocks) and spoil materials will be transported trucks covered with tarpaulins. 97. Storage piles will be at least 30m downwind of the nearest human settlements. 98. All vehicles (e.g., trucks, equipment, and other vehicles that support construction works)

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's Environment Impact Assessment

shall be well maintained and not emit dark, smoky or other emissions in excess of the limits described in the NEQS. 99. The need for large stockpiles should be minimized by careful planning of the supply of materials from controlled sources. Stockpiles should not be located within 50m of schools, hospitals or other public amenities such as wells and pumps and should be covered with tarpaulins when not in use and at the end of the working day to enclose dust.

6.3.6 Noise, Vibration and Blasting 100. It is anticipated that powered mechanical equipment and some local labor with hand tool methods will be used to construct the subproject works. No blasting is anticipated. Powered mechanical equipment can generate significant noise and vibration. The cumulative effects from several machines can be significant. To minimize such impacts, the contractor for subproject should be requested by the construction supervision consultants (engineer) to provide evidence and certification that all equipment to be used for construction is fitted with the necessary air pollution and noise dampening devices to meet EPA requirements. 101. A criterion of 70dB (A) Leq (exterior, boundary of DGS) has been used for assessment in previous EIA studies. Any noisy equipment should be located within DGS as far from SRs as possible to prevent nuisances to dwellings and other structures from operation. 102. Noise from construction of the power distribution lines and improvements to substations is not covered under any regulations however in order to keep in line with best international practice it is recommended that no construction should be allowed during nighttime (9 PM to 6 AM) and 70dB(A)Leq should be the criterion at other times during the day measured at the boundaries of land from which construction noise is emitted. A criterion of 70dB (A) Leq (exterior, boundary of DGS) has been used for assessment in previous EIA studies. Any noisy equipment should be located within DGS or as far from SRs as possible to prevent nuisances to dwellings and other structures from operation. 103. Vibration from construction of piles to support pads may be required for some tower construction and may be a significant impact but this should be short duration. Where vibration could be come a major consideration (within say 100m of schools, religious premises, hospitals or residences) a building condition survey should take place prior to construction. The physical effect of piling should be assessed prior to construction and measures should be discussed with the local population as well as timing of the works to serve as a vehicle for further public consultation at the implementation stage and to assist in public relations. At nearby schools, the contractor shall discuss with the school principals the agreed time for operating these machines and completely avoid machine use near schools during examination times, if such a need arises.

6.3.7 Sanitation, Solid Waste Disposal and Communicable Diseases 104. The main issues of concern are uncontrolled or unmanaged disposal of solid and liquid wastes into watercourses and natural drains, improper disposal of storm water and black water and open defecation by construction workers. 105. In order to maintain proper sanitation around construction sites, access to the nearby DGS lavatories should be allowed or provision of temporary toilets should be made. Construction worker camps will not be necessary, based on the scale of the works needed. If for some unforeseen reason a larger workforce is needed any construction camp should not be located in settlement areas or near sensitive water resources and portable lavatories or at least pit latrines should be provided. Wherever water is allowed to accumulate, in temporary drainage facilities, due to improper storm water management, or improper disposal of wastewater generated from the site, it can offer a breeding site for mosquitoes and other insects. Vectors such as mosquitoes may be

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's Environment Impact Assessment

encountered if open water is allowed to accumulate at the Khayali Bypass SP site. Temporary and permanent drainage facilities should therefore be designed to facilitate the rapid removal of surface water from all areas and prevent the accumulation of surface water ponds.

6.4 Potential Environmental Impacts in Operation

6.4.1 Air pollution and Noise from the enhanced operations 106. The subproject works will extend the power distribution lines but no houses, mosques or schools will be close to the new DGS in the operational phase. Nevertheless some houses, a school and a hostel are close to the DGS. The DGS will be constructed at acquired land, which is used at present for cultivation in the locality on Khayali Bypass Road, and the extended level of operation of the facility is not likely to cause any appreciable increase in the noise level already generated by the existing equipment. However, it is recommended that an acoustical check be made on the detailed design to determine of any noise barriers are required. There should be no source of atmospheric pollution from the subproject. In the operational phase any nearby industrial facilities with fuel powered mechanical equipment will be the main polluters. All such emissions will be very well dissipated in the open terrain and there will be no cumulative effect from the subproject. 107. Noise impacts from the operation of the DGS equipment should be reviewed at the detailed design stage. There are no national noise standards in Pakistan for power distribution noise emissions that would apply in the operational stages. A criterion of 70Db (A) Leq (exterior, boundary of DGS) has been used for assessment in previous EIA studies. It is recommended that a check be made on the likely acoustical performance based on makers specifications of the installed equipment at the detained design stage

6.4.2 Pollution from oily run-off, fuel spills and dangerous goods 108. No significant impacts from oily residues such as transformer oil and lubricants are expected to arise in this subproject. However control measures will be needed for oily residues such as transformer oil and lubricants in the case of accidental or unexpected release. Transformer oil is supplied in drums from an imported source and tap tanks are topped up as necessary on site. There are facilities in some subproject DGS maintenance yards for recycling (dehydrating) oil from breakers. However the areas upon which these recycling facilities are located have no dedicated drainage which can capture run-off. Oily residues and fuel and any contaminated soil residues should be captured at source and refueling and maintenance should take place in dedicated areas away from surface water resources. Contaminated residues and waste oily residues should be disposed at a site agreed with the local authority. Oily residues and fuel and any contaminated soil residues should be captured at source by installing bunds (Appendix 6) and refueling and maintenance should take place in dedicated areas away from surface water resources. Contaminated residues and waste oily residues should be disposed at a site agreed with the local authority. DISCOs are served by the Technical Services Group (TSG), TSG prepare a detailed routine maintenance schedule for each piece of hardware. TSG also supervise and monitors the implementation of this schedule by Grid System Operation (GSO). Transformer oil has a long life (typically over 15 years, which depends upon the level of load the transformer serves). Oil spills are very rare and are preempted by routine maintenance .TSG and GSO has a written down procedure to deal with oil spills. TSG ensure that the maintenance schedule of each piece of hardware is adhered to DISCOs have also established a safety unit, which among other tasks, investigates all accidents. Frequency of accidents, on average is about 1 per DISCO per year (based on last 4 years record), about 60 % of these are non-fatal. Most accidents occur due to staff and supervision negligence detailed report of each accident is prepared.

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's Environment Impact Assessment

6.5 Enhancement

109. Environmental enhancements are not a major consideration within the Khayali Bypass subproject site. However it is noted that it is common practice at many such sites to create some local hard and soft landscaping and successful planting of fruit trees and shrubs has been accomplished in many sites. This practice should be encouraged as far as practicable. Other opportunities for enhancements can be assessed prior to construction and proposed enhancements should be discussed with the local population to serve as a vehicle for further public consultation at the implementation stage and to assist in public relations. Trees [if any]removed for construction purposes should be replaced as compensation in line with best practice at ratio of three replaced for one removed however additional trees should be planted as enhancements where there is space in the DGS and along the TXL.

7. INSTITUTIONAL REQUIREMENTS & ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

110. In this section, the mitigation measures that are required for the Khayali Bypass SP tranche-2 subproject, to reduce residual impact to acceptable levels and achieve the expected outcomes of the project, are discussed. The Environmental Management Plan is based on the type, extent and duration of the identified environmental impacts for the Khayali Bypass SP Tranche 2 subproject. The EMP has been prepared following best practice and by reference to the ADB Environmental Assessment Guidelines 2003. 111. It is important that the recommendations and mitigation measures are carried out according to the spirit of the environmental assessment process and in line with the guidelines. The EMP matrix is presented as Appendix 4. The impact prediction (Section 4) has played a vital role in reconfirming typical mitigation measures and in identifying any different approaches based on the feasibility and detailed design assumptions and any alternatives available at this stage. 112. Prior to implementation and construction of the subprojects the EMP shall be amended and reviewed by the GEPCO in due course after detailed designs are complete. Such a review shall be based on reconfirmation and additional information on the assumptions made at this feasibility stage on positioning, alignment, location scale and expected operating conditions of the subprojects. For example, in this case if there are any additional transmission lines or extension of the substation boundaries to be included, the designs may be amended and then the performance and evaluation schedules to be implemented during project construction and operation can be updated and costs estimates can be revised. The EIA and EMP should than be revised on a subproject by subproject basis. 113. The EIA and EMP plan must be reviewed by the project management and approved by the PEPA before any construction activity is initiated. This is also an ADB requirement in order to take account of any sub-sequent changes and fine tuning of the proposals. It is recommended that, before the works contract is worked out in detail and before pre-qualification of contractors, a full extent of the environmental requirements of the project (IEE/ EIA and EMP) are included in the bidding documents. Professional experience indicates that past environmental performance of contractors and their awareness of environmentally responsible procurement should also be used as indicator criteria for the prequalification of contractors. 114. In order to facilitate the implementation of the EMP, during the preparation for the construction phase the GEPCO must prepare the future contractors to co-operate with all stakeholders in the mitigation of impacts. Furthermore, the contractor must be primed through the contract documentation and ready to implement all the mitigation measures. GEPCO will need to engage at least one trained environmental management staff and the staff should audit the effectiveness and review mitigation measures as the subprojects are rolled out. The effective implementation of the EMP will be audited as part of the mid term

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's Environment Impact Assessment

review of loan conditions and the executing agency must prepare for this at the inception stage. 115. The details of EMP given in the Appendix 4 are for the Khayali Bypass subproject. The EMP matrix will have much in common for many other future (Tranche 2) substation and line projects that have a similar scale of works and types of location but will be different for more complicated substation and line projects that involve impacts to land outside the existing substations and for lines traversing more sensitive land. In all cases separate dedicated EIAs must be prepared. 116. The impacts have been classified into those relevant to the design/preparation stage, construction stage and operation and maintenance stage. The matrix provides details of the mitigation measures recommended for each of the identified impacts, time span of the implementation of mitigation measures, an analysis of the associated costs and the responsibility of the institution. The institutional responsibility has been specified for the purpose of the implementation and the supervision. The matrix is supplemented with a monitoring plan (Appendix 5) for the performance indicators. An estimation of the associated costs for the monitoring is given with the plan. The EMP has been prepared following best practice and the ADB environmental assessment guidelines 2003. 117. Prior to the Implementation of subproject the GEPCO needs to comply with several environmental requirements, such as submitting an IEE/ EIA Reports to PEPA and obtaining PEPA clearance (“No Objection Certificate” compiling acceptable EMP and Clearance Certificate) under PEPAct (guidelines and regulations 2000) and any other permissions required from other authorities. GEPCO will also need to confirm that contractors and their suppliers have complied with all statutory requirements and have appropriate and valid licenses and permits for all powered mechanical equipment and to operate in line with local authority conditions. 118. The EMP (Appendix 4) was prepared taking into account the limited capacity of GEPCO to conduct environmental assessments of the subprojects. GEPCO has yet to engage any graduate staff with field experience. However an environmental manager will be required. It is envisaged that experience in this field should therefore develop in the near future. However it is also strongly recommended that for subprojects in future Tranches that the GEPCO be prepared to engage more support where necessary (e.g. senior environmental specialist with at least 3 years experience in environmental management one years site experience in environmental monitoring and auditing) to guide the subsequent formal assessment and submission process under the PEPAct and monitor compliance with the EMP. As of August 2007, the GEPCO has demonstrated only limited commitment to developing in-house environmental and social capability. 119. The appointed environmental manager has to have a good level of awareness and will be responsible for addressing environmental concerns for subprojects potentially involving hundreds kilometers of distribution lines and DGS. Whereas some of their work may in future be delegated to consultants they will need more training and resources if they are effectively provide quality control and oversight for the EMP implementation. They will require robust support from senior management staff members and the management consultant if they are to address all environmental concerns for the subprojects effectively. Specific areas for immediate attention are in EMP auditing, environmentally responsible procurement, air, water and noise pollution management and ecological impact mitigation. It is recommended that an environmental specialist consultant with 10 years experience be made available to all the DISCOS to cover these aspects full time for at least the first six months of the PDEMFF project and that on a call off basis with local support those services are retained for the life of the PDEMFF loan. The newly appointed graduate environmental manager can then shadow the environmental specialist to improve awareness and hopefully provide independent quality control and oversight for the EMP implementation for the first 12 months.

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's Environment Impact Assessment

120. In order to achieve good compliance with environmental assessment principles the graduate environmental manager for the project implementation team must be actively involved prior to the outset of the implementation design stage to ensure compliance with the statutory obligations under the PEPAct. It is also recommended that GEPCO Board allow direct reporting to Board level from the in-house Environmental and Social Unit (ESU). If the ESU requires resources for larger subprojects then environmental specialist consultants could be appointed through the project implementation unit to address all environmental aspects in the detailed design. It is recommended that the project management unit (PMU) should liaise directly with the ESU to address all environmental aspects in the detailed design and contracting stages. The graduate environmental manager will cover the implementation of environmental mitigation measures in the project packages. 121. Overall implementation of the EMP will become GEPCO‟s responsibility. GEPCO and other parties to be involved in implementing the EMP are as follows: 122. Contractors: responsible for carrying out the contractual obligations, implementing all EMP measures required to mitigate environmental impacts during construction; 123. The GEPCO Board of Directors will be responsible to ensure that sufficient timely resources are allocated to process the environmental assessments and to monitor implementation of all construction and operational mitigation measures required to mitigate environmental impacts, and 124. Other government agencies such as the regional PEPA and state pollution authorities, Department of Forests, Department of Wildlife Services, who will be responsible for monitoring the implementation of environmental conditions and compliance with statutory requirements in their respective areas and local land use groups at the local levels. 125. Considering that other government agencies that need to be involved in implementing the EMP, training or harmonization workshops should be conducted for all ESUs in all DISCOS every six months or twice each year, for the first 2 years (and annually thereafter) to share the monitoring report on the implementation of the EMP in each DISCO and to share lessons learned in the implementation and to achieve a consistent approach decide on remedial actions, if unexpected environmental impacts occur. 126. The monitoring plan (Appendix 5) was designed based on the project cycle. During the preconstruction period, the monitoring activities will focus on (i) checking the contractor‟s bidding documents, particularly to ensure that all necessary environmental requirements have been included; and (ii) checking that the contract documents‟ references to environmental mitigation measures requirements have been incorporated as part of contractor‟s assignment and making sure that any advance works are carried out in good time. Where detailed design is required (e.g. for power distribution lines and avoidance of other resources) the inclusion and checking of designs must be carried out. During the construction period, the monitoring activities will focus on ensuring that environmental mitigation measures are implemented, and some performance indicators will be monitored to record the Subprojects environmental performance and to guide any remedial action to address unexpected impacts. 127. Monitoring activities during project operation will focus on recording environmental performance and proposing remedial actions to address unexpected impacts. The potential to use local community groups‟ contacts for monitoring should be explored as part of the activities in setting up the Environmental and Social Unit which should have regular meetings with the NGOs as a matter of good practice and to discuss matters of mutual concern. 128. At this stage, due to the modest scale of the new power distribution projects and by generally keeping to non-sensitive and non-critical areas the construction and operational impacts will be manageable. No insurmountable impacts are predicted providing that the EMP is implemented to its full extent and required in the contract documents. However experience suggests that some contractors may not be familiar with this approach or may be

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's Environment Impact Assessment

reluctant to carry out some measures. In order that the contractors are fully aware of the implications of the EMP and to ensure compliance, it is recommended that costing of environmental measures to be carried out separately in the tender documentation and that payment milestones are linked to environmental performance in carrying out the EMP. 129. The effective implementation of the EMP will be audited as part of the loan conditions and the executing agency must be prepared for this. In this regard the GEPCO (the IA) must be prepared to guide the design engineers and contractors on the environmental aspects.

8. PUBLIC CONSULTATION AND INFORMATION DISCLOSURE

8.1 Approach to Public Consultation

130. The public consultation (PC) process with various stakeholders has been approached so as to involve public and other stakeholders from the earliest stages. Public consultation has taken place during the planning and design and viewpoints of the stakeholders have been taken into account and their concerns and suggestions for possible improvements have been included where appropriate. Much of the PC process to date has revolved around concerns for the mitigation of construction impacts and the possible side effects from the proximity of high voltage power lines and the DGS and its equipment. 131. There is also a requirement for ongoing consultation for land acquisition and resettlement (LARP) and the completion of the Resettlement Plan (RP) is documented separately. It is expected that this process will continue through all stages of the subproject in order to accommodate stakeholders' aspirations and to orient the stakeholders positively towards the project implementation and where possible to harness cooperation over access issues in order to facilitate timely completion.

8.2 Public Consultation Process 132. The public consultation process has commenced in the initial feasibility stages (prior to construction) in order to disclose the project information to the stakeholders and record feedback regarding the proposed project and preferences. The stakeholders involved in the process were the population likely to be impacted along the route of the proposed power lines; the village leaders and schoolteachers. 133. Prior to the implementation of the consultation, feedback, etc. has been carried out to support this EIA and recorded. The focus of attention has been the population near the proposed DGS that may be affected by the Subproject expansion. The level of engagement varied from the stakeholder to stakeholder with some registering no major comment but it is noted that none registered any outright opposition to subproject. 134. The disclosure of the enhancement project in advance and subsequent consultation with stakeholders has advantages in the environmental assessment and mitigation of impacts. Public consultation can also provide a conduit for the improvement of the project implementation to better serve the stakeholders. 135. The environmental assessment process under the Pakistan Environmental Protection Act only requires the disclosure to the public after the statutory EIA. The relevant EPA to be in strict adherence to the rules has accepted EIA. In this EIA the consultation process was performed to satisfy the ADB requirements. The locations of consultation and people consulted are listed in the full table of public consultation presented in Appendix 7.

8.3 Results of Public Consultation 136. The consultations identified some potential environmental and social impacts and perceptions of the affected communities. The public consultation resulted in 24 responses in October 2008 (Appendix-7). The community generally supports the construction of the DGS

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's Environment Impact Assessment

and said that subproject is necessary under the current local conditions, Land price must be assessed properly and honestly, Crops compensation should be fair according to the market rates, Compensation should be provided before start of work, Local norms should be honored and Construction work should be completed in time. The local poor people predominantly requested for unskilled and semi skilled jobs on priority basis with the contractors during implementation of the project. No land acquisition and resettlement is involved in this subproject. However, compensation will be paid to the concerned parties / owners of land under the towers and where the loss of some trees and for damage to crops is expected. 137. On the basis of the consultations so far, it appears that the project will have no insurmountable environmental and social impacts but GEPCO will have to make sure that compensation and assistance amounts are assessed justly and that skilled and unskilled employment should be preferentially given to the affected as far as is reasonably practicable.

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's Environment Impact Assessment

9. CONCLUSIONS

9.1 Findings and Recommendations

138. This study was carried out at the planning stage of the project. Primary and secondary data were used to assess the environmental impacts. The potential environmental impacts were assessed in a comprehensive manner. The report has provided a picture of all potential environmental impacts associated with the Project, and recommended suitable mitigation measures. This study recommends that some further follow up studies are undertaken during project processing in order to meet the ADB requirements. 139. There are some further considerations for the planning stages such as obtaining clearance for the project under the Pakistan Environmental Protection Act (1997) but environmental impacts from the power enhancements will mostly take place during the construction stage. There are also some noise impacts and waste management issues for the operational stage that must be addressed in the detailed design and through environmentally responsible procurement. At the detailed design stage the number of and exact locations for transmission tower enhancements may change subject to detailed surveys but the impacts are likely to be broadly similar at most locations and impacts have been reviewed in the environmental impact section of this EIA report. 140. There are a number of key actions required in the detailed design phase. Prior to construction the GEPCO must receive clearance certification from the PEPA and GEPCO must complete an EMP that will be accepted by the PEPA and agreed by the contractor prior to signing the contract. The information provided in this report can form the basis of any further submission to PEPA as required in future. 141. No land acquisition, compensation and resettlement is involved. However, some trees will be compensated to the concerned parties, if needed. However, provisions may be made in LARP, based on the proposed alignments these should not be difficult tasks and can be conducted as the detailed designs are worked out and to dovetail with the existing system and minimize adverse impacts and maximize benefits. A social impact assessment and resettlement action plan (LARP) has been completed in tandem with this EIA for the whole subproject. The study has: (i) Examined and assess the overall social and poverty profile of the project area on the basis of the primary and secondary data sources and preparation of a socio-economic profile of the project districts. (ii) Prepared a social and poverty analysis, taking into account socio-economic and poverty status of the project area of influence, including the nature, extent and determinants of poverty in the project area including assessment. In addition, estimation of the likely socioeconomic and poverty reduction impacts of the project should be included. (iii) Held consultations with relevant officials from the government and other relevant officials, including consultation with affected communities to assess responses to the project and ascertain the nature and scope of local participation in project planning and implementation. (iv) Identified, analyzed and, where appropriate, quantified the potential resettlement impacts (minimal) of the proposed Project on the area and the population.

142. Baseline monitoring activities should be carried out during project detailed design stage to establish the baseline of parameters for checking during the construction stage. The monitoring schedule (Attachment 3) recommends monitoring on two occasions at the site location. The results should be integrated with the contract documentation to establish performance action thresholds, pollution limits and contingency plans for the contractor‟s performance.

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's Environment Impact Assessment

143. During the commissioning phase noise monitoring should ensure that statutory requirements have been achieved. Monitoring activities during project operation will focus on periodic recording environmental performance and proposing remedial actions to address any unexpected impacts.

9.2 Summary and Conclusions 144. The construction of the Khayali Bypass new DGS SP is a feasible and sustainable option from the power transmission, engineering, environmental, and socioeconomic points of view. Implementation of the EMP is required and the environmental impacts associated with the subproject need to be properly mitigated, and the existing institutional arrangements are available. Additional human and financial resources will be required by GEPCO to complete the designs and incorporate the recommendations effectively and efficiently in the contract documents, linked to payment milestones. The proposed mitigation and management plans are practicable but require additional resources. 145. This EIA, including the EMP, should be used as a basis for an environmental compliance program and be included as an Appendix to the contract. The EMP shall be reviewed at the detailed design stage. In addition, any subsequent conditions issued by PEPA as part of the environmental clearance should also be included in the environmental compliance program. Therefore, continued monitoring of the implementation of mitigation measures, the implementation of the environmental conditions for work and environmental clearance, and monitoring of the environmental impact related to the operation of the subproject should be properly carried out and reported at least twice per year as part of the project performance report.

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's Environment Impact Assessment

Appendix 1: Micro Location of Grid Sub-station

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's Environment Impact Assessment

Appendix 2 Photograph and Site Plan of Grid Sub-Station

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's Environment Impact Assessment

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's Environment Impact Assessment Appendix- 3

Environmental Performance indicator (PI) Frequency to monitor Timing to check PI Locations to Responsible to Cost of Resp. PI Cost of concern Implement PI Implement PI Implementation Supervision Supervision DESIGN and - PRECONSTRUC TION STAGE During detailed design Initially DISCO’S Environmental Management Action Plan (later monthly by By completion of All project DISCO’S, ESIC ESIC cell staff 1. Review of EMAP Contractor Cell / later (EMAP) is reviewed Contractor to cover any detailed design. alignment cell / ADB* cost Contractor cost unidentified impacts) 2. Social Impacts Inventory of losses, Property acquisition, Completed prior to Before removal of APs according to DISCO’S Cell staff ESIC cell staff and compensation and resettlement completed to commencement of DISCO’S Cell DISCO’S /ADB* houses and structures. RP & LAFC. cost cost Resettlement RP requirements. construction During detailed design by Contractor to cover any DISCO’S & 3. Project Completion of detailed All project ESIC cell staff Design changes notified access roads and Contractor Contractor cost ESIC cell / disclosure design. alignment. cost alignment changes, ADB* additional Villages. Contract follows ADB Guidelines on ERP. Method 4. Environmentally Performance bond. Deposited Statements Responsible Once, before Contract is Before Contract is DISCO’S Project Contractor cost DISCO’S ESIC DISCO’S Cell include resources Procurement. Contractual clauses include implementation of signed. signed. Cell. cell / ADB*. staff cost for mitigation (ERP) environmental mitigation measures tied to a performance bond. measures. Monthly or as required in waste management plan to identify sufficient locations for, storage and reuse of transformers and recycling of breaker oils and disposal of transformer oil, 1.Prior to detailed residually contaminated Locations Disposal options for all waste transformer oil, design stage no later DISCO’S cell with soils and scrap metal approved by local 5. Waste disposal residually contaminated soils, scrap metal than pre-qualification or the design ESIC cell ESIC cell DISCO’S “cradle to grave”. waste disposal agreed with DISCO’S and local authority.. tender negotiations consultant. 2. Include in contracts for authorities. 2. Include in contract. unit rates for re- measurement for disposal. 3. After agreement with local authority, designate disposal sites in the contract and cost unit disposal rates accordingly. 6. Noise and air Design changes included in EIA During detailed design by Completion of detailed As defined in EIA DISCO’S Cell / DISCO’S / DISCO’S Cell Contractor cost quality (supplementary) & EMAP approved by Contractor. design. (supplementary) & Contractor /ADB* staff cost

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's Environment Impact Assessment Appendix- 3

Environmental Performance indicator (PI) Frequency to monitor Timing to check PI Locations to Responsible to Cost of Resp. PI Cost of concern Implement PI Implement PI Implementation Supervision Supervision mitigation in MOEST. EMAP. design. Considered During detailed design by One month before locations to be as DISCO’S / and 7. Hydrological Contractor and monthly to DISCO’S Cell Temporary Drainage Management plan. commencement of identified in the Contractor Contractor cost DISCO’S Impacts cover any unidentified staff cost construction Detailed Drainage Project Cell. impacts Report. All stream and During detailed design 9. Temporary One month before river crossings DISCO’S / and Erosion Control and Temporary Drainage updated by Contractor DISCO’S Cell drainage and construction and where slopes Contractor. Contractor cost DISCO’S completed. monthly to cover any staff cost erosion control commences. indicate erosion Project Cell. unidentified impacts. will be a problem. Locations agreed During detailed design 10. Planning One month before DISCO’S cell in Contractor DISCO’S / and Use of land agreed with surrounding residents updated by Contractor DISCO’S Cell construction construction consultation with DISCO’S Cell Contractor cost DISCO’S & Villages. monthly to cover any staff cost camps commences. community and facilitates. Project Cell. unidentified impacts. the Contractor. Locations agreed During detailed design with DISCO’S cell One month before DISCO’S / and Temporary Pedestrian and Traffic updated by Contractor in consultation DISCO’S Cell 13.Traffic Condition construction Contractor Contractor cost DISCO’S Management Plan agreed. monthly to cover any with community staff cost commences. Project Cell. unidentified impacts. and the Contractor. 1. Strengthening plan agreed for DISCO’S cell. 1. Once, 1. As soon as /ADB cost of 15. Institutional practicable 2. International environment specialist (IES) 2. Once Throughout the DISCO’S Project DISCO’S Cell staff DISCO’S / and IES & support strengthening and 2, 3, 4. No later than project Cell. cost /ADB*. for 1 month capacity building 3. Increase staffing of DISCO’S Cell. 3. Ongoing one month before US$25,000 4. Train DISCO’S Cell officials. 4. Ongoing Contract award. CONSTRUCTION

STAGE All BOT staff 1. Contractor agreed to provide training to 1. Before contract is members in all DISCO’S and 1.Orientation for professional staff and workers. 1. Once signed Contractor with categories. DISCO’S to DISCO’S Cell Contractor, and 2. Special briefing and training for Contractor 2. Ongoing 2. Before construction IES assistance Contractor cost monthly induction observe and staff cost Workers completed. 3. Ongoing areas are opened up and record details. and six month record success 3. Periodic progress review sessions. 3. Every six months refresher course 1. Drainage Management plan Deliverable in final form to 2. Plans to control One month before 2. Temp. Pedestrian & Traffic Management DISCO’S cell one month All of DISCO’S DISCO’S DISCO’S Cell environmental construction Contractor Contractor cost plan, before construction alignment. Project Cell. staff cost impacts commences. 3. Erosion Control & Temp. Drainage plan commences for any given

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's Environment Impact Assessment Appendix- 3

Environmental Performance indicator (PI) Frequency to monitor Timing to check PI Locations to Responsible to Cost of Resp. PI Cost of concern Implement PI Implement PI Implementation Supervision Supervision 4. Materials Management plan, stretch. 5. Waste Management plan; 6. Noise and Dust Control plan, 7. Safety Plan 8. Agreed schedule of costs for environmental mitigation.{N.B. Forest Clearance and Compensatory Planting plan is prepared by DISCO’S cell} Locations to be provided with the Meaningful water quality monitoring up and During detailed design Once (line item when detailed designs Independent downstream during construction within 100m by Contractor and DISCO’S / DISCO’S Cell 5. Water quality opening up construction including all experienced Contractor cost of rivers. Rapid reporting and feedback by update to cover any DISCO’S Cell. staff cost near water bodies). bridges during laboratory. DISCO’S. unidentified impacts. construction within 100m of rivers 1. Availability of water acceptable to ‟ community. No complaints. All local water DISCO S 6. Water 1. Monthly Prior to submission of DISCO’S Cell 2. Guidelines established to minimize the supply resources Contractor Contractor cost and Resources 2. Monthly progress reports. DISCO‟S staff cost water wastage during construction operations and rivers. Cell and at worker camps. 1. Use of land agreed with surrounding 8. Spoil disposal residents & Villages. Monthly (line item when Prior to construction. All DISCO’S DISCO’S and DISCO’S Cell and construction Contractor Contractor cost 2. Waste Management Plan implemented. opening up construction). Update monthly. alignment. DISCO’S Cell staff cost waste disposal 3 No open burning DISCO’S / Contractor should Noise mitigation measures implemented in Maximum allowable DISCO’S Monthly (line item when All DISCO’S maintain the DISCO’S Cell 10. Noise line with guidelines for noise reduction from noise levels are Contractor cost Project Cell will opening up construction). alignment. accepted staff cost ISO/TR11688-1:1995(E) 70dB(A)LEQ. monitor sample standards activities. Monthly (line item when Prior to construction. All DISCO’S DISCO’S and DISCO’S Cell 11. Air quality Noise and dust control plan implemented. Contractor Contractor cost opening up construction). Update monthly. alignment. DISCO’S Cell staff cost 13..Soil Contractors workforce to instructed and train Monthly (line item when Prior to construction. All DISCO’S DISCO’S and DISCO’S Cell Contractor Contractor cost Contamination handling of chemicals opening up construction). Update monthly. alignment. DISCO’S Cell staff cost 1. Use of land agreed with surrounding 14. Work Camp residents & Villages. Monthly (line item when Prior to construction. All DISCO’S DISCO’S and DISCO’S Cell Location and Contractor Contractor cost 2. Waste Management Plan implemented. opening up construction). Update monthly. alignment. DISCO’S Cell staff cost Operation 3 No open burning DISCO’S / 19. Safety One month before Once (update monthly as All DISCO’S (ESIC cell to DISCO’S Cell Precautions for Safety Plan submitted construction and update Contractor. Contractor cost necessary) alignment. actively staff cost Workers quarterly. supervise and

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2, 132KV New DGS Khayali Bypass Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's Environment Impact Assessment Appendix- 3

Environmental Performance indicator (PI) Frequency to monitor Timing to check PI Locations to Responsible to Cost of Resp. PI Cost of concern Implement PI Implement PI Implementation Supervision Supervision enforce. 1. Local labor is used and workforce 2. Local educated people for office work. 3. Complaints on construction nuisance Monthly (line item when During construction. All DISCO’S DISCO’S and DISCO’S Cell 20. Social Impacts damages close to ROW are responded to Contractor Contractor cost opening up construction). Update monthly. alignment. DISCO’S Cell staff cost promptly by the Contractor. 4. Quarterly meetings with local VILLAGE for liaison purposes to monitor complaints. DISCO’S / Contractor has included for some One month before (DISCO’S Cell enhancements in detailed designs Including Once (update monthly as All DISCO’S DISCO’S Cell 21. Enhancements construction and update Contractor. Contractor cost to actively planting of trees in addition to bioengineering necessary) alignment. staff cost quarterly. supervise and such as in median enforce. OPERATIONAL DISCO’S Cell

STAGE staff cost 1. Roadworthiness of vehicles on DISCO’S Daily 5 locations on 1. Roadworthiness of vehicles on DISCO’S. during operations DISCO’S DISCO’S / and DISCO’S Cell 1. Air Quality During operation. Contractor Contractor cost 2. Monitor NO2 and PM10 as indicators. 2. Yearly intervals for 3 alignment nearest ESIC Cell staff cost years after opening for settlements. reassurance. 1) Throughout project 2) Each of three years 1. Follow up on Tree Clearance and after initial planting. Compensatory Planting Plan. 1) Quarterly 3) Continuous for three MOFSC and 2. crops and 2. Records on survival of planted trees. 2) Quarterly All DISCO’S years after project Contractor ESIC Cell DISCO’S DISCO’S Cell vegetation 3. The compensatory planting maintained 3) Quarterly alignment. completion staff cost. 4. Audited report by ESIC cell for on site and 4) Quarterly 4) For four years after off-site compensatory planting. initial clearance of the forest.

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's Environment Impact Assessment

9.1 Institutional Arrangements 2. The institutional arrangements of planning and management of the Power Distribution Enhancement Program (or the ADB-funded Power Distribution Enhancement MFF Project) are described as follows (see also figure overleaf):

9.2 Pakistan Electric Power Company (PEPCO) 3. The Project Management Unit (PMU), PEPCO is the focal organization based in Lahore responsible for the Power Distribution Enhancement Program, for keeping liaison with the Government of Pakistan and Asian Development Bank (ADB) on behalf of all the DISCOs, and taking care of disbursement of funds (including ADB loan) and technical assistance through Consultants to, and coordination of the Program planning and management activities of the DISCOs.

9.2.1 Distribution Companies (DISCOs) 4. The DISCOs included in the ADB-funded MFF Project (the Program) are: PESCO: Peshawar Electric Supply Company, Peshawar, NWFP; IESCO: Islamabad Electric Supply Company, Islamabad; GEPCO: Gujranwala Electric Power Company, Gujranwala, Punjab; LESCO: Lahore Electric Supply Company, Lahore, Punjab; FESCO: Faisalabad Electric Supply Company, Faisalabad, Punjab; MEPCO: Multan Electric Power Company, Multan, Punjab; QESCO: Quetta Electric Supply Company, Quetta, Baluchistan; and, HESCO: Hyderabad Electric Supply Company, Hyderabad, Sindh.

9.2.2 Technical Assistance (Consultants) 5. PMU, PEPCO provides technical assistance to all the eight DISCOs through the following Consultants, based in Lahore: PPTA: Project Preparation Technical Assistance was hired by PEPCO in 2007 and since then it has so far assisted the DISCOs in preparing Tranche 1 & 2 Subprojects. The PPTA Resettlement Experts have thus far assisted the DISCOs in the preparation of LARPs and DDRs for the Subprojects included in tranche 1 and 2. PIC: Project Implementation Consultant is expected to be hired and mobilized by PEPCO by end-2009, to provide technical assistance to DISCOs in updating and implementation of the approved Subprojects. The PIC Resettlement Experts will assist the DISCOs in updating, revision and implementation of the LARPs and DDRs. EMC: External Monitoring and Evaluation Consultant is expected to be hired and mobilized by PEPCO by end-2009, to independently monitor and evaluate the implementation of approved LARPs on the Tranche 1 and 2 Subprojects of all the DISCOs, and report directly to ADB with copy to the respective DISCOs.

Figure: Organization for LARP Planning, Implementation and Monitoring

PEPCO Project Management Unit (PMU) (Project Coordination)

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's Environment Impact Assessment

Chief Executive

DISCO

Project Implementation Consultant (PIC) Chief Engineer Development PPTA (HESCO Subprojects) Consultants External LARP Monitoring Consultant (EMC) Project Director (PD, GSC) (Grid System Construction)

Project Implementation

Unit (PIU)

(Engineers & Patwaris)

Deputy Manager, ESIC Province Board (Environmental and Social of Revenue Impact Cell)

Assistant DISCO LAC Assistant Manager District LAC Manager (Social/Resettlement) (Environment)

Staff / Patwaris Field Patwaris

9.3 Distribution Companies (DISCOs) 6. DISCO as the implementing agency (IA) bears the overall responsibility for the preparation, implementation and financing of all tasks set out in this LARP, as well as inter-agency coordination required for the implementation of the Subprojects. As such, it takes care of the preparation/updating and implementation of the LARPs and DDRs, and internal monitoring and evaluation activities (see also Chapter 10: Monitoring and Evaluation). Institutionally, DISCO typically has three functional divisions, namely, the Planning, Projects and Grid System Construction divisions.

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's Environment Impact Assessment

9.3.1 Planning Division 7. The Planning Division is responsible for preparation of PC-1s, for preparation of load forecasts and feeder analysis. The division is responsible for preparation of the Energy Loss Reduction (ELR) work orders. Formerly subproject preparation and keeping liaison with the Government of Pakistan and Asian Development Bank (ADB), as the donor of this MFF Project had also been the responsibility of this division. But lately the activity has been shifted to the Office of Chief Engineer Development.

9.3.2 Chief Engineer Development 8. The former Projects Division has now been named as the Office of Chief Engineer Development (OCED), is responsible for the overall planning, management and coordination of the approved Subprojects. The OCED is currently being assisted by the PPTA Consultants10 (including the Resettlement Experts responsible for LARP/DDR preparation), in preparing the identified Subprojects in line with the ADB Policies, and obtaining approval from the donor ADB. Its major functions include keeping regular liaison with ADB and relevant departments of the federal, provincial and district governments, preparation, updating and implementation of the LARPs and the related monitoring and evaluation activities. 9. The OCED contains a specially created cell to take care of the safeguards related activities, namely, the Environmental and Social Impacts Cell (ESIC), headed by a Deputy Manager, and assisted by two Assistant Managers, Environment and Social, respectively. The Assistant Manager Social is responsible for the preparation/updating, implementation and internal monitoring of the Subproject LARPs, with assistance from DISCO LAC and PIC Resettlement Expert. 10. The Scope of Work to be handled by the ESIC far exceeds the physical and professional ability and capabilities of the incumbents. To support the ESIC, to carry out its responsibilities, a Monitoring Consultant is being hired. In addition, a Project Implementation Consultant (IC)11 will also be hired who will also have social and environmental experts to assist HESCO in revising and updating the LARP as and when required, and then in implementation of the LARP. The Consultants will be provided full logistic support (including office space and field transport) by the DISCO.

9.3.3 Grid System Construction (GSC) Division 11. The Grid System Construction (GSC) Division is responsible for implementing the approved Subprojects, including construction/improvement of grid stations and transmission lines. This office is headed by the Project Director (GSC), and it will establish Project Implementation Units (PIUs), comprising Engineers and Patwaris, at the respective towns of each Subproject. The PD GSC has an in-house Land Acquisition Collector (LAC) to take care of the land acquisition and resettlement activities. 12. The DISCO LAC, along with field Patwaris, in addition to implementation of the LARP activities, will provide in-field assistance to the Resettlement Experts of ESIC and PIC in updating, revision and internal monitoring of the LARPs. He normally works as an independent entity, but in case of local needs like price updating, grievance redress, etc., may involve the local Union Councils and other leaders at the local levels, and/or the District LACs and Province Board of Revenue for addressing broader level matters and resolving permanent Land Acquisition issues (not applicable to this Subproject). He will be provided technical assistance by the Resettlement Experts included in both ESIC and PIC teams.

10 British Power International (BPI), a UK Based Power Consultant firm. 11 Terms of Reference for Implementation Consultant‟s Resettlement Expert are provided in Appendix 4.

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's Environment Impact Assessment

9.4 District Government 13. The district government have jurisdiction for land administration, valuation and acquisition. At the provincial level these functions rest on the Province Board of Revenue while at the district level they rest on the District Land Acquisition Collector (District LAC). Within LAC office the Patwari (land records clerk), carry out specific roles such as titles identification and verification required by the HESCO LAC.

9.5 Responsibility of Internal and External Monitoring 14. Land acquisition and resettlement tasks under the Program will be subjected to both internal and external monitoring. Internal monitoring will be conducted by ESIC, assisted by DISCO LAC and PIC Resettlement Expert. The external monitoring responsibilities will be assigned to an External Monitoring Consultant (EMC) to be engaged by PMU, PEPCO according to the Terms of Reference (TOR) that have been approved by ADB. Terms of Reference of the monitoring consultants (MC) as follows: Environmental monitoring An environment evaluation expert(s) for a period of four (4) person-month (on as and when required basis) who will undertake monitoring of EIAs and also other environmental issues related to design, construction and commissioning of the sub-projects according to the relevant reports already prepared and approved by DISCO‟S/ADB. The expected completion time of these projects is one years. (A) Design Phase (I) Monitor final site selection process and final alignment selection process and its environmental compliance with EMP. (II) Review the implementation of the land acquisition plan and expropriation, including considerations concerning vulnerable groups among land-owners, farmers, and farm workers. (III) Monitor contractor‟s detailed project design to ensure relevant environmental mitigation measures in EMP have been included. (IV) Monitor the detailed environmental guidelines for construction works, including procurement, management, works, closing operations etc in the light of EIA and EMP. (V) Review the management plan for mineral construction materials and waste management. (VI) Audit detailed designs of facilities and installations to ensure standard environmental safeguards/ mitigation measures (as identified in EMP) have been included. (VII) Review landscape design plan, including compensatory planting. (VIII) Monitor the performance of environmental training and briefings for the creation of environmental awareness of project staff and DISCO‟S. (B) Construction phase (I) Regular monitoring and reporting of contractor‟s compliance with contractual environmental mitigation measures in light of EIA and EMP. (II) Monitoring of the implementation of the landscape design plan. (C) Operation and Maintenance phase

(I) Monitoring of routine maintenance of facilities and transmission line in light of mitigation measures specified in EMP. (II) Monitoring of the implementation of the landscape design plan. 1. The MC will mainly assist the ESIC cell in the monitoring functions. DISCO‟S is also in the process of hiring management consultants, who will assist the Project Management Unit (PMU) of DISCO‟S in amongst other matters relating to the implementation of the EIA/LARP including updating of LARP s (price updating) and updating of EIA and EMPs when ever major changes are made to the approved sub projects.

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's Environment Impact Assessment

Terms of reference for Project Implementation (Management) Consultants

2. Terms of Reference (related to social and environmental aspects) of the Project Implementation (Management) Consultants are Specifically, the PMC shall ensure that: I) All environmental assessment, framework, and plans for all the subprojects should be conducted and implemented in accordance with ADB‟s environment policy and environmental assessment guidelines, and Pakistan environmental assessment regulations and guidelines. II) All land acquisition, and resettlement framework and plan are implemented promptly and efficiently according to its terms in accordance with the applicable Pakistan laws, and ADB‟s policy on involuntary resettlement. III) PMU will guarantee that all subprojects affecting ethnic minorities are constructed and operated in accordance with the requirements of ADB‟s policy on indigenous peoples and applicable Pakistan rules and regulations. iv) PMU will follow the principles of the ADB‟s policy on gender and development and use appropriate Pakistan laws during each subproject implementation. v) Ensure that subproject specific environmental and social mitigation measures are incorporated into contract documents. vi) Supervise and evaluate the implementation of environmental mitigation ad monitoring measures as specified in the Environment management Plans (EMP). vii) Update the EMP as necessary, including carrying out supplemental environmental assessments for additional subprojects appraised after loan approval. viii) Supervise social safeguard‟s related reporting requirements and ensure its timely submission. The reporting documents include LARP‟s updating, progress and completion reports. ix) Monitor and supervise resettlement and other social impact mitigation activities, as defined in the approved and final LARP‟s. x) Ensure no civil works to be done unless the applicable provisions of the LARP are, including in particular the timely delivery of compensation to affected families have been complied with. xi) Establish a grievance mechanism procedure for the subprojects. XII) Conduct and develop internal monitoring and evaluating reporting system of the LARPs and EMPs implementations. The report will also include any change in the implementation schedule, problems or difficulties encountered and work to be carried out in the next period in accordance with procedures and details acceptable to ADB. The monitoring reports will be included in the quarterly progress report to be submitted to ADB.

9.6 PROJECT MONITORING ACTIVITIES DURING THE PROJECT CYCLE:

3. The Activities at various stages of the project cycle have been summarized in the terms of reference for consultants as presented in Table A2.

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's Environment Impact Assessment

A2: Summary Environmental Monitoring Plan for Tranche 2

No. Environmental Monitoring Tasks1 Implementation Responsibility Implementation Schedule

1 Design Phase Audit project bidding documents to ensure IEE and DISCO through project implementation unit Prior to issue of bidding documents. 1.1 EMP is included Monitor final site selection process and final DISCO with the assistance of an external Prior to DISCO approval of contractor‟s detailed 1.2 alignment selection process and its environmental environmental consultant alignment survey. compliance with EMP Review the implementation of the Land Acquisition DISCO with the assistance of an external Prior to DISCO approval of contractor‟s detailed Plan and expropriation, including considerations environmental consultant alignment survey. 1.3 concerning vulnerable groups among land-owners, farmers, and farm workers Monitor contractor‟s detailed project design to DISCO with assistance of project Prior to DISCO approval of contractor‟s detailed 1.4 ensure relevant environmental mitigation measures implementation unit alignment survey. in EMP have been included Monitor the thorough implementation of detailed DISCO with the assistance of an external Prior to DISCO approval of contractor‟s detailed Environmental Guidelines for Construction Works, environmental consultant designs. 1.5 including procurement, management, works, closing operations Review the management plan for mineral DISCO with the assistance of an external Prior to DISCO approval of contractor‟s detailed 1.6 construction materials and waste management environmental consultant designs. Audit detailed designs of facilities and installations DISCO with assistance of project Prior to DISCO approval of contractor‟s detailed to ensure standard environmental safeguards/ implementation unit designs. 1.7 mitigation measures (as identified in EMP) have been included Review landscape design plan, including DISCO with the assistance of an external Prior to DISCO approval of contractor‟s detailed 1.8 compensatory planting environmental consultant designs. Monitor the performance of environmental training DISCO with the assistance of an external Continuous throughout the entire project period. 1.9 and briefings and of the environmental awareness environmental consultant of project staff and DISCO 2 Construction Phase Regular (monthly) monitoring and reporting DISCO with assistance of project Continuous throughout construction period. 2.1 (quarterly) of contractor‟s compliance with implementation unit contractual environmental mitigation measures Monitoring of the implementation of the Landscape DISCO with the assistance of an external During the last phase of construction works 2.2 Design Plan environmental consultant Commissioning phase monitoring of as built DISCO At commissioning 2.3 equipment versus environmental performance criteria 3 Operation and Maintenance Phase Observations during routine maintenance DISCO As per DISCO inspection schedules inspections of facilities and distribution lines rows. Inspections will include monitoring implementation 3.1 of operational mitigation measures versus environmental criteria specified in EMP, waste management and operational noise. Monitoring of the implementation of the Landscape DISCO with the assistance of an external Twice per year for three years of operation. 3.2 Design Plan environmental consultant Monitoring decommissioning of other plant required DISCO During the life of the project 3.3 for installation of MFF funded components and waste disposal

1 Monitoring of issues related to compensation of landowners for land acquisition and loss of production, etc. are addressed in the Resettlement Action Plan.

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's Environment Impact Assessment

Table A5: Summary of Estimated Costs for EMP Implementation for Tranche 2 US $ Pak. Rs.

Staffing, audit and 1 person for 3 years 1,800,0001 22,500 monitoring Monitoring 2 As detailed under EMP 7,000,000 87,500 activities Mitigation As prescribed under EMP 10,000,000 125,00 measures and EIA 3 0 Transport 1 dedicated vehicle 3 years 1,502,2504 18,780 Contingency 3% contingency 609,000 7,613 261,44 Total 20,912,250 3 I US$ = 80 Pak. Rupees 1 @ P.Rs. 50,000/month: 2 Laboratory charges for: testing of construction materials; water quality teats; ambient air tests; emissions measurements; and noise measurements. 3 Includes: Compensatory tree plantation under supervision of forest department; and training on counterpart staff. 4 @ P.Rs. 25000 per month rental charges and Rs. 550.0 per day fuel and operating cost

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's Environment Impact Assessment

Appendix 6: Typical Bunds for Transformers

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's Environment Impact Assessment

Appendix-5 SUMMARY OF PUBLIC CONSULTATION Khayali Bypass 132 KV New DGS Issues Raised/Concerns Sr. Participant Proposed Action Taken / Participant Name Address Date expressed/ Suggestions & No. Profession Measure Proposed Requests Man Group: Khayali Shahpur Group-l GEPCO should pay Compensation compensation of crops Khayali Crop and tree compensation should be paid 1. and trees fairly and Faqir Ullah Landowner 19/10/08 should be fair and timely adequately and Shahpur timely at least 15 days timely before civil works GEPCO should pay Compensation compensation of crops Khayali Crop and tree compensation should be paid 2. and trees fairly and Ali Ahmad Landowner 19/10/08 should be fair and timely adequately and Shahpur timely at least 15 days timely before civil works Skilled and GEPCO should Local skilled and unskilled unskilled labor Khayali employ Skilled and 3. labor should be used should be Faiz Ullah Labor 19/10/08 unskilled labor from Shahpur wherever possible preferred from the area the area Design of the line should not Construction GEPCO should Khayali be changed, but if necessary work should be 4. complete all work Ghulam Shabir Shopkeeper 19/10/08 at any stage houses and completed in Shahpur timely structures should be avoided time Design of the line should not Construction GEPCO should Khayali be changed, but if necessary work should be 5. complete all work Ali Haider Shopkeeper 19/10/08 at any stage houses and completed in Shahpur timely structures should be avoided time Load shedding is more in Khayali villages and affects all 6. Zafar Iqbal Teacher 19/10/08 - - Shahpur spheres of life including schools. Design of the line should not Construction GEPCO should Khayali be changed, but if necessary work should be 7. complete all work Abdul Hameed Business 19/10/08 at any stage houses and completed in Shahpur timely structures should be avoided time

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's Environment Impact Assessment

Women Group: Khayali Shahpur Group-l Line should be GEPCO should avoid Khayali Line should not pass over the 8. avoided to pass distribution lines to Fatema House Wife 19/10/08 houses Shahpur over the houses pass over the houses. Line should be GEPCO should avoid Khayali Line should not pass over the 9. avoided to pass distribution lines to Rashida House Wife 19/10/08 houses Shahpur over the houses pass over the houses. Khayali Load shedding is more in 10. Suraia Bibi Teacher 19/10/08 villages and affects all spheres - - Shahpur of life including schools. Skilled and GEPCO should Local skilled and unskilled unskilled labor Khayali employ Skilled and 11. labor should be used should be Bashiran Labour 19/10/08 unskilled labor from Shahpur wherever possible preferred from the area the area Line should not GEPCO should avoid Khayali Local norms should be pass over the 12. distribution lines to Ghulam Bano House Wife 19/10/08 honored. houses of the Shahpur pass over the houses. colony. Line should not GEPCO should avoid Khayali Local norms should be pass over the 13. distribution lines to Ruquia House Wife 19/10/08 honored. houses of the Shahpur pass over the houses. colony. Man Group: Khayali Shahpur Group-ll GEPCO should pay Compensation compensation of crops Khayali Crop and tree compensation should be paid 14. and trees fairly and Aman Ullah Landowner 19/10/08 should be fair and timely adequately and Shahpur timely at least 15 days timely before civil works GEPCO should pay Compensation compensation of crops Khayali Crop and tree compensation should be paid 15. and trees fairly and Ashraf Landowner 19/10/08 should be fair and timely adequately and Shahpur timely at least 15 days timely before civil works Design of the line should not Construction GEPCO should Khayali be changed, but if necessary work should be 16. complete all work Muhammad Asif Shopkeeper 19/10/08 at any stage houses and completed in Shahpur timely structures should be avoided time Khayali Design of the line should not Construction GEPCO should 17. Hamid Shopkeeper 19/10/08 be changed, but if necessary work should be complete all work Shahpur at any stage houses and completed in timely

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's Environment Impact Assessment

structures should be avoided time Design of the line should not Construction GEPCO should Khayali be changed, but if necessary work should be 18. complete all work Khalid Ahmad Business 19/10/08 at any stage houses and completed in Shahpur timely structures should be avoided time Design of the line should not Construction GEPCO should Khayali be changed, but if necessary work should be 19. complete all work Irfan Shopkeeper 19/10/08 at any stage houses and completed in Shahpur timely structures should be avoided time Woman Group: Khayali Shahpur Group-ll Line should not GEPCO should avoid Khayali Local norms should be pass over the 20. distribution lines to Shamim House Wife 19/10/08 honored. houses of the Shahpur pass over the houses. colony. Line should not GEPCO should avoid Khayali Local norms should be pass over the 21. distribution lines to Afshan Bibi House Wife 19/10/08 honored. houses of the Shahpur pass over the houses. colony. Line should not GEPCO should avoid Khayali Local norms should be pass over the 22. distribution lines to Sadia House Wife 19/10/08 honored. houses of the Shahpur pass over the houses. colony. Line should not GEPCO should avoid Khayali Local norms should be pass over the 23. distribution lines to Nadia Khatoon LHW 19/10/08 honored. houses of the Shahpur pass over the houses. colony. Line should not GEPCO should avoid Khayali Local norms should be pass over the 24. distribution lines to Sahira Bibi House Wife 19/10/08 honored. houses of the Shahpur pass over the houses. colony.

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's Environment Impact Assessment

Appendix 7: Implementation Schedule

Responsibility Year 2008 Year 2009 Year 2010 Year 2011 LARP Activity/Task Primary Secondary M J J A S O N D J F M A M J J A S O N D J F M A M J J A S O N D J F M A Land Acquisition and Resettlement Framework GEPCO Consultant Adopted from the first tranch of MFF Indigenous People Development Framework GEPCO Consultant Adopted from the first tranch of MFF Survey & Design of Transmission Line (TL) GEPCO - Site Demarcation of Affected Lands (TL) GEPCO - Resettlement Field Survey of Transmission Line GEPCO Consultant

Draft Land Acquisition and Resettlement Plan GEPCO Consultant LARP Revision (if necessary) GEPCO Consultant Disclosure of LARF & LARP on ADB Website ADB Consultant LARP Disclosure - Brochure in Urdu Consultant Preparation GEPCO Mobilize project supervision consultant Government GEPCO LARP revision (if necessary) GEPCO SDC Information dissemination to Affected People GEPCO SDC/RS Adjust compensation rates for inflation GEPCO SDC/RS Submit revised LARP / Approval by EPA/ADB GEPCO Govt/ADB Award of Contracts for Civil Works GEPCO Contractor Grievance Redress Process GEPCO SDC/RS

Implementation Delivery of compensation, prior to start of Works GEPCO SDC/RS Final payment of crop compensation (3 seasons) GEPCO SDC/RS Internal Monitoring of LARP Implementation GEPCO SDC/RS

Possession of land for starting works GEPCO SDC/RS Contractor mobilized to start work Contractor Consultant Commencement of Civil Works Contractor Consultant

Construction External M&E of LARP implementation EMA GEPCO

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's Environment Impact Assessment

Appendix- 3 Environmental Management Plan– Matrix July 2008

Resp Environmental Timing to Locations to Resp Imp Objectives Mitigation Measures recommended mon concern implement MM implement MM MM MM DESIGN STAGE 1. Social preparation completed (June 2008). LARP etc in place IN CASE UNFORESEEN ADDITIONAL LAND IS REQUIRED Before the 2. Acquisition of lands completed to minimize the uncertainty of construction of the To ensure that the people. GSS and all the Affected Families will be adverse impacts due 3. Completed implementation of LARP and LARCs to provide included structures, compensated by GEPCO to the property compensation and assistance to the APs. MC and 1. the APs to be given through the concerned GEPCO acquisition and 4. GEPCO to select a site that will not affect any public in property External Social Impacts sufficient time with District Revenue ESU / LACs resettlement are or house such that no additional land is required.. Monitors compensation Department and Land mitigated according 5. All the payments / entitlements are paid according to the money and to Acquisition Collectors. to the LARP. Entitlement Matrix, prepared according to the LARP. resettle 6. All the impacts identified by the EIA are incorporated in to the satisfactorily. project as well as the LARP and relevant entitlements included into the Entitlement Matrix. Before the If lines or substation are To minimize 1. Hydrological flow in areas where it is sensitive, such as water GEPCO commencement of relocated near water 2. Hydrological hydrological and courses or bridges and culverts. ESU with the construction courses, culverts or GEPCO Impacts drainage impacts 2. Design of adequate major and minor culverts facilities will be Design activities/during bridges in the design during constructions. completed Consultant design stage stage reports

1. During detailed 1. Conduct detailed acoustic assessment for all residential, school, design stage. No (other sensitive structures) within 50m of DGS and line. Ensure cumulative later than pre- Noise sensitive locations 2. If noise at sensitive receiver exceeds the permissible limit, the GEPCO GEPCO noise impacts are qualification or identified in the construction activities should be mitigated, monitored and ESU with the ESU and 3. Noise barriers acceptable in tender EIA/EIA/EMP or as controlled. design CSC (if construction and negotiations. required / approved by 3. If noise at sensitive receiver exceeds the permissible limit, the consultant any). operational phase. 2. Include acoustic PEPA. design to include acoustic mitigation (noise barrier or relocation of specification in the noisy equipment) and monitoring. contract.

1. Create waste management policy and plan to identify sufficient locations Ensure adequate for, storage and reuse of transformers and recycling of breaker oils and 1.Prior to detailed disposal options for all GEPCO ESU. Locations GEPCO ESU disposal of transformer oil, residually contaminated soils and scrap metal design stage no later GEPCO waste including approved by EPA and and EPA with 4. Waste disposal “cradle to grave”. than pre-qualification ESU and transformer oil, GEPCO and local waste the design 2. Include in contracts for unit rates for re-measurement for disposal. or tender negotiations CSC residually contaminated disposal authorities. consultant. 3. Designate disposal sites in the contract and cost unit disposal rates 2. Include in contract. soils, scrap metal. accordingly. 5. Temporary Include mitigation in 1. Identify locations where drainage or irrigation crossing RoW may be During designing Locations based on drainage GEPCO ESU GEPCO drainage and preliminary designs for affected by works. stage no later than or irrigation crossing RoW and design ESU and erosion control erosion control and 2. Include protection works in contract as a payment milestone(s). pre-qualification or near DGS. consultant. CSC

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's Environment Impact Assessment

Resp Environmental Timing to Locations to Resp Imp Objectives Mitigation Measures recommended mon concern implement MM implement MM MM MM temporary drainage. tender negotiations. 1. During 1. Include EMP Matrix in tender documentation and make tender contractors responsible to implement mitigation measures by preparation. Ensure requirements reference to EIA/EIA in contract. 2. No later and Noise sensitive locations 2. Include preparation of EMP review and method statement than pre- GEPCO GEPCO recommendations of identified in the WM plan, TD and EC Plan in contract as a payment qualification or ESU with the ESU and 6. Contract clauses environmental EIA/EIA/EMP or as milestone(s). tender design CSC (if assessment are required / approved by 3. Require environmental accident checklist and a list of negotiations consultant any). included in the PEPA. controlled chemicals / substances to be included in the 3. In bidding contracts. contractor’s work method statement and tender documents as documentation. evaluation criteria. CONSTRUCTION STAGE Prepare a thorough drainage management plan to be approved by 1. Locations of each CSC one month construction activity to be 1. Consideration of weather conditions when particular prior to a To ensure the proper listed by the CSC construction activities are undertaken. commencement of 1. implementation of engineer. 2. Limitations on excavation depths in use of recharge areas for construction Contractor any requirements 2. Special locations are 1. Hydrology And material exploitation or spoil disposal. supervised mentioned in EPA identified on the site by GEPCO Drainage 3. Use of landscaping as an integrated component of construction Proper timetable by CSC or to conditions of the contractor to minimize ESU Aspects activity as an erosion control measure. prepared in actively approval letter in disturbances. 4. Minimizing the removal of vegetative cover as much as possible consideration with supervise relation to Hydrology 3. A list of locations of and providing for it s restoration where construction sites have the climatic and enforce. of the project. irrigation channels / drains been cleared of such areas. conditions of the to be compiled and area, the different included in the contract. construction activities mentioned here to be guided. To ensure that the 1. GEPCO ESU environmental specialist to monitor and progress Induction course CSC contractor and all environmental statutory and recommended obligations. for all site agents All staff members in all GEPCO GEPCO & 2. Orientation for workers understand and above categories. Monthly ESU, CSC to Contractor, and and have the 2 Conduct special briefing for managers and / or on-site training including all induction and six month Contractor observe capacity to ensure for the contractors and workers on the environmental requirement relevant GEPCO refresher course as and the CSC and Workers the of the project. Record attendance and achievement test for staff / new project necessary until contractor and record record Environmental contractors site agents. staff before complies. details. success. requirements and commencement of

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's Environment Impact Assessment

Resp Environmental Timing to Locations to Resp Imp Objectives Mitigation Measures recommended mon concern implement MM implement MM MM MM implementation of 3. Agreement on critical areas to be considered and necessary work. mitigation measures. mitigation measures, among all parties who are involved in project activities. At early stages of construction for all 4. Continuous progress review and refresher sessions to be construction followed. employees as far as reasonably practicable. Compile temporary drainage management plan one month before commencement of works. 1.Contractor 1. Proper installation of temporary drainage and erosion control (GEPCO To prevent adverse before works within 50m of water bodies. ESU & CSC water quality impacts 2. Proper maintenance and management construction of TD and to enforce).

due to negligence EC measures, including training of operators and other workers to

and ensure avoid pollution of water bodies by the considerate operation of 2.

unavoidable impacts construction machinery and equipment. Contractor

are managed 3. Storage of lubricants, fuels and other hydrocarbons in self- has to check 3. Water quality effectively. Ensure contained dedicated enclosures >50m away from water bodies. water quality 1. 50m from water bodies adverse impacts on 4. Proper disposal of solid waste from construction activities. and report to 1 month prior to 2. Relevant locations to water quality caused GEPCO. GEPCO 5. Cover the construction material and spoil stockpiles with a construction. be determined in the by construction review suitable material to reduce material loss and sedimentation and detailed project design. activities are avoid stockpiling near to water bodies. 3. CSC results minimized. 6. Topsoil stripped material shall not be stored where natural supervises drainage will be disrupted. implementati 7. Borrow sites (if required) should not be close to sources of on activities. drinking water. CONTROL ALL DUSTY MATERIALS AT SOURCE. 1. All heavy equipment and machinery shall be fitted in full compliance with the national and local regulations.(Relevant regulations are in the Motor vehicles fitness rules and Highway 1.Construction sites within Act). Contractor 100m of sensitive To minimize dust 2. Stockpiled soil and sand shall be slightly wetted before loading, should receivers. effectively and avoid particularly in windy conditions. maintain 2. A list of locations to be GEPCO complaints due to the 3. Fuel-efficient and well-maintained haulage trucks shall be During all acceptable 4. Air quality included in contract and ESU / airborne particulate employed to minimize exhaust emissions. construction. standard other sensitive areas CSC matter released to the 4. Vehicles transporting soil, sand and other construction materials CSC to identified by the CSC atmosphere. shall be covered. Limitations to speeds of such vehicles supervise along the ROW during necessary. Transport through densely populated area should be activities. works. avoided. 5. To plan to minimize the dust within the vicinity of orchards and fruit farms. 6. Spraying of bare areas with water.

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's Environment Impact Assessment

Resp Environmental Timing to Locations to Resp Imp Objectives Mitigation Measures recommended mon concern implement MM implement MM MM MM 7. Concrete plants. to be controlled in line with statutory requirements should not be close to sensitive receptors. Contractor 1. Construction sites 1. Review requirements for piling and use of powered mechanical should within 100m of sensitive equipment within 100m of SRs. maintain the receivers. 2. Review conditions of buildings and conduct public consultation acceptable

To minimize ground with SRs to establish less sensitive time for works involving piling standards GEPCO 5. Ground 1 month prior to 2. A list of locations to be vibrations during and schedule works accordingly. ESU / Vibration construction. included in contract and construction. 3. Non-percussive piling methods to be used wherever practicable. CSC other sensitive areas 4. Percussive piling shall be conducted in daylight hours. CSC to identified by the CSC 5. Hammer- type percussive pile driving operations shall not be supervise along the ROW during allowed at night time. relevant works. activities. 1. Review requirements for use of powered mechanical equipment within 100m of SRs. 2. Conduct public consultation with SRs to establish less sensitive Contractor time for works and schedule works accordingly. 1.Construction sites within should 3. All heavy equipment and machinery shall be fitted in full 100m of sensitive maintain the compliance with the national and local regulations and with receivers. acceptable effective silencing apparatus to minimize noise. To minimize noise standards GEPCO 4. Heavy equipment shall be operated only in daylight hours. 1 month prior to 2. A list of locations to be 6. Noise increases during ESU / 5. Construction equipment, which generates excessive noise, shall construction. included in contract and construction. CSC be enclosed or fitted with effective silencing apparatus to minimize other sensitive areas CSC to noise. identified by the CSC supervise 7. Well-maintained haulage trucks will be used with speed along the ROW during relevant controls. works. activities. 8. Contractor shall take adequate measures to minimize noise nuisance in the vicinity of construction sites by way of adopting available acoustic methods. Prevent adverse SCHEDULE WORKS IN SENSITIVE AREAS (e.g. NEAR RIVERS) 1 month prior to 1. Locations based on water quality impacts FOR DRY SEASON construction history of flooding due to negligence 1. In the short-term, temporary drainage and erosion control plan because the area problems indicated by and ensure to be presented with tender. Temporary drainage and erosion can be subject to local authorities . unavoidable impacts control plan one month before commencement of works to protect unseasonal heavy are managed all areas susceptible to erosion. (Permanent drainage works shall rain Plan before 2. A list of sensitive areas GEPCO 7. Soil Erosion / Contractor effectively. be in the final design). and during during construction to be ESU / Surface Run-off and CSC 2. Installation of TD and EC before works construction within 50m construction (cut prepared by the detail CSC To minimize soil of water bodies. and fill, land design consultant in erosion due to the 3. Clearing of green surface cover to be minimized during site reclamation etc.) consideration with the cut construction activities preparation. while considering and fill, land reclamation, of towers, stringing of 5. Meaningful water quality monitoring up and downstream at any the climatic borrow areas etc. conductors and tower site during construction within a river or stream bed. Rapid conditions.

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's Environment Impact Assessment

Resp Environmental Timing to Locations to Resp Imp Objectives Mitigation Measures recommended mon concern implement MM implement MM MM MM creation of access reporting and feedback to CSC. 3. Locations of all rivers, tracks for project 5. Back-fill should be compacted properly in accordance with streams, culverts, vehicles. GEPCO design standards and graded to original contours where irrigation channels, roads possible. and highways. 6. Cut areas should be treated against flow acceleration while filled areas should be carefully designed to avoid improper drainage. 7. Stockpiles should not be formed within such distances behind excavated or natural slopes that would reduce the stability of the slopes or cause slippage. 8. Measures shall be taken to prevent ponds of surface water and scouring of slopes. Newly eroded channels shall be backfilled and restored to natural contours. 9. Contractor should arrange to monitor and adjust working and adopt suitable measures to minimize soil erosion during the construction period. Contractor’s TD and EC plan should be endorsed and monitored by CSC after consulting with concerned. authorities. 10. Replanting trees to be done before the site is vacated and handed back to GEPCO with appropriate trees (other vegetation cover as appropriate) to ensure interception of rainwater and the deceleration of surface run-off. (consider also for future trances if civil works) To minimize 1. List of borrow areas to 1. Use only EPA licensed sites for raw materials in order to disruption and be prepared with tender minimize adverse environmental impacts. contamination of the stage contractors method 2. Measures to be taken in line with any EPA license conditions, surroundings, statement and updated recommendations and approval to be applied to the subproject minimize and or avoid one month prior to 8. Exploitation, activities using the licensed source including: adverse environ- construction. Handling, (i) Conditions that apply for selecting sites for material Contractor mental impacts Month prior to 2. List of routes of GEPCO Transportation exploitation. and CSC to arising out of starting of works. transport of construction ESU / and Storage of (ii) Conditions that apply to timing and use of roads for material agree format construction material Update monthly. material is to be prepared CSC Construction transport. of reporting exploitation, handling, for the contract and materials (iii) Conditions that apply for maintenance of vehicles used in transportation and agreed one month prior to material transport or construction. storage by using construction. (iv) Conditions that apply for selection of sites for material storage. sources that comply 3. Map of locations of (v) Conditions that apply for aggregate production. with EPA license storage is prepared by the (vi) Conditions that apply for handling hazardous or dangerous conditions contractor. materials such as oil, lubricants and toxic chemicals. 1. Waste management plan to be submitted to the CSC and One month prior to 1.Dumping: 1.Contractor Minimize the impacts approved by GEPCO ESU one month prior to starting of works. starting of works. A list of temporary 2-11. CSC 9.Construction GEPCO/ from the disposal of WMP shall estimate the amounts and types of construction waste Update monthly stockpiling areas and and GEPCO Waste Disposal CSC construction waste. to be generated by the project. more permanent dumping ESU should 2. Investigating whether the waste can be reused in the project or areas to be prepared at supervise

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's Environment Impact Assessment

Resp Environmental Timing to Locations to Resp Imp Objectives Mitigation Measures recommended mon concern implement MM implement MM MM MM by other interested parties without any residual environmental the contract stage for and take impact. agreement action to 3 Identifying potential safe disposal sites close to the project, or ensure that those designated sites in the contract. contractor’s 4 Investigating the environmental conditions of the disposal sites complete and recommendation of most suitable and safest sites. relevant 5. Piling up of loose material should be done in segregated areas activities to arrest washing out of soil. Debris shall not be left where it may One month prior to A list of temporary according to be carried by water to down stream flood plains, dams, lagoons or starting of works. stockpiling areas and EIA / EIA / other water bodies. Update monthly more permanent dumping EMP 6. Used oil and lubricants shall be recovered and reused or areas to be prepared at requirement removed from the site in full compliance with the national and local the contract stage for & NEQS. regulations. agreement (in W M Plan) 7. Oily wastes must not be burned. Disposal location to be agreed with local authorities/EPA. 8. Waste breaker insulating oil to be recycled, reconditioned, or reused at DISCO’s facility. 9. Machinery should be properly maintained to minimize oil spill during the construction. 10. Machinery should be maintained in a dedicated area over drip trays to avoid soil contamination from residual oil spill during maintenance. 11 Solid Waste should be disposed at an approved solid waste facility and not by open burning which is illegal and contrary to good environmental practice. 1. Identify location of work camps in consultation with local authorities. The location shall be subject to approval by the GEPCO. If possible, camps shall not be located near settlements or near drinking water supply intakes. 2. Cutting of trees shall not b permitted and removal of vegetation To ensure that the shall be minimized. 10. operation of work 3. Water and sanitary facilities (at least pit latrines) shall be Work Camp camps does not provided for employees. Worker camp and latrine sites to be GEPCO UPDATE Once a Location Map is prepared Operation and adversely affect the backfilled and marked upon vacation of the sites. Contractor ESU / month by the Contractor. Location surrounding 4. Solid waste and sewage shall be managed according to the CSC (if required) environment and national and local regulations. As a rule, solid waste must not be residents in the area. dumped, buried or burned at or near the project site, but shall be disposed of to the nearest sanitary landfill or site having complied with the necessary permits of local authority permission. 5. The Contractor shall organize and maintain a waste separation, collection and transport system. 6. The Contractor shall document that all liquid and solid

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's Environment Impact Assessment

Resp Environmental Timing to Locations to Resp Imp Objectives Mitigation Measures recommended mon concern implement MM implement MM MM MM hazardous and non-hazardous waste are separated, collected and disposed of according to the given requirements and regulations. 7. At the conclusion of the project, all debris and waste shall be removed. All temporary structures, including office buildings, shelters and toilets shall be removed. 8 Exposed areas shall be planted with suitable vegetation. 9. GEPCO and Construction Supervising Consultant shall inspect and report that the camp has been vacated and restored to pre- project conditions. 1. Tree location and condition survey to be completed one month before tender. 2. The route for the distribution line should be selected so as to prevent the loss or damage to any orchard trees or other trees. Use of higher towers to be preferred to avoid trees cutting. 3. Clearing of green surface vegetation cover for construction, borrow of soil for development, cutting trees and other important vegetation during construction should be minimized by careful alignment. Written technical Justification for tree felling included Tree survey to be in tree survey. To avoid negative completed one month 4. At completion all debris and waste shall be removed and not Route design and 11. Loss of Trees impacts due to before tender at relevant burned. site identification (1 and Vegetation removing of Locations with a Map to Design 5. The contractor’s staff and Labor will be strictly directed not to & 2) during design GEPCO Cover of the landmark, sentinel be compiled prior to consultant, damage any vegetation such as trees or bushes outside stage and other ESU / Areas for Towers and specimen trees tender by the design Contractor immediate work areas. Trees shall not be cut for fuel or works matters during CSC and Temporary as well as green consultant / GEPCO ESU and CSC timber. construction of Work-space vegetation and during detailed design 6. Land holders will be paid compensation for their standing relevant activities surface cover. and CSC to update as trees in accordance with prevailing market rates (LARP). The land necessary. holders will be allowed to salvage the wood of the affected trees. 7. The contractor will plant three (3) suitable new trees outside the 30 meter corridor of the transmission line in lieu of one (1) tree removed. 8. Landscaping and road verges to be re-installed on completion. 9. Compensatory planting of trees/shrubs/ornamental plants (at a rate of 3:1) in line with best international practice. 10. After work completion all temporary structures, including office buildings, shelters and toilets shall be removed. 1. Providing induction safety training for all staff adequate warning signs in health and safety matters, and require the Prior to 12. Safety Location to be identified To ensure safety of workers to use the provided safety equipment. commencement Contractor GEPCO/ Precautions for by the CSC with workers and during and CSC CSC the Workers contractor. 2. Providing workers with skull guard or hard hat and hard construction toe shoes.

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's Environment Impact Assessment

Resp Environmental Timing to Locations to Resp Imp Objectives Mitigation Measures recommended mon concern implement MM implement MM MM MM Minimize disturbance The most important of vehicular traffic locations to be identified Submit temporary haul and access routes plan one month Prior to and GEPCO 13. and pedestrians 1. and listed. Relevant plans Contractor prior to start of works. throughout the ESU / Traffic Condition during haulage of of the Contractor on traffic and CSC construction. CSC construction materials 2. Routes in vicinity of schools and hospitals to be avoided. arrangements to be made and equipment. available. 1. Potential for spread of vector borne and communicable To ensure minimum diseases from Labor camps shall be avoided (worker awareness Complaints of impacts from orientation and appropriate sanitation should be maintained). public to be solved All subprojects all Contractor GEPCO/ 15.Social Impacts construction Labor 2. Complaints of the people on construction nuisance / damage as soon as trenches and the CSC CSC force. on public close to ROW to be considered and responded to promptly. possible health. 3. Contractor should make alternative arrangements to avoid local community impacts.

To ensure that Initiate Awareness training for all 16. Institutional Capacity building activities were taken by Environmental Officer in GEPCO officials are preconstruction management and senior Strengthening Trance 1. Environmental Management Unit (EMU) was setup with GEPCO GEPCO & trained to understand and continue staff in GEPCO at senior and Capacity in GEPCO under Director Operations in Trance 1. Development of ESU ADB and to appreciate beyond project engineer and above in Building strengthening plan for the EMU should be taken up with resources. EMP completion. PMU and related units.

OPERATIONAL STAGE Minimize air quality No significant Impacts Trance 1.Monitor designs and plans for all all subprojects in future GEPCO GEPCO 1. Air Quality Operational phase impacts future trenches. trenches ESU 2.Noise Minimize noise No significant Impacts Trance 1. Acoustic designs checking and Operational phase all subprojects in future GEPCO GEPCO impacts plan for all future trenches. trenches ESU 3. Waste disposal Minimize improper Continue waste management arrangements in operational phase Operational phase all subprojects in future GEPCO GEPCO waste disposal of all subprojects and GEPCO activities. trenches ESU 3. Compensatory Maintain survival of Employ landscaping contractor to monitor, water and feed Operational phase all subprojects in future GEPCO GEPCO tree planting trees planted replacement saplings and replace dead specimens as necessary. trenches ESU Avoid landslips and Operational phase GEPCO GEPCO 4.Land slides and No significant Impacts in Trance 1. Review designs checking and all subprojects in future loss of productive ESU soil erosion plan for all future trenches. trenches land Operational phase GEPCO GEPCO Minimize water No significant Impacts in Trance 1. Review designs checking and all subprojects in future 5. Water quality ESU quality impacts plan for all future trenches. trenches Monitor impacts from Operational phase GEPCO GEPCO 6 Crops and maintaining tree all subprojects in future ESU Track growth of large trees under the conductors. vegetation clearance under trenches transmission lines

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's Environment Impact Assessment

Resp Environmental Timing to Locations to Resp Imp Objectives Mitigation Measures recommended mon concern implement MM implement MM MM MM Ensure no Operational phase GEPCO encroachments / ESU Necessary signboards with limits of height clearances to be placed 7. Social safety construction under all subprojects in future all along the line. GEPCO Impacts the transmission line. trenches Identify and prevent any illegal encroachments under the DGS s.. No violation of clearance spaces.

LARP = Land acquisition and resettlement plan. AP = Affected Persons. LAC = Local Authority Council. TD = Temporary drainage. EC = Erosion control. WM = waste management.CSC = Construction supervision consultant or equivalent. DGS= Transmission line. GSS= Grid substation NEQS= National Environmental Quality Standards

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranch-2 Sub-projects, New Grid-Substations with Associated D/C T/L's Environment Impact Assessment

Power Distribution Enhancement Project Loan 2178 SF-PAK

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

New Daska 132 kV Grid Substation and Double Circuit

Transmission Line 132 kV

Submitted to

Asian Development Bank (ADB) March, 2011 By Gujranwala Electric Power Company

Government of the Islamic Republic of Pakistan

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line Environmental Impact Assessment

Table of Contents

1. INTRODUCTION 1 1.1 Overview 1 1.2 Scope of the EIA Study and Personnel 4

3. DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT 8 3.1 Type of Project 8 3.2 Categorization of the Project 8 3.3 Need for the Project 8 3.4 Location and Scale of the Project 9 3.5 Proposed Schedule for Implementation 11 4. DESCRIPTION OF THE SUBPROJECT 11 4.1 Project Area 12 4.1.1 General Characteristics of Project Area 12 4.1.2 Affected Administrative Units 12 4.2 Physical Resources 12 4.2.1 Topography, Geography, Geology and Soils 12 4.2.2 Climate and Hydrology 12 4.2.3 Groundwater and Water Supply 13 4.2.4 Surface water 13 4.3 Biological Resources 14 4.3.1 Wildlife, Fisheries and Aquatic Biology 14 4.3.2 Terrestrial Habitats, Forests and Protected Species 14 4.3.3 Protected areas / National sanctuaries 15 4.4 Economic Development 15 4.4.1 Agriculture and Industries 15 4.4.2 Energy Sources 15 4.5 Social and Cultural Resources 16 4.5.1 Population Communities and Employment 16 4.5.2 Education and Literacy 16 4.5.3 Health Facilities 16

5. Cultural Heritage and Community Structure 17

i Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line Environmental Impact Assessment

6. SCREENING POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES17 6.1 Subproject Location 17 6.1.1 Impact Assessment and Mitigation 17 6.2 General Approach to Mitigation 18 6.2.1 Cultural Heritage, Mosques, Religious Sites and Social Infrastructure 18 6.3 Potential Environmental Impacts in Construction 19 6.3.1 Encroachment, Landscape and Physical Disfiguration 19 6.3.2 Cut, fill and waste disposal 19 6.3.3 Trees, Ecology and Protected Areas 20 6.3.4 Hydrology, Sedimentation and Soil Erosion 20 6.3.5 Air Pollution from Earthworks and Transport 20 6.3.6 Noise, Vibration and Blasting 21 6.3.7 Sanitation, Solid Waste Disposal and Communicable Diseases 21 6.4 Potential Environmental Impacts in Operation 22 6.4.1 Air pollution and noise from the enhanced operations 22 6.4.2 Pollution from oily run-off, fuel spills and dangerous goods 22 6.5 Enhancement 23

7. INSTITUTIONAL REQUIREMENTS & ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 23

8. PUBLIC CONSULTATION AND INFORMATION DISCLOSURE 26 8.1 Approach to Public Consultation 26 8.2 Public Consultation Process 26 8.3 Results of Public Consultation 26

9. CONCLUSIONS 28 9.1 Findings and Recommendations 28 9.2 Summary and Conclusions 29

ii Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line Environmental Impact Assessment

Figures and Maps Figure 1.1 Pakistan EIA Process Figure 1.2 Letter from Pakistan Federal EPA on EIA Process Figure 2.1 Jurisdiction of GEPCO. Figure 2.2 Location GEPCO Daska-New Substations

Appendices Attachment 1 Location of Daska-New Subproject Attachment 2 Typical bunds for transformers Attachment 3 Environmental Management Plan (matrix) Attachment 4 Monitoring Plan (matrix) Attachment 5 Summary of Public Consultation Attachment 6 Trees and other Infrastructure affected by distribution line route Attachment 7 Trees affected by 30m RoW of transmission line Attachment 8 Photographs of the DGS locations TXL Attachment 9 Implementation schedule

iii Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line Environmental Impact Assessment

ABBREVIATIONS ADB Asian Development Bank COI Corridor of Influence CSP Country Strategy Program DoF Department of Forests DFO Divisional Forest Officer DGL Distribution transmission line DGS Distribution grid substation DIZ Direct Impact Zone EA Environmental Assessment EARF Environment Assessment Review Framework EIA Environment Impact Assessment EMP Environmental Management Plan GDP Gross Domestic Product GOP Government of Pakistan GIS Gas Insulated Switchgear LARP Land Acquisition and Resettlement Plan GEPCO Gujranwala Electric Power Company LARP Land Acquisition and Resettlement Plan Leq equivalent sound pressure level MPL maximum permissible level NEQS National Environmental Quality Standards NGO Non Governmental Organization PC public consultation PEPA Punjab Environmental Protection Agency PEPAct Pakistan Environment Protection Act 1997 (as regulated and amended) PPMS Subproject Performance Monitoring System REA Rapid Environmental Assessment SIA Social Impact Assessment S-P subproject SR Sensitive Receiver TOR Terms of Reference

Rupee, PKR Unit of Pakistan currency $ US approx Rs. 85

iv Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line Environmental Impact Assessment

1. INTRODUCTION

1.1 Overview

1. This document is the ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT for the Tranche- 2 Daska sub-project New substation proposed by the Gujranwala Electricity Power Company (GEPCO), (Figs 1.1 and 1.2), under the Asian Development Bank (ADB) subproject, Power Distribution and Enhancement Multi-trance Finance Facility (PDE-MFF). Under ADB Guidelines, the substation and distribution line are to be taken as one integral subproject and the guidelines require environmental assessment of all components of subprojects whether financed by ADB, governments or other co financiers.

2. Government of Pakistan (GoP) has requested ADB to provide the PDEMFF to facilitate investments in power distribution and development of networks of eight independent distribution companies (DISCOs) that distribute power to end user consumers. The funding from ADB is expected to be released in stages (tranches). The Power Distribution Enhancement (PDE) Investment Program is part of the GoP long term energy security strategy. The proposed ADB intervention will finance new investments in PDE and assist capacity building of sector related agencies. The investment program will cover necessary PDE development activities in secondary transmission / distribution networks of eight DISCOs. The PDEMFF activities include extension (additional transformers) and augmentation (replacement of transformers with higher capacity) distribution line extensions, new and replacement distribution lines, additional substations, transformer protection and other non network activities such as automatic meter reading, construction equipment and computerized accounting. New distribution lines to and from various network facilities and some of the above activities will also be included in the later trenches. The proposed PDEMFF facility has been designed to address both investment and institutional aspects in the electrical power sector. 3. This EIA presents the results and conclusions of environmental assessment for the Daska New 132kV Grid Station (DGS) and 132kV double circuit transmission line subproject proposed by GEPCO, and are submitted by Pakistan Electric Power Company (PEPCO) on behalf of GEPCO. PEPCO has been nominated by Ministry of Water and Power (MOWP) to act as the Executing Agency (EA) with each DISCO being the Implementing Agency (IA) for work in its own area. PEPCO‟s role in the processing and implementation of the investment program is that of a coordinator of such activities as preparation of PC-1s and PFRs, monitoring implementation activities; that includes submission of environmental assessments for all subprojects in all trenches of the PDEMFF under ADB operating procedures. An EIA has been carried out to fulfill the requirements of ADB Guidelines (May 2003). This EIA study report is used to complete the Summary of ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT (SEIA) for disclosure by ADB if necessary. 4. The environmental assessment requirements of the GoP for grid stations and power distribution subprojects are different to those of ADB. Under GoP regulations, the Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency Review of Initial Environmental Examination and Environmental Impact Assessment Regulations (2000) categorizes development subprojects into two schedules according to their potential environmental impacts. The proponents of subprojects that have reasonably foreseeable impacts are required to submit an Initial Environmental Examination Report for their respective subprojects (Schedule I). The proponents of subprojects that have more adverse environmental impacts (Schedule II) are required to submit an Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA). New Distribution lines and substations included under energy subprojects an IEE is required for sub transmission/ distribution lines of 11kV or less and large distribution subprojects (Schedule I). EIA is required by GoP for all subprojects involving sub transmission / distribution lines of 11kV and above and for DGS substations (Schedule II).

Page 1 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line Environmental Impact Assessment

Page 2 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line Environmental Impact Assessment

5. Clarification has been sought from Pakistan EPA on the requirements for environmental assessment for certain energy subprojects and for sub transmission / distribution lines. A Framework of Environmental Assessment (FEA) on power extensions and augmentation subprojects was prepared by consultants and submitted to the Pakistan EPA, after hearings with provincial EPAs. In response to the FEA submitted by NTDC to the Pakistan EPA 12 it has been clarified that all proponents must follow section 12 of the Pakistan Environmental Protection Act for all subprojects. Pakistan EPA has also assumed that all proponents will consult with the relevant provincial EPAs (PEPA) and follow their advice. In 2006 Punjab EPA requested disclosure of the scope and extent of each subproject in order that the Director General of PEPA can determine if additional land is required and the need for IEE or EIA. A review of the need for IEE/ EIA for submission to GoP is therefore required by the relevant environmental protection agency, in this case the Punjab Environmental Protection Agency.

1.2 Scope of the EIA Study and Personnel

6. The Study Area included the identification of irrigation facilities, water supply, habitable structures, schools, health facilities, hospitals, religious places and sites of heritage or archaeological importance and critical areas (if any) within about 100m of the DGS boundary. The works are generally envisaged to involve construction of the DGS, Construction of the bases, foundation pads and towers to support the distribution line will be carried out also under the same subproject by GEPCO and supervised by the GEPCO management.

7. The field studies were undertaken by the subproject‟s environment team with experience of environmental assessment for power subprojects in Pakistan. Mrs. Syeda Bushra Waheed conducted preliminary scoping, survey and assessment activities, coordinated the field sampling and analysis, and were also responsible to supervise collation of information and co-ordinate the various public consultation activities. The team conducted preliminary scoping, survey and assessment activities, and carried out the report writing. The environmental team also benefited from technical support and other information on the impacts of the proposed power works provided in feasibility summaries prepared with GEPCO by expert consultants of BPI dealing with engineering, power distribution, socio- economic, re-settlement and institutional aspects.

8. A scoping and field reconnaissance was conducted on the subproject site, during which a Rapid Environmental Assessment was carried out to establish the potential impacts and categorization of subproject activities. The methodology of the EIA study was then elaborated in order to address all interests. Subsequently primary and secondary baseline environmental data was collected from possible sources, and the intensity and likely location of impacts were identified with relation the sensitive receivers; based on the work expected to be carried out. The significance of impacts from construction of the DGS and TXL was then assessed and, for those impacts requiring mitigation, measures were proposed to reduce impacts to within acceptable limits.

9. Public consultation (PC) was carried out in October 2008, in line with ADB guidelines. Under ADB requirements the environmental assessment process must also include meaningful public consultation during the completion of the draft EIA. In this EIA the PC process included verbal disclosure of the sub-subproject works as a vehicle for discussion. Consultations were conducted with local families and communities around and Daska New SP site and staff of the subproject management. The responses from correspondents have been included in Attachment 5 and summarized in Section 6 of this EIA.

12 Letter dated 29th June 2007 – Ref 2(1)2004-W/KCP-DD from Pak EPA Sajjad Hussein Talpur, Dy Director (EIA/Mont) to NTDC, Muhammad Tahir Khan, Subproject Director PPTA, NTDC, WAPDA House, Lahore.

Page 3 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line Environmental Impact Assessment

2. POLICY AND STATUARY REQUIREMENTS IN PAKISTAN

10. Direct legislation on environmental protection is contained in several statutes, namely the Pakistan Environmental Protection Act (1997) the Forest Act (1927) the Punjab Wildlife Act (1974). In addition the Land Acquisition Act (1894) also provides powers in respect of land acquisition for public purposes. There are also several other items of legislation7 and regulations which have an indirect bearing on the subproject or general environmental measures.

2.1 Statutory Framework

11. The Constitution of Pakistan distributes legislative powers between the federal and the provincial governments through two „lists‟ attached to the Constitution as Schedules. The Federal List covers the subjects over which the federal government has exclusive legislative power, while the Concurrent List contains subjects regarding which both the federal and provincial governments can enact laws. “Environmental pollution and ecology” is included in the concurrent list; hence both the federal and the provincial governments can enact laws on this subject. However, to date, only the federal government has enacted laws on environment, and the provincial environmental institutions derive their power from the federal law. The Punjab Environmental Protection Act 1996 is now superseded by the Pakistan Environmental Protection Act (1997). The key environmental laws affecting this subproject are discussed below.

2.1.1 Pakistan Environmental Protection Act, 1997 12. The Pakistan Environmental Protection Act, 1997 is the basic legislative tool empowering the government to frame regulations for the protection of the environment. The act is applicable to a wide range of issues and extends to air, water, soil, marine, and noise pollution, as well as to the handling of hazardous wastes. The key features of the law that have a direct bearing on the proposed subproject relate to the requirement for an Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) and Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) for development subprojects. Section 12 (1) requires that: “No proponent of a subproject shall commence construction or operation unless he has filed with the Federal Agency an ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT [EIA] or, where the subproject is likely to cause an adverse environmental effect, an environmental impact assessment [EIA], and has obtained from the Federal Agency approval in respect thereof.” The Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency has delegated the power of review and approval of environmental assessments to the provincial environmental protection agencies, in this case the Punjab EPA. (Fig 1.1)

2.1.2 Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency Review of IEE and EIA Regulations, 2000 13. The Pakistan Environmental Protection Act, 1997 (PEP Act) provides for two types of environmental assessments: INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL EXAMINATION‟s (IEE) and ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT‟s (EIA). EIAs are carried out for subprojects that have a potentially „significant‟ environmental impact‟s, whereas IEEs are conducted for relatively smaller subprojects with a relatively less significant impact‟s. The Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency Review of IEE and EIA Regulations, 20013 (the „Regulations‟), prepared by the Pak-EPA under the powers conferred upon it by the PEP Act, categorizes subprojects for IEE and EIA. Schedules I and II, attached to the Regulations, list the subprojects that require IEE and EIA, respectively. . 14. The Regulations also provide the necessary details on the preparation, submission, and review of IEE‟s and EIA‟s. The following is a brief step-wise description of the approval

13 The Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency Review of Initial Environmental Examination and Environmental Impact Assessment Regulations, 2000

Page 4 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line Environmental Impact Assessment

process (see also Attachment 1): (xiv) A subproject is categorized as requiring an IEE or EIA using the two schedules attached to the Regulations. (xv) An IEE or EIA is conducted as per the requirement and following the Pak-EPA guidelines. (xvi) The IEE or EIA is submitted to the concerned provincial EPA if it is located in the provinces or the Pak-EPA if it is located in Islamabad and federally administrated areas. The Fee (depending on the cost of the subproject and the type of the report) is submitted along with the document. (xvii) The IEE/ EIA is also accompanied by an application in the format prescribed in Schedule IV of the Regulations. (xviii) The EPA conducts a preliminary scrutiny and replies within 10 days of the submittal of a report, a) confirming completeness, or b) asking for additional information, if needed, or c) returning the report requiring additional studies, if necessary. (xix) The EPA is required to make every effort to complete the IEE and EIA review process within 45 and 90 days, respectively, of the issue of confirmation of completeness. (xx) Then the EPA accords their approval subject to certain conditions: (xxi) Before commencing construction of the subproject, the proponent is required to submit an undertaking accepting the conditions. (xxii) Before commencing operation of the subproject, the proponent is required to obtain from the EPA a written confirmation of compliance with the approval conditions and requirements of the EIA. (xxiii) An EMP is to be submitted with a request for obtaining confirmation of compliance. (xxiv) The EPAs are required to issue confirmation of compliance within 15 days of the receipt of request and complete documentation. (xxv) The IEE /EIA approval is valid for three years from the date of accord. (xxvi) A monitoring report is to be submitted to the EPA after completion of construction, followed by annual monitoring reports during operation.

15. Distribution lines and grid substations of 11kV and above are included under energy subprojects in Schedule-II, under which rules EIA is required by GoP. Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) is required for distribution lines less than 11kV and large distribution subprojects (Schedule-I). A review of the need for IEE/ EIA submission is therefore required by the relevant EPA, in this case the Punjab Environment Protection Agency (EPA) as the proposed subproject will be located in Punjab. 16. There are no formal provisions for the environmental assessment of expanding existing distribution lines and grid substations but Punjab EPA have requested disclosure of the scope and extent of each subproject in order that their Director General can determine if additional land is required and the need for statutory environmental assessment. The details of this subproject will be forwarded to the Punjab EPA, in order to commence the local statutory environmental assessment process.

2.1.3 National Environmental Quality Standards 17. The National Environmental Quality Standards (NEQS) were first promulgated in 1993 and have been amended in 1995 and 2000. The following standards that are specified in the NEQS may be relevant to the Tranche 2 subprojects: 18. Maximum allowable concentration of pollutants (32 parameters) in municipal and liquid industrial effluents discharged to inland waters, sewage treatment facilities, and the sea (three separate sets of numbers) 19. Maximum allowable concentration of pollutants (2 parameters) in gaseous emissions from vehicle exhaust and noise emission from vehicles.

Page 5 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line Environmental Impact Assessment

2.1.4 Other Relevant Laws 20. There are a number of other federal and provincial laws that are important in the context of environmental management. The main laws potentially affecting subprojects in this MFF are listed below. 21. The Punjab Wildlife Protection Ordinance, 1972 empowers the government to declare certain areas reserved for the protection of wildlife and control activities within in these areas. It also provides protection to endangered species of wildlife. As no activities are planned in these areas, no provision of this law is applicable to the proposed subproject. 22. The Forestry Act, 1927 empowers the government to declare certain areas reserved forest. As no reserved forest exists in the vicinity of the proposed subproject, this law will not affect to the proposed subproject. 23. The Antiquities Act of 1975 ensures the protection of Pakistan‟s cultural resources. The Act defines „antiquities‟ as ancient products of human activity, historical sites, or sites of anthropological or cultural interest, national monuments, etc. The Act is designed to protect these antiquities from destruction, theft, negligence, unlawful excavation, trade, and export. The law prohibits new construction in the proximity of a protected antiquity and empowers the Government of Pakistan to prohibit excavation in any area that may contain articles of archaeological significance. Under the Act, the subproject proponents are obligated to ensure that no activity is undertaken in the proximity of a protected antiquity, report to the Department of Archaeology, Government of Pakistan, any archaeological discovery made during the course of the subproject.

2.2 Structure of Report

24. This EIA reviews information on existing environmental attributes of the Study Area. Geological, hydrological and ecological features, air quality, noise, water quality, soils, social and economic aspects and cultural resources are included. The report predicts the probable impacts on the environment due to the proposed subproject enhancement and expansion. This EIA also proposes various environmental management measures. Details of all background environmental quality, environmental impact / pollutant generating activities, pollution sources, predicted environmental quality and related aspects have been provided in this report. References are presented as footnotes throughout the text. Following this introduction the report follows ADB guidelines and includes: Description of the Subproject Description of Environmental and Social Conditions Assessment of Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures Environmental Monitoring Plan Public Consultation Recommendations and Conclusions

Page 6 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line Environmental Impact Assessment

3. DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT

3.1 Type of Project

25. GEPCO is providing electricity to Daska city and nearby towns through Daska 132 kV grid station. For last few years the domestic, commercial and industrial power demand of the area is increasing rapidly like all other areas of Punjab. Due to the increased power demand of the area the existing grid station has become overloaded and insufficient, and there is need to improve the power supply of the city and surrounding towns and villages. For the purpose, GEPCO is planning to construct a new 132 kV grid station named 132 kV Daska- New grid station at Sohawa Naw village. Sohawa Nawan village is at Bambanwala road adjacent to the Daska city. For the purpose GEPCO has already acquired 5.94 Acres of land at open market rate. The construction work of grid station will be done on the same land owned by GEPCO. The substation will be linked to the 132kV Gahkar_Sahuwala transmission line by constructing a new 3,515 km long 132kV double circuit transmission line.

26. The New Daska 132kV GS and transmission line subproject has been prepared by Gujranwala Electric Power Company (GEPCO) to provide additional power supply to the Daska City and nearby towns. This substation will be constructed at Sohawa Naw village adjacent to Daska city at Bambanwala Road. The substation will be linked to the 132 kV Gakhar_Sahuwala transmission line between tower no. 71 and 72 by constructing a new 3.515 km long 132kV double circuit transmission line. New line will start from Bambanwala village of District Sialkot (Punjab Province). This subproject will entirely be completed with in Sialkot District. Grid station will be constructed on 5.94 acres (2.41 ha) of land which is already acquired for the same purpose. The transmission line will pass through two villages and will temporarily affect a total of 10.5 ha of crops and 17 trees. A total of 21 households will be affected by this subproject losing agricultural land, crops and trees, with a total population of 181 (APs).

27. The new transmission line is 3.515 km long and will pass through two villages Bambanwala and Sohawa Nawan located in Sialkot district (Punjab province). The first 2,159 meters long section of the line traverses the farmlands of Bambanwala village and second part of 1,356 meter section will pass through Sohawa Nawan village. The transmission line will traverse private farmland for most of its length 3,500.50 meter (99.59%) and only 14.50 meter (0.41%) uncultivated private and government lands (Canal, Road, Paths and watercourses). As a result, some 21 households, with a total population of 181 persons (APs), will be affected by temporary disruption to land, and loss of 10.50 ha of crops and 17 wood trees.

28. 3.515 km long transmission line of this subproject requires16 towers and consists of Section A: Bambanwala (0,743 m long with 04 towers) and Section B: Sohawa Naw (2,201 m long with 12 towers).

3.2 Categorization of the Project 29. Categorization is based on the environmentally most sensitive component of a subproject. The aspects of the subproject with potential for significant environmental impacts need to be assessed in detail and this environmental assessment has therefore focused on the significant impacts possible from the construction activities of the subproject.

30. The site for the DGS, as well as the route of the proposed TXL, is located in a rural setting, with some minor settlements and other infrastructure around the site. The Daska New SP is categorized as a Category B sub-subproject under ADB requirements 1.3 and this EIA report is based on that assumption.

Page 7 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line Environmental Impact Assessment

3.3 Need for the Project 31. The standards and conditions of the power distribution system in Pakistan are inadequate to meet rapidly growing demand for electrical power. This situation limits national development and economic growth. To cope with the constraints, the existing power distribution infrastructure has to be improved and upgraded. The overall contribution of power infrastructure also requires institutional arrangements and capacity that support strategic management of the sector, and planning and management of investments. Overall the proposed PDEMFF facility has been designed to address both investment and institutional aspects in the electrical power sector.

32. Power demands in the Daska area of GEPCO jurisdiction (Fig 2.1) have increased rapidly, especially in summer months, so that the existing 132 kV DGS is unable to cope up with the increasing demands of the domestic, commercial and industrial sectors.

Figure 2.1: Jurisdiction map of GEPCO

3.4 Location and Scale of Project

33. This EIA has included field reconnaissance of the site and surroundings of the Daska New and TXL. The Daska New is located on Bambanwala road, in Mouza Sohawa Nowan Tehsil Daska and District Sialkot (Figure 2.1). Substations site location is determined by a committee, comprising of professionals from: planning; design; construction; operation; and social, formations of the DISCO. The committee selects the best site based, from a number of alternatives, on the following considerations: Least cost technically and socially acceptable alternative; least social impacts; soil; and atmospheric conditions that are not likely impose a higher cost or damage the planed facilities; acceptable living conditions for staff members (health, education, water etc.); reasonable access conditions to allow movement of heavy equipment; reasonable access conditions to allow incoming and outgoing transmission lines right of way .

34. The Daska New subproject will involve the construction of a new DGS and 3.515 km, 132kV double circuit TXL (requiring installation of 16 towers).The proposed DGS site TXL route appears to be environmentally feasible and technically appropriate.

Page 8 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line Environmental Impact Assessment

Figure 2.1: Location New Daska Sub-station

35. This EIA has been conducted based on the assumptions available in March 2008 when the preliminary designs for the TXL was completed and the overall requirements for installation of the equipment had been identified (Attachment 1). The detailed designs are currently being progressed by GEPCO. At this stage, the construction activities under the SP are expected to include the usual localized civil works such as extension of main yard including excavation and concreting of foundations for transformers capacitor banks cable trays and terminal tower (within the DGS compound), erection and stringing of 3.515 km TXL requiring 16 towers, installation of allied equipment and requisite contractor‟s labor camp. Impacts from construction of the Sahuwala-Pasrur SP are envisaged to be minor, since no additional land needs to be acquired for construction of the DGS and TXL.

36. Daska New SP will involve the construction of 132 kV Daska New DGS and erection and stringing of 16 towers for the new TXL The designs for the Tranche 2 (T2) subprojects will be developed under the subproject support component of the MFF. This EIA, however, is based

Page 9 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line Environmental Impact Assessment

on detailed line route surveys (which includes alternative routes and the route which minimizes the social impacts is chosen). The line route is then submitted to the design formation which determines the line profiles and tower locations, these towers are then located on ground. The EIA is, therefore based on line design which is final (baring any unforeseen occurrence) and only is changed at implementation stage if so warranted by new developments .The line design is based on the following parameters.

Permissible Conductor Clearances at 650C Clearance Sr. No.Description m

3.5 Proposed Schedule for Implementation

37. Designs of the DGS and TXL equipment layout, review of environmental management and construction processes could take several months. When the detailed designs are completed, tendering and award of contract will take place over about three to six months. The construction period will follow and best estimates indicate about eighteen months to two years. The preliminary schedule is presented in Attachment-9. The Tranche 2 implementation schedule is presented as follow

Page 10 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line Environmental Impact Assessment

4. DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

4.1 Project Area

4.1.1 General Characteristics of Project Area 38. The New Daska 132kV GS and transmission line subproject has been prepared by Gujranwala Electric Power Company (GEPCO) to provide additional power supply to the Daska City and nearby towns. This substation will be constructed at Sohawa Naw village adjacent to Daska city at Bambanwala Road. The substation will be linked to the 132 kV Gakhar_Sahuwala transmission line between tower no. 71 and 72 by constructing a new 3.515 km long 132kV double circuit transmission line. New line will start from Bambanwala village of District Sialkot (Punjab Province). This subproject will entirely be completed with in Sialkot District. Grid station will be constructed on 5.94 acres (2.41 ha) of land which is already acquired for the same purpose. The transmission line will pass through two villages and will temporarily affect a total of 10.5 ha of crops and 17 trees. A total of 21 households will be affected by this subproject losing agricultural land, crops and trees, with a total population of 181 (APs).

39. GEPCO is providing electricity to Daska city and nearby towns through Daska 132 kV grid station. For last few years the domestic, commercial and industrial power demand of the area is increasing rapidly like all other areas of Punjab. Due to the increased power demand of the area the existing grid station has become overloaded and insufficient, and there is need to improve the power supply of the city and surrounding towns and villages. For the purpose GEPCO is planning to construct a new 132 kV grid station named 132 kV New Daska grid station at Sohawa Nowan village. Sohawa Nawan village is at Bambanwala road adjacent to the Daska city. For the purpose GEPCO has already acquired 5.94 Acres of land at open market rate. The construction work of grid station will be done on the same land owned by GEPCO. The substation will be linked to the 132kV Gahkar-Sahuwala transmission line by constructing a new 3,515 km long 132kV double circuit transmission line.

40. The new transmission line is 3.515 km long and will pass through two villages Bambanwala and Sohawa Nawan located in Sialkot district (Punjab province). The first 2,159 meters long section of the line traverses the farmlands of Bambanwala village and second part of 1,356 meter section will pass through Sohawa Nawan village. The transmission line will traverse private farmland for most of its length 3,500.50 meter (99.59%) and only 14.50 meter (0.41%) uncultivated private and government lands (Canal, Road, Paths and watercourses). As a result, some 21 AHs, with a total population of 181 persons (APs), will be affected by temporary disruption to land, and loss of 10.50 ha of crops and 17 wood trees.

4.1.2 Affected Administrative Units 41. Transmission line will indirectly affected 2 villages i.e Bambanwala and Sohawa Nawan Tehsil and District Sialkot district (Punjab province). The first 2.159m long section of the line traverses the farmlands of Bambanwala, and second section 1.356mof the line traverses the lands of Sohawa Naw. The transmission line will traverse private farmland for most of its length 3.500 (99.59%) and only 14.50m (0.41%) uncultivated Government lands (Canal, Road, Paths, water courses and GEPCO grid stations). As a result, some 21 AHs, with a total population of 181 persons (APs), will be affected by temporary disruption to land, and loss of 10.50 ha of crops and 17 trees.

42. Interviews were conducted with the public near the DGS site and TXL corridor (Attachment 5) to obtain their views on the subproject, and any perceived impacts. The nearest of these settlements include Bambanwala and Sohawa Nowan.

Page 11 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line Environmental Impact Assessment

4.2 Physical Resources

4.2.1 Topography, Geography, Geology and Soils 43. The general aspect of the district is a plain formed of alluvial deposits. The area of district is a part of Rachna Doab. The land slopes down from the uplands at the base of the Himalayas in the north to a level country towards the south. The foot hills of the Himalayas are at a short distance in the north. The general altitude is about 250m above the sea level.

44. The northern area of the district is occupied by the Bajwat, which is an island delta of the Chenab River traversed by a network of streams which take out from one branch of the river in the north and fall into another branch in the south. The northern branch is joined by Maikhani Tawi in the north-west of the Bajwat and the southern branch by the Jammu Tawi at its south-eastern corner. Protective bunds have been constructed along the rivers Chenab and Tawi. The Bajwat and riverine area of the Chenab. Degh and Aik are the most distinctive features of the district.

45. It consists of alluvial plain and no rock formation has been found. Generally speaking the darker colored soil has more strength than the lighter colored ones. In a few villages in the south-east of the Daska Tehsil there is an almost black Rohi soil which is very liable to crack when dry. It resembles the black rotten soil and is more fertile that the most common dark brown soil. Sandy soil is found close to the river and in the path of the Degh Nallah, Rohi soil prevails in the south of the Daska and Pasrur Tehsils in the tract now irrigated from the upper Chenab canal.

4.2.2 Climate and Hydrology 46. There is no variation of altitude above sea level in the land along the alignment and the short length of the distribution line means no variation between the climate of the subproject area. The climate at Daska New SP is typical that of central Punjab.

47. The maximum temperature in summer reaches 40oC. In winter the minimum is 5oC. The mean maximum and minimum temperature during the month of June is about 40 and 25 respectively. The mean maximum and minimum temperature during the month of January is 19oC and 5oC respectively. The summer season starts from April and continues till October. May, June and July are the hottest months. The winter season on the other hand starts from November and continues till March, December, January and February are the coldest months.

48. The rainy season starts in July and ends in September. Average Annual rainfall is about 980mm. More rains occur in July and August than any other months. Most of the winter rains are received in the months of March and April.

4.2.3 Groundwater and Water Supply 49. Groundwater sources exist in the area. The strata of the subproject area are water bearing and alluvial deposits, giving groundwater potential throughout the district. The water table is not seasonal and dug wells do not generally run dry. The local population is generally reliant on supply from the hand pumps in rural areas while in urban areas population using drinking water from WASA piped water supply scheme.

50. Around 27 percent of the housing units are using piped water, majority of which have the facility in their own houses. A majority (71.6 %) is using hand pumps for potable water. Just 0.7 % households are using potable water taken from open wells.

51. Irrigation from open wells is carried on throughout the district wherever water can be found except in the Bajwat, Doshhi and riverine circles where wells are hardly necessary. In the Aik

Page 12 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line Environmental Impact Assessment

and Charhari circles, constant supply of water is to be found everywhere. Irrigation from the Degh consists mainly of over spills. But in the lower reaches, lift by Jallars is some times employed. The other main source of irrigation is tube wells. There were 33,368 tube wells working in the district during 1996. About 33,291 were privately owned and only 77 related to government departments. While 29,943 are diesel and 3,425 are run by electric power. The area irrigated by tube wells is 349,000 hectares.

4.2.4 Surface Water

Rivers and Tributaries 52. The district is watered by the river Chenab which draw supplies from the Himalayas. It also receives water from the lower hills through numerous small streams. Some of these namely the Aik and the Degh, while destructive in the higher tracts, which slope rapidly to the south, are of utmost value as fertilizing agents in the southern part of the district. The Chenab breaks out from the hills 10 km to the north of the Bajwat tract and flows on into two main branches, one going south till it is joins by the Jammu Tawi, the other flowing west-wards joined the former branch at Sikka.

53. The Degh is formed by the union of two small streams which enters the Sialkot district north of Zafarwal. Just before entering Pasrur Tehsil, it divides into two small branches and flows throughout that tehsil in two branches. The action of the Degh varies with its distance from the hills. It flows swiftly in the north of Pasrur tehsil doing considerable harm. To the south of Pasrur and in Rayya it is a great fertilizing agent, the alluvial deposits are rich and widely spread.

54. The Aik also rises in the Jammu hills and enters the district about 10 km to the east of Sialkot. Its general direction is south-west and it skirts Sialkot city. In Daska tehsil, the Aik rises to the level of the surrounding land, and it is very beneficial to the villages lying along its course. It brings in rich silt in large quantities. But where the upper Chenab canal crosses this Nullah, water logging conditions have developed. During the rains, the supply of water in the Aik is abundant, but in winter it dries up into a small stream.

55. There are numerous marshy depressions. Locally knows as “Chhapers”, in the northern part of the district. These are fed by rain, surface drainage and the small streams. They are of considerable value as reservoirs for purposes of irrigation. The water is made available for irrigation by means of ducts or a simple method of lifting water from them at the level of the fields. It is however dwindling the importance after the advent of canal irrigation

56. Irrigation: The source of upper Chenab canal and Marala Ravi link canal is Marala head works. It is located in the north-west of the Sialkot district. Upper Chenab canal irrigates Kharif crops of Daska Tehsil; Marala Ravi Link canal irrigates part of Sialkot, Pasrur and Daska tehsils. Rice is cultivated in abundance in canal fed area and is of excellent quality.

57. Irrigation is largely dependent on two irrigation canals i.e. Upper Chenab Canal and Marala Ravi link canals which takes off from Chenab at Marala Head works. The upper Chenab supplies the water for irrigation in Daska Tehsil and near Nandipur it enters in Gujranwala. Bambanwala Ravi Bedian link canal takes off from upper Chenab canal at Bambanwala head regulatory near Bambanwala. It flows to the south-east and leaves the Sialkot west of Badomalhi into Sheikhupura Distt.

4.2.5 Air Quality 58. Air quality in most of the project area appears good based on observation during the study period. Emissions should be controlled at source under the EMP. There will be a few items of powered mechanical equipment to be used in the construction of the DGS works that may give rise to complaints of dust and other emissions; however these should be minor and

Page 13 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line Environmental Impact Assessment

easily dissipated. Domestic sources of air pollution, such as emissions from wood and kerosene burning stoves as well as small diesel standby generators in some households, are minor. Although there are some industries of sports goods, surgical instruments and musical instrument but there are no other industrial pollution sources in the vicinity of the Daska SP. The project area is distant from major sources of air pollution like industries or urban type traffic, domestic sources such as burning of wood and kerosene stoves, etc. or fugitive sources such as burning of solid wastes. Air quality in the project area appeared very good during the study period. Air quality measurements in major urban centers , carried out by Pak-EPA , revealed that CO, SO2 and NO levels were in excess of the acceptable levels in some areas but the average levels were found below WHO standards . Air quality testing by DISCOs (average values are : TSP 1.09 mg/m3 , CO 634 ppb , SO2 24.34 ppb, NO2 23.73 ppb )through various consultants has reveled that most sub stations have NO2, CO2 and CO values below international standards

59. There should be no source of atmospheric pollution from the project. In the operational phase the industrial facilities with fuel powered mechanical equipment will be the main polluters. All such emissions will be very well dissipated in the open terrain and there will be no cumulative effect from the project.

60. The other major source of air pollution is dust arising from construction and other ground or soil disturbance, during dry weather, and from movement of vehicles on poorly surfaced or damaged access roads. It has been observed that dust levels from vehicles may even be high enough to obscure vision significantly temporarily.

4.2.6 Noise 61. Noise from vehicles and other powered mechanical equipment is intermittent. There are also the occasional calls to prayer from the PA systems at the local mosques but there are no significant disturbances to the quiet rural setting. However the construction from the proposed power expansion will use powered mechanical equipment. Subjective observations were made of background noise and also of individual vehicle pass by events. Based on professional experience background daytime noise levels are probably well below 55dB (A) L90. DISCOs have carried out noise level measurements at various sub stations and transmission line locations within the system .These analyzed to calculate Leq values have resulted in Leq values much below the 85 dBA limit prescribed under the NEQs established by the EPA or the 75 dBA used by DISCOs/NTDC/PEPCO in the equipment specifications. Typical values were: average 46.21 dBA ; high 63.14 dBA ; and low 34.35 dBA .

4.3 Biological Resources

4.3.1 Wildlife, Fisheries and Aquatic Biology 62. There are no areas of wildlife significance near the subproject area. Of wild animal life, there is very little in the district and is practically confined to the portions of the Bajwat and border on the occupied Jammu State. In these two tracts, jackal, fox, wild cat, hare, pig, neil gaey (wild cattle) and wolf are occasionally found. The kunj or common crane is found all over the district in the cold weather. Geese, both gray and barred, are found along the river and the Chambhs (Marshes), when the latter are full after heavy rain. There are professional fishermen all along the Chenab and in some villages traversed by the Degh. Fishing is common in Bajwat. The important varieties are Mahasher, Malbi, Patter and Saing.

Page 14 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line Environmental Impact Assessment

4.3.2 Terrestrial Habitats, Forests and Protected Species

Vegetation cover and trees 63. The subproject area, which is not dry, is dominated by urban suburbs and with various factories present in the subproject area. Common floral species with rooted vegetation are also present near most of the water bodies of the area.

64. Common vegetation found in subproject area is Dalbergia sisso, [Shisham], Poplar, Kikar (Accacia arabica) trees in the areas near the works, but natural forest cover in the district has significantly reduced in the past due to clearance for vegetation.

65. However there is little vegetation in the ROW for the line (Attachment 7). Along, and on the sides of the distribution line alignment, Dalbergia sisso, Acacia arabica and Eucalyptus trees have been cultivated around the periphery of cultivated fields. Amongst the trees, Eucalyptus is most common.

66. The natural vegetation is similar to those of the plains with an admixture of plants of the lower hills in the Bajwat and near the Jammu border generally. The trees commonly found in the district are Amb or mango (Mangifera indica), Lasura (Cordia myxa), Zizyphus Jujaba, Shisham or Tahli (Dalbergia sissoo), Shrin or Sirin (Albizzia lebbek), Babul or Kikar (Acacia Arabica), Phulahi (Acacia modesta), Bohar (Ficus indica), Bukain or Dhrek (Meliaazedarach), Toot (Morus maraceac), Jaman or Jamun (Engenia jambolana), Mulberry (Morus meraceac) and Pipal (Ficus relgiosa).

Protected and Religious Trees 67. The area under forests in Sialkot district was 11,000 hectares during 1998. There are also planted trees along canals and roads and periphery of cultivated land. A total of 17 trees consisting of 8 Shisham, 3 Kikar, 2 Eucalyptus4 Popular and 2 others are likely to be affected by the 30m ROW of the TXL corridor. The major trees grown in the forest are Shisham (Dalbergia sissoo), Kikar (Acacia arabica), Poplar and Eucalyptus. In general, permission should be sought from the local concerned department for the felling of any trees. A LARP report for the Sahuwala Pasrur SP has been prepared which has made a provision for compensation to the concerned departments, if needed, after detailed study. The works must deal with trees that need to be lopped or removed for safety reasons with the necessary permissions.

4.3.3 Protected areas / National sanctuaries 68. In Pakistan there are several areas of land devoted to the preservation of biodiversity through the dedication of national parks and wildlife sanctuaries. There is no wetland, protected area or national sanctuary near the area of works and subproject area.

4.4 Economic Development

4.4.1 Agriculture and Industries 69. Cropping Pattern: The main crops in the subproject area during winter are wheat, gram and barley, and rice, sugarcane, maize and jawar during summer. The famous variety of rice basmati is cultivated in rich Rohi canal lands of Sialkot and canal irrigated areas of Daska and Pasrur Tehsils.

70. Horticulture: The main fruits grown in the district are mango, orange, kinno and guava. Mostly all those fruits are grown in the district which are found in other districts of Punjab. Potato is the main crop of the district. It is supplied to other parts of the country and exported as well.

Page 15 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line Environmental Impact Assessment

71. Industry: Sialkot city is renowned for three industries i.e. sports goods, surgical instruments and musical instruments. Besides there were 268 industries reported during 1998. These industries are engaged in manufacture of rubber goods, small hand tools and workshop equipment, locks and padlocks, domestic hardware, toys and novelties, cycle parts, electrical goods, gas lamps, spare parts, oil cookers, table and kitchen cutlery, shot and air guns, fire bricks and sanitary fittings, white wares crockery, hosiery goods, tanneries, (medium scale units only) washing soap, glue and gelatin, metal badges and buttons, boot and shoe laces, paint brushes, water pipe fittings, shovels and pick axes, hand saw machines, diesel oil engines and spare parts, centrifugal pumps (concentrated at Daska only), electric cables and wires, regalia, hurricane, lanterns, barber‟s razors (concentrated at Daska), agricultural implements, textile bobbins and wooden accessories.

72. Transportation Sialkot district is quite developed in roads. All tehsil headquarters, major towns and villages are connected through asphalt roads. The main asphalt road runs from Sialkot to Lahore via Daska-Gujranwala. Sialkot is also connected with Islamabad via Sambrial and Wazirabad. 612 mauzas have asphalt roads and 606 mauzas have unmetalled roads.

73. With the exception of tehsil headquarters Daska, all other tehsil headquarters are also connected through rail with district headquarters Sialkot. Sialkot district is also served by Wazirabad-Narowal railway line.

74. Sialkot is linked by air with other countries and parts of the country through the Sialkot International airport.

4.4.2 Energy Sources 75. More than 40 percent housing units are using wood as cooking fuel in their houses while 34 percent are using gas for their purpose. About 4 percent are using kerosene oil and 21 percent are using other sources of cooking fuel in their houses.

4.5 Social and Cultural Resources

4.5.1 Population Communities and Employment 76. The total population of Sialkot district and Sialkot Tehsil was 27,723,481 and 1,250,999 respectively as enumerated in March, 1998. Population of Sahuwala, Ghonke, Beer, Suian and Pasrur Patwari Circles-1 & 2 were 8881, 438, 3352, 1389, 979 and 747 respectively as given in census 1998. According to the 1998 Census, 95 percent population of the district is Muslim. The next higher percentage is of Christians (4 percent), followed by Ahmadis (less than 1 percent). While other minorities like Hindu (Jati), Scheduled castes etc. are very small in number. The proportion of population of Muslims in rural and urban areas is 95 percent. Christians are found more in urban areas than in rural areas. Punjabi is the predominant language being spoken in the district by 97 percent of the population followed by Urdu spoken by 1.5 percent, and Pushto 0.5 percent while others speak Siraiki, Sindhi, Balochi, Brahavi and Dari. Of the total economically active population 98.5 percent were registered as employed in 1998. Nearly 60 percent were self employed, 25.7 percent private employees and 14.4 percent government employees. Un-paid family helpers were recorded as 1.5 percent.

Page 16 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line Environmental Impact Assessment

4.5.2 Education and Literacy

Literacy 77. The literacy ratio in the district has increased from 31 percent in 1981, to 59 percent in 1998. The literacy ratio for males is 65.9 percent as against 51.5 percent for females. The ratio is much higher in urban when compared with rural areas both for male and female.

78. The district has adequate educational facilities. The famous Murray College is located in Sialkot city from where Sir Allama Dr. Muhammad Iqbal the great poet and philosopher of the east passed his intermediate and bachelor degree examinations. There are 3321 educational institutions working in Sialkot district imparting education from the level of mosque / primary up to post graduate levels.

79. There are Govt. Primary Schools for girls and boys and high schools and colleges for girls and boys in Daska at 7-8 km. There are Primary, Middle and High schools for girls and boys are located at about 1km, from DGS site. The number of institutions, enrolment and teaching staff available are given in the Table below: EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS BY LEVEL OF EDUCATION INSTITUTION ENROLMENT TEACHING STAFF LEVEL MALE FEMALE MALE FEMALE MALE FEMALE Primary 835 1192 95000 90000 3217 2807 Middle 175 119 54000 35000 2120 1304 Secondary 129 66 97000 56000 3369 1553 Higher secondary 3 7 3560 12389 170 334 (class Xl-Xll) Intermediate and 8 5 9207 7274 265 127 degree colleges Mosque schools 782 - 20420 - 1412 - TOTAL 1932 1389 279187 200663 10553 6125 Source: Punjab Development Statistics, Bureau of Statistics Punjab, 1996-97

4.5.3 Health Facilities 80. At district headquarters Sialkot, there is a civil hospital known as Allama Iqbal Memorial Hospital, a civil Hospital for women, a Mission Hospital, a police hospital, district Jail Hospital and a combined Military Hospital in Sialkot cantonment. There is a civil hospital at each Tehsil Headquarters of the district. At Daska there is an eye hospital. There are tuberculosis clinics at Sialkot and Daska, Allama Iqbal Sialkot hospital at 25km, Wapda dispensaries in Sialkot at 25km. Doctors from Gujranwala visit this hospital 3 days a week. There are private clinics at 50m from DGS site. Health institutions providing health facilities in the district are provided in the next Table:

HEALTH INSTITUTIONS BY THEIR NUMBERS AND BEDS, 1997 INSTITUTION NUMBER BEDS Hospital 13 1072 Dispensary 37 80 Rural Health Center 8 160 Basic Health Unit 88 176 T.B. Clinic 2 - Sub Health Center 10 - M.C. Health Center 13 - Total 171 1488

Page 17 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line Environmental Impact Assessment

Source: Punjab Development Statistics, Bureau of Statistics Punjab, 1996-97.

5. Cultural Heritage and Community Structure

81. There are no officially protected heritage sites or historic, religious or archaeologically important sites located in the subproject works areas. There are no major historic or archaeological features of note. There is a catholic church at about 20m from the TXL RoW. There are no other mosques or other places of worship within 500 m of the TXL corridor. There is no mosque in the Sahuwala GSS or Pasrur DGS, and the closest Jamia Mosques are at bout 1km.

82. The most important tribes are Jat, Arain, Rajput, Awan, Gujar, Pathan, Mughal, Qureshi, Syed, Meo, Tarkhan (carpenter), Kumhar (Potter), Kashmiri, Jallaha (weaver), Chuhra (Sweeper), Jhinwar, Megh and Fakir.

5.1 Cultural Heritage and Community Structure 83. There are no officially protected heritage sites or historic, religious or archaeologically important sites located in the subproject works areas. There are no major historic or archaeological features of note but there are a few places of worship within about 500m of the works.

6. SCREENING POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

6.1 Subproject Location

6.1.1 Impact Assessment and Mitigation 84. This tranche 2 subproject will involve the construction of 132kV new DGS, implying an expansion of facilities, both outside and within the proposed boundaries of the DGS on land owned by GEPCO. There are a few sensitive receivers (SR), including some houses, schools, colleges, factories, which are more than 500 m away from the DGS boundary, and there are no sensitive receivers close to the DGS, which could be possibly affected by certain activities of the SP works. There are some other sensitive receivers (SR). The DGS will not cross roads or highway, canal and could not require the removal of trees, but there are no other sensitive receivers near the DGS site, which could be affected by the works. 85. The location and scale of the works are very important in predicting the environmental impacts. Therefore, it is essential that a proper analysis be carried out during the subproject planning period. This process of impact prediction is the core of the EIA process and it is critical that the recommendations and mitigation measures are carried out according to, and with reference to the conditions on the ground in the affected areas in the spirit of the environmental assessments process (Figures 2.1 and 2.2 shows the location of the proposed DGS). In this section the potential environmental impacts are reviewed. Where impacts are significant enough to exceed accepted environmental standards, mitigation is proposed in order to reduce residual impact to acceptable levels. In this regard, the impact prediction plays a vital role as these predictions are used for developing mitigation measures and any alternative options, if appropriate. When the detailed designs are completed the impacts and mitigation measures will need to be further reviewed to take account of how the contracts are set up and in the light of any fine tuning of the subproject proposals. 86. The environmental management plan (Section 5 and EMP matrix Attachment-3) has been reviewed based on the assessment and shall be reviewed in due course at subproject inception and through construction in order to provide a feed back on any significant unpredicted impacts. It is based on the analysis of impacts, primarily to document key environmental issues likely to arise from subproject implementation, to prescribe mitigation measures to be integrated in the subproject design, to design monitoring and evaluation

Page 18 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line Environmental Impact Assessment

schedules to be implemented during subproject construction and operation, and to estimate costs required for implementing subproject mitigation measures. The EMP must be reviewed in the subproject inception by the subproject management and approved before any construction activity is initiated, to take account of any subsequent changes and fine tuning of the proposals.

6.2 General Approach to Mitigation 87. Based on professional experience on some projects, contractors have put emphasis on the financial compensation for nuisances. This may be acceptable for some social impacts where evacuation is necessary or where houses have been accidentally damaged, however it is not best international practice to accept payment for environmental impacts. An approach whereby the subproject contractor pays money for nuisances rather than control impacts at source will not be acceptable. This practice should not be allowed and financial compensation shall not be allowed as mitigation for environmental impacts or environmental nuisance. 88. During the preparation for the subproject construction phase the future contractors must be notified and prepared to co-operate with the executing and implementing agencies, subproject management, construction supervising consultants and local population in the mitigation of impacts. Furthermore the contractor must be primed through bidding stages and the contract documentation to implement the EMP in full and be ready to engage or train staff in the management of environmental issues and to audit the effectiveness and review mitigation measures as the subproject proceeds. The effective implementation of the EMP will be audited as part of the loan conditions and the executing agency (GEPCO) must be prepared for this. In this regard the GEPCO must fulfill the requirements of the law and guidance prepared by Pak EPA on the environmental aspects of power subprojects and the recommendations already made for subproject in this EIA and under Pakistan‟s PEP Act. 89. The location of the residences, mosques, schools, hospitals and civic, cultural and other heritage sites has been reviewed in Section 3. Residences or schools are not close enough to the subproject on which there could not be some potential impacts in the construction stage from disturbance and significant noise and dust. This is because the DGS is located on agriculture land along Khayali Bypass road and has no human settlements and structures. 90. Work on the tower sites could cause some generation of air borne dust, but any nuisance from this is likely to be very localized and temporary. Other project activities, e.g. movement of heavy vehicles on unpaved tracks during the works, could generate considerable dust. Water is available in the study area, although surplus water may not always be available to suppress dust at vulnerable locations in the dry season. Therefore as a general approach it is recommended that where works are within 15m of any residential sensitive receivers, the contractor should install segregation between the works and the edge of the sensitive receivers. The segregation should be easily erectable 2.5m high tarpaulin sheet and designed to retain dust and provide a temporary visual barrier to the works. Where dust is the major consideration the barrier can take the form of tarpaulins strung between two poles mounted on a concrete base. These can be moved along from tower base to tower base as the work proceeds. 91. Noise from the construction of the towers should not be a major consideration unless very close to schools or hospitals where construction should be avoided at sensitive times. In addition to the physical effect of mitigating dust and noise with barriers installation of such measures should be discussed with the local population and serve as a vehicle for further public consultation at the implementation stage to assist in public relations.

6.2.1 Cultural Heritage, Mosques, Religious Sites, and Social Infrastructure 92. The location of mosques and other cultural and other heritage SR sites has been reviewed in Section 3. There are no mosques or other religious sites close to the DGS site. The new

Page 19 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line Environmental Impact Assessment

DGS will also not affect or disturb any such site. . 93. The nearest clinic / hospital is more than 50m from the edge of the Subproject, but the nearest school is at 1 km from the DGS adjacent to the Subproject, and the nearest houses at about 50m from the DGS. The DGS will be located on cultivated land and will not affect any road or canal. Apart from these features, there will be sufficient buffer distance between the works and any other SRs, so that no significant impacts should be expected. Public consultation should be undertaken at the implementation stage to ensure nuisances are not allowed to escalate for the SRs close to the DGS sites.

6.3 Potential Environmental Impacts in construction

6.3.1 Encroachment, Landscape and Physical Disfiguration 94. The extent of the proposed power expansion is moderate and should not extend beyond the DGS boundary created by the subproject. No significant landscape impacts are expected from construction of the Khayali Bypass SP.

6.3.2 Cut, fill and waste disposal 95. Disposal of surplus materials must also be negotiated through local authority approvals prior to the commencement of construction. The Subproject work should not involve any significant cutting and filling but minor excavations (down to 4m) and piling may be required to create the foundations for the new transformers and for some towers (if required). It is envisaged (depending on the mode of contract) that the surface under the towers will need to be scrabbled to remove unstable materials, or to stockpile topsoil. 96. Mitigation measures must focus on the minimization of impacts. In order to allow the proper functioning of the settlement sites (access to villages) during construction it is recommended that consideration be given to erect temporary hoardings immediately adjacent to the nearest houses and shops if they are within 15m of the power distribution line tower construction. 97. If surplus materials arise from the removal of the existing surfaces from specific areas, these should be used elsewhere on the subproject before additional soil, rock, gravel or sand is brought in. The use of immediately available material will generally minimize the need for additional rock based materials extraction from outside. 98. The subproject detailed designers have so far estimated that no substantial additional materials will be required subject to confirmation at the detailed design stage. 99. At this stage no areas require removal of woodland. However if specimen trees of religious plantations are affected the owners should be given the resources and opportunity to reinstate the woodland long term and a plantation compensation plan should be drawn up to replant the woodland/trees. In the event that the land is not suitable for plantation then other areas should be identified to replace the cut trees and sufficient areas should be identified to allow plantation of trees at a rate of say 3:1. The replacement ratio should allow for a high mortality rate among the newly planted trees in the dry environment or otherwise as based on advice from the forest authority. 100. Contractual clauses should be included to require each contractor to produce a materials management plan (one month before construction commences) to identify all sources of cement and aggregates and to balance cut and fill. The plan should clearly state the methods to be employed prior to and during the extraction of materials and all the mitigation measures to be employed to mitigate nuisances to local residents. Financial compensation shall not be allowed as mitigation for environmental impacts or environmental nuisance. Mitigation measures shall seek to control the impacts at source in the first place. The engineer shall be responsible to update the subproject cut and fill estimates and create Materials Master Plan to facilitate materials exchange between the different contract areas along the power line and sub-contractors on the power line and to provide an overall balance

Page 20 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line Environmental Impact Assessment

for materials and minimize impacts on local resources.

6.3.3 Trees, Ecology and Protected Areas 101. There are no Reserved or Protected Forests or trees near the DGS site or TXL alignment. But there is no tree on the 66kV DGS. The proposed line will require the installation of 58 towers. In addition to crop loss, 17 private trees also fall within the 30 meter wide corridor of transmission line. All the 17 trees are wood tree and none of the fruit tree will be affected by the transmission line. Of these 17 trees 13 trees will be affected by the transmission line and 0nly four trees will be affected by the tower construction. All these trees will need to be removed for the construction of the line. As shown in Table 3.7 some eight AHs will lose 17 trees. All affected trees are scattered and mostly located along the field boundaries. There are no plantations, orchards of fruit trees affected by this subproject. Compensation for the affected trees will be paid for once on their initial removal. 102. If for some unforeseen reason or change of alignment, any trees with religious significance or other trees need to be removed, written permission should be obtained from the forest authority and the owner after written justification by GEPCO. Trees shall be planted to replace the lost trees with three trees planted to replace every cut tree (3:1) or more as agreed with the authority. 103. A requirement shall be inserted in the contracts that no trees are to be cut on the Khayali Bypass DGS site or outside, without the written permission from the supervising consultant who may permit the removal of trees if unavoidable on safety /technical /engineering grounds after written justification by GEPCO and to the satisfaction of the forest authority and the owner.

6.3.4 Hydrology, Sedimentation, Soil Erosion 104. The drainage streams en-route of the subproject should not be impeded by the works. The scale of the works does not warrant hydrological monitoring.

6.3.5 Air Pollution from earthworks and transport 105. The material (cement, sand and aggregate) requirement of a typical 132 kV sub station (about 150 cu m) and a 132 kV transmission tower (4.8 cu m, or 40 bags of cement per tower) are not large. In transmission line construction sand and aggregate are delivered directly to the tower location from the quarry / source, there is no intermediate or bulk storage of these materials .Similarly construction materials for the sub station are stored within the sub station site are scheduled as per the work progress (which is staggered as the buildings which require bulk of the construction materials are built in phases over 6 to 12 months period), which means that at any given point in time the amount of construction material stored is not significant .The quantities of construction material required for a typical sub station or transmission tower are not so larger that they potentially represent a traffic hazard, these requirements are time dispersed in case of sub stations and time and space dispersed in case of transmission lines . The contractor will be, however, required to provide a traffic management plan before commencement of work at site. Field observations indicate that ambient air quality is generally acceptable and that emissions from traffic and other powered mechanical equipment in the area are rapidly dispersed. There will be a few items of powered mechanical equipment to be used in the construction of the distribution line works that may give rise gaseous emissions. However these should be well dissipated. The major sources of complaint will likely be any necessary earthworks and local soil compaction. 106. Earthworks will contribute to increasing dust, and the foundation earthworks for the transformers and the line poles will generate dust and the following mitigation measures are needed: 107. Dust suppression facilities (water sprayers / hosepipe) shall be available where earth and

Page 21 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line Environmental Impact Assessment

cement works are required. 108. Areas of construction (especially where the works are within 50m of the SRs) shall be maintained damp by watering the construction area. 109. Construction materials (sand, gravel, and rocks) and spoil materials will be transported trucks covered with tarpaulins. 110. Storage piles will be at least 30m downwind of the nearest human settlements. 111. All vehicles (e.g., trucks, equipment, and other vehicles that support construction works) shall be well maintained and not emit dark, smoky or other emissions in excess of the limits described in the NEQS. 112. The need for large stockpiles should be minimized by careful planning of the supply of materials from controlled sources. Stockpiles should not be located within 50m of schools, hospitals or other public amenities such as wells and pumps and should be covered with tarpaulins when not in use and at the end of the working day to enclose dust.

6.3.6 Noise, Vibration and Blasting 113. It is anticipated that powered mechanical equipment and some local labor with hand tool methods will be used to construct the subproject works. No blasting is anticipated. Powered mechanical equipment can generate significant noise and vibration. The cumulative effects from several machines can be significant. To minimize such impacts, the contractor for subproject should be requested by the construction supervision consultants (engineer) to provide evidence and certification that all equipment to be used for construction is fitted with the necessary air pollution and noise dampening devices to meet EPA requirements. 114. A criterion of 70dB (A) Leq (exterior, boundary of DGS) has been used for assessment in previous EIA studies. Any noisy equipment should be located within DGS as far from SRs as possible to prevent nuisances to dwellings and other structures from operation. 115. Noise from construction of the power distribution lines and improvements to substations is not covered under any regulations however in order to keep in line with best international practice it is recommended that no construction should be allowed during nighttime (9 PM to 6 AM) and 70dB(A)Leq should be the criterion at other times during the day measured at the boundaries of land from which construction noise is emitted. A criterion of 70 dB(A)Leq (exterior, boundary of DGS) has been used for assessment in previous EIA studies. Any noisy equipment should be located within DGS or as far from SRs as possible to prevent nuisances to dwellings and other structures from operation. 116. Vibration from construction of piles to support pads may be required for some tower construction and may be a significant impact but this should be short duration. Where vibration could be come a major consideration (within say 100m of schools, religious premises, hospitals or residences) a building condition survey should take place prior to construction. The physical effect of piling should be assessed prior to construction and measures should be discussed with the local population as well as timing of the works to serve as a vehicle for further public consultation at the implementation stage and to assist in public relations. At nearby schools, the contractor shall discuss with the school principals the agreed time for operating these machines and completely avoid machine use near schools during examination times, if such a need arises.

6.3.7 Sanitation, Solid Waste Disposal and Communicable Diseases 117. The main issues of concern are uncontrolled or unmanaged disposal of solid and liquid wastes into watercourses and natural drains, improper disposal of storm water and black water and open defecation by construction workers. 118. In order to maintain proper sanitation around construction sites, access to the nearby DGS lavatories should be allowed or provision of temporary toilets should be made.

Page 22 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line Environmental Impact Assessment

Construction worker camps will not be necessary, based on the scale of the works needed. If for some unforeseen reason a larger workforce is needed any construction camp should not be located in settlement areas or near sensitive water resources and portable lavatories or at least pit latrines should be provided. 119. Wherever water is allowed to accumulate, in temporary drainage facilities, due to improper storm water management, or improper disposal of wastewater generated from the site, it can offer a breeding site for mosquitoes and other insects. Vectors such as mosquitoes may be encountered if open water is allowed to accumulate at the Khayali Bypass SP site. Temporary and permanent drainage facilities should therefore be designed to facilitate the rapid removal of surface water from all areas and prevent the accumulation of surface water ponds.

6.4 Potential Environmental Impacts in Operation

6.4.1 Air pollution and Noise from the enhanced operations 120. The subproject works will extend the power distribution lines but no houses, mosques or schools will be close to the new DGS in the operational phase. Nevertheless some houses, a school and a hostel are close to the DGS. The DGS will be constructed at acquired land, which is used at present for cultivation in the locality on Daska Road, and the extended level of operation of the facility is not likely to cause any appreciable increase in the noise level already generated by the existing equipment. However, it is recommended that an acoustical check be made on the detailed design to determine of any noise barriers are required. There should be no source of atmospheric pollution from the subproject. In the operational phase any nearby industrial facilities with fuel powered mechanical equipment will be the main polluters. All such emissions will be very well dissipated in the open terrain and there will be no cumulative effect from the subproject. 121. Noise impacts from the operation of the DGS equipment should be reviewed at the detailed design stage. There are no national noise standards in Pakistan for power distribution noise emissions that would apply in the operational stages. A criterion of 70Db (A) Leq (exterior, boundary of DGS) has been used for assessment in previous EIA studies. It is recommended that a check be made on the likely acoustical performance based on makers specifications of the installed equipment at the detained design stage.

6.4.2 Pollution from oily run-off, fuel spills and dangerous goods 122. No significant impacts from oily residues such as transformer oil and lubricants are expected to arise in this subproject. However control measures will be needed for oily residues such as transformer oil and lubricants in the case of accidental or unexpected release. Transformer oil is supplied in drums from an imported source and tap tanks are topped up as necessary on site. There are facilities in some subproject DGS maintenance yards for recycling (dehydrating) oil from breakers. However the areas upon which these recycling facilities are located have no dedicated drainage which can capture run-off. Oily residues and fuel and any contaminated soil residues should be captured at source and refueling and maintenance should take place in dedicated areas away from surface water resources. Contaminated residues and waste oily residues should be disposed at a site agreed with the local authority. No significant impacts from oily residues such as transformer oil and lubricants are expected to arise in this subproject. However control measures will be needed for oily residues such as transformer oil and lubricants in the case of accidental or unexpected release. Transformer oil is supplied in drums from an imported source and tap tanks are topped up as necessary on site. There are facilities in some subproject DGS maintenance yards for recycling (dehydrating) oil from breakers. However the areas upon which these recycling facilities are located have no dedicated drainage which can capture run-off. Oily residues and fuel and any contaminated soil residues should be captured at source by installing bunds (Appendix 6) and refueling and maintenance should take place in dedicated areas away from surface water resources. Contaminated residues and waste oily

Page 23 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line Environmental Impact Assessment

residues should be disposed at a site agreed with the local authority. DISCOs are served by the Technical Services Group (TSG), TSG prepare a detailed routine maintenance schedule for each piece of hardware. TSG also supervise and monitors the implementation of this schedule by Grid System Operation (GSO). Transformer oil has a long life (typically over 15 years, which depends upon the level of load the transformer serves). Oil spills are very rare and are preempted by routine maintenance. TSG and GSO have a written down procedure to deal with oil spills. TSG ensure that the maintenance schedule of each piece of hardware is adhered to DISCOs have also established a safety unit, which among other tasks, investigates all accidents .Frequency of accidents, on average is about 1 per DISCO per year (based on last 4 years record), about 60 % of these are non-fatal. Most accidents occur due to staff and supervision negligence .Detailed report of each accident is prepared.

6.5 Enhancement

123. Environmental enhancements are not a major consideration within the Khayali Bypass subproject site. However it is noted that it is common practice at many such sites to create some local hard and soft landscaping and successful planting of fruit trees and shrubs has been accomplished in many sites. This practice should be encouraged as far as practicable. Other opportunities for enhancements can be assessed prior to construction and proposed enhancements should be discussed with the local population to serve as a vehicle for further public consultation at the implementation stage and to assist in public relations. Trees [if any] removed for construction purposes should be replaced as compensation in line with best practice at ratio of three replaced for one removed however additional trees should be planted as enhancements where there is space in the DGS and along the TXL.

Page 24 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line Environmental Impact Assessment

7. INSTITUTIONAL REQUIREMENTS & ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

124. In this section, the mitigation measures that are required for the Khayali Bypass SP Tranche 2 subproject, to reduce residual impact to acceptable levels and achieve the expected outcomes of the project, are discussed. The Environmental Management Plan is based on the type, extent and duration of the identified environmental impacts for the Khayali Bypass SP Tranche 2 subproject. The EMP has been prepared following best practice and by reference to the ADB Environmental Assessment Guidelines 2003. 125. It is important that the recommendations and mitigation measures are carried out according to the spirit of the environmental assessment process and in line with the guidelines. The EMP matrix is presented as Attachment 3. The impact prediction (Section 4) has played a vital role in reconfirming typical mitigation measures and in identifying any different approaches based on the feasibility and detailed design assumptions and any alternatives available at this stage. 126. Prior to implementation and construction of the subprojects the EMP shall be amended and reviewed by the GEPCO in due course after detailed designs are complete. Such a review shall be based on reconfirmation and additional information on the assumptions made at this feasibility stage on positioning, alignment, location scale and expected operating conditions of the subprojects. For example, in this case if there are any additional transmission lines or extension of the substation boundaries to be included, the designs may be amended and then the performance and evaluation schedules to be implemented during project construction and operation can be updated and costs estimates can be revised. The EIA and EMP should than be revised on a subproject by subproject basis. 127. The EIA and EMP plan must be reviewed by the project management and approved by the PEPA before any construction activity is initiated. This is also an ADB requirement in order to take account of any sub-sequent changes and fine tuning of the proposals. It is recommended that, before the works contract is worked out in detail and before pre- qualification of contractors, a full extent of the environmental requirements of the project (IEE/ EIA and EMP) are included in the bidding documents. Professional experience indicates that past environmental performance of contractors and their awareness of environmentally responsible procurement should also be used as indicator criteria for the prequalification of contractors. 128. In order to facilitate the implementation of the EMP, during the preparation for the construction phase the GEPCO must prepare the future contractors to co-operate with all stakeholders in the mitigation of impacts. Furthermore the contractor must be primed through the contract documentation and ready to implement all the mitigation measures. GEPCO will need to engage at least one trained environmental management staff and the staff should audit the effectiveness and review mitigation measures as the subprojects are rolled out. The effective implementation of the EMP will be audited as part of the mid term review of loan conditions and the executing agency must prepare for this at the inception stage. 129. The details of EMP given in the Attachment 3 are for the mentioned subproject. The EMP matrix will have much in common for many other future (Trance 2) substation and line projects that have a similar scale of works and types of location but will be different for more complicated substation and line projects that involve impacts to land outside the existing substations and for lines traversing more sensitive land. In all cases separate dedicated EIAs must be prepared. 130. The impacts have been classified into those relevant to the design/preparation stage, construction stage and operation and maintenance stage. The matrix provides details of the mitigation measures recommended for each of the identified impacts, time span of the implementation of mitigation measures, an analysis of the associated costs and the responsibility of the institution. The institutional responsibility has been specified for the

Page 25 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line Environmental Impact Assessment

purpose of the implementation and the supervision. The matrix is supplemented with a monitoring plan (Attachment 4) for the performance indicators. An estimation of the associated costs for the monitoring is given with the plan. The EMP has been prepared following best practice and the ADB environmental assessment guidelines 2003. 131. Prior to the implementation of subproject, the GEPCO needs to comply with several environmental requirements, such as submitting and IEE/ EIA to PEPA and obtaining PEPA clearance (“No Objection Certificate” compiling acceptable EMP and Clearance Certificate) under PEPAct (guidelines and regulations 2000) and any other permissions required from other authorities. GEPCO will also need to confirm that contractors and their suppliers have complied with all statutory requirements and have appropriate and valid licenses and permits for all powered mechanical equipment and to operate in line with local authority conditions. 132. The EMP (Attachment 3) was prepared taking into account the limited capacity of GEPCO to conduct environmental assessments of the subprojects. GEPCO has yet to engage any graduate staff with field experience. However an environmental manager will be required. It is envisaged that experience in this field should therefore develop in the near future. However it is also strongly recommended that for subprojects in future Tranches that the GEPCO be prepared to engage more support where necessary (e.g. senior environmental specialist with at least 3 years experience in environmental management one years site experience in environmental monitoring and auditing) to guide the subsequent formal assessment and submission process under the PEPAct and monitor compliance with the EMP. As of August 2007, the GEPCO has demonstrated only limited commitment to developing in-house environmental and social capability. 133. The appointed environmental manager has to have a good level of awareness and will be responsible for addressing environmental concerns for subprojects potentially involving hundreds kilometers of distribution lines and DGS. Whereas some of their work may in future be delegated to consultants they will need more training and resources if they are effectively provide quality control and oversight for the EMP implementation. They will require robust support from senior management staff members and the management consultant if they are to address all environmental concerns for the subprojects effectively. Specific areas for immediate attention are in EMP auditing, environmentally responsible procurement, air, water and noise pollution management and ecological impact mitigation. It is recommended that an environmental specialist consultant with 10 years experience be made available to all the DISCOS to cover these aspects full time for at least the first six months of the PDEMFF project and that on a call off basis with local support those services are retained for the life of the PDEMFF loan. The newly appointed graduate environmental manager can then shadow the environmental specialist to improve awareness and hopefully provide independent quality control and oversight for the EMP implementation for the first 12 months. 134. In order to achieve good compliance with environmental assessment principles the graduate environmental manager for the project implementation team must be actively involved prior to the outset of the implementation design stage to ensure compliance with the statutory obligations under the PEPAct. It is also recommended that GEPCO Board allow direct reporting to Board level from the in-house Environmental and Social Unit (ESU). If the ESU requires resources for larger subprojects then environmental specialist consultants could be appointed through the project implementation unit to address all environmental aspects in the detailed design. It is recommended that the project management unit (PMU) should liaise directly with the ESU to address all environmental aspects in the detailed design and contracting stages. The graduate environmental manager will cover the implementation of environmental mitigation measures in the project packages. 135. Overall implementation of the EMP will become GEPCO‟s responsibility. GEPCO and other parties to be involved in implementing the EMP are as follows: 136. Contractors: responsible for carrying out the contractual obligations, implementing all EMP measures required to mitigate environmental impacts during construction; 137. The GEPCO Board of Directors will be responsible to ensure that sufficient timely

Page 26 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line Environmental Impact Assessment

resources are allocated to process the environmental assessments and to monitor implementation of all construction and operational mitigation measures required to mitigate environmental impacts, and 138. Other government agencies such as the regional PEPA and state pollution authorities, Department of Forests, Department of Wildlife Services, who will be responsible for monitoring the implementation of environmental conditions and compliance with statutory requirements in their respective areas and local land use groups at the local levels. 139. Considering that other government agencies that need to be involved in implementing the EMP, training or harmonization workshops should be conducted for all ESUs in all DISCOS every six months or twice each year, for the first 2 years (and annually thereafter) to share the monitoring report on the implementation of the EMP in each DISCO and to share lessons learned in the implementation and to achieve a consistent approach decide on remedial actions, if unexpected environmental impacts occur. 140. The monitoring plan (Attachment 4) was designed based on the project cycle. During the preconstruction period, the monitoring activities will focus on (i) checking the contractor‟s bidding documents, particularly to ensure that all necessary environmental requirements have been included; and (ii) checking that the contract documents‟ references to environmental mitigation measures requirements have been incorporated as part of contractor‟s assignment and making sure that any advance works are carried out in good time. Where detailed design is required (e.g. for power distribution lines and avoidance of other resources) the inclusion and checking of designs must be carried out. During the construction period, the monitoring activities will focus on ensuring that environmental mitigation measures are implemented, and some performance indicators will be monitored to record the Subprojects environmental performance and to guide any remedial action to address unexpected impacts. 141. Monitoring activities during project operation will focus on recording environmental performance and proposing remedial actions to address unexpected impacts. The potential to use local community groups contacts for monitoring should be explored as part of the activities in setting up the Environmental and Social Unit which should have regular meetings with the NGOs as a matter of good practice and to discuss matters of mutual concern. 142. At this stage, due to the modest scale of the new power distribution projects and by generally keeping to non-sensitive and non-critical areas the construction and operational impacts will be manageable. No insurmountable impacts are predicted providing that the EMP is implemented to its full extent and required in the contract documents. However experience suggests that some contractors may not be familiar with this approach or may be reluctant to carry out some measures. In order that the contractors are fully aware of the implications of the EMP and to ensure compliance, it is recommended that costing of environmental measures should be carried out separately in the tender documentation and that payment milestones are linked to environmental performance in carrying out the EMP. 143. The effective implementation of the EMP will be audited as part of the loan conditions and the executing agency must be prepared for this. In this regard the GEPCO (the IA) must be prepared to guide the design engineers and contractors on the environmental aspects.

Page 27 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line Environmental Impact Assessment

8. PUBLIC CONSULTATION AND INFORMATION DISCLOSURE

8.1 Approach to Public Consultation

144. The public consultation (PC) process with various stakeholders has been approached so as to involve public and other stakeholders from the earliest stages. Public consultation has taken place during the planning and design and viewpoints of the stakeholders have been taken into account and their concerns and suggestions for possible improvements have been included where appropriate. Much of the PC process to date has revolved around concerns for the mitigation of construction impacts and the possible side effects from the proximity of high voltage power lines and the DGS and its equipment. 145. There is also a requirement for ongoing consultation for land acquisition and resettlement (LARP) and the completion of the Resettlement Plan (RP) is documented separately. It is expected that this process will continue through all stages of the subproject in order to accommodate stakeholders' aspirations and to orient the stakeholders positively towards the project implementation and where possible to harness cooperation over access issues in order to facilitate timely completion.

8.2 Public Consultation Process

146. The public consultation process has commenced in the initial feasibility stages (prior to construction) in order to disclose the project information to the stakeholders and record feedback regarding the proposed project and preferences. The stakeholders involved in the process were the population likely to be impacted along the route of the proposed power lines; the village leaders and schoolteachers. 147. Prior to the implementation of the consultation, feedback, etc. has been carried out to support this EIA and recorded. The focus of attention has been the population near the proposed DGS that may be affected by the Subproject expansion. The level of engagement varied from the stakeholder to stakeholder with some registering no major comment but it is noted that none registered any outright opposition to subproject. 148. The disclosure of the enhancement project in advance and subsequent consultation with stakeholders has advantages in the environmental assessment and mitigation of impacts. Public consultation can also provide a conduit for the improvement of the project implementation to better serve the stakeholders. 149. The environmental assessment process under the Pakistan Environmental Protection Act only requires the disclosure to the public after the statutory EIA / the relevant EPA to be in strict adherence to the rules has accepted EIA. In this EIA the consultation process was performed to satisfy the ADB requirements. The locations of consultation and people consulted are listed in the full table of public consultation presented in Attachment 5.

8.3 Results of Public Consultation 150. The consultations identified some potential environmental and social impacts and perceptions of the affected communities. The public consultation resulted in 35 responses in March 2009 (Attachment-5). The community generally supports the construction of the DGS and said that subproject is necessary under the current local conditions, Land price must be assessed properly and honestly, Crops compensation should be fair according to the market rates, Compensation should be provided before start of work, Local norms should be honored and Construction work should be completed in time. The local poor people predominantly requested for unskilled and semi skilled jobs on priority basis with the contractors during implementation of the project. No land acquisition and resettlement is involved in this subproject. However, compensation will be paid to the concerned parties / owners of land under the towers and where the loss of some trees and for damage to crops is expected.

Page 28 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line Environmental Impact Assessment

151. On the basis of the consultations so far, it appears that the project will have no insurmountable environmental and social impacts but GEPCO will have to make sure that compensation and assistance amounts are assessed justly and that skilled and unskilled employment should be preferentially given to the affected as far as is reasonably practicable.

Page 29 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line Environmental Impact Assessment

9. CONCLUSIONS

9.1 Findings and Recommendations

152. This study was carried out at the planning stage of the project. Primary and secondary data were used to assess the environmental impacts. The potential environmental impacts were assessed in a comprehensive manner. The report has provided a picture of all potential environmental impacts associated with the Project, and recommended suitable mitigation measures. This study recommends that some further follow up studies are undertaken during project processing in order to meet the ADB requirements. 153. There are some further considerations for the planning stages such as obtaining clearance for the project under the Pakistan Environmental Protection Act (1997) but environmental impacts from the power enhancements will mostly take place during the construction stage. There are also some noise impacts and waste management issues for the operational stage that must be addressed in the detailed design and through environmentally responsible procurement. At the detailed design stage the number of and exact locations for transmission tower enhancements may change subject to detailed surveys but the impacts are likely to be broadly similar at most locations and impacts have been reviewed in the environmental impact section of this EIA report. 154. There are a number of key actions required in the detailed design phase. Prior to construction the GEPCO must receive clearance certification from the PEPA and GEPCO must complete an EMP that will be accepted by the PEPA and agreed by the contractor prior to signing the contract. The information provided in this report can form the basis of any further submission to PEPA as required in future. 155. No land acquisition, compensation and resettlement is involved. However, some trees will be compensated to the concerned parties, if needed. However, provisions may be made in LARP, based on the proposed alignments these should not be difficult tasks and can be conducted as the detailed designs are worked out and to dovetail with the existing system and minimize adverse impacts and maximize benefits. A social impact assessment and resettlement action plan (LARP) has been completed in tandem with this EIA for the whole subproject. The study has: (v) Examined and assess the overall social and poverty profile of the project area on the basis of the primary and secondary data sources and preparation of a socio-economic profile of the project districts. (vi) Prepared a social and poverty analysis, taking into account socio-economic and poverty status of the project area of influence, including the nature, extent and determinants of poverty in the project area including assessment. In addition, estimation of the likely socioeconomic and poverty reduction impacts of the project should be included. (vii) Held consultations with relevant officials from the government and other relevant officials, including consultation with affected communities to assess responses to the project and ascertain the nature and scope of local participation in project planning and implementation. (viii) Identified, analyzed and, where appropriate, quantified the potential resettlement impacts (minimal) of the proposed Project on the area and the population.

156. Baseline monitoring activities should be carried out during project detailed design stage to establish the baseline of parameters for checking during the construction stage. The monitoring schedule (Attachment 4) recommends monitoring on two occasions at the site location. The results should be integrated with the contract documentation to establish performance action thresholds, pollution limits and contingency plans for the contractor‟s performance. 157. During the commissioning phase noise monitoring should ensure that statutory requirements have been achieved. Monitoring activities during project operation will focus on

Page 30 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line Environmental Impact Assessment

periodic recording environmental performance and proposing remedial actions to address any unexpected impacts.

9.2 Summary and Conclusions

158. The construction of the new DGS SP is a feasible and sustainable option from the power transmission, engineering, environmental, and socioeconomic points of view. Implementation of the EMP is required and the environmental impacts associated with the subproject need to be properly mitigated, and the existing institutional arrangements are available. Additional human and financial resources will be required by GEPCO to complete the designs and incorporate the recommendations effectively and efficiently in the contract documents, linked to payment milestones. The proposed mitigation and management plans are practicable but require additional resources. 159. This EIA, including the EMP, should be used as a basis for an environmental compliance program and be included as an Attachment to the contract. The EMP shall be reviewed at the detailed design stage. In addition, any subsequent conditions issued by PEPA as part of the environmental clearance should also be included in the environmental compliance program. Therefore, continued monitoring of the implementation of mitigation measures, the implementation of the environmental conditions for work, environmental clearance and monitoring of the environmental impacts related to the operation of the subproject should be properly carried out and reported at least twice per year as part of the project performance report.

Page 31 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line Environmental Impact Assessment

Appendix 2: Grid Substation Lay out

Appendix - 4

Page 32 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line Environmental Impact Assessment

Appendix 3 Environmental Management Plan – Matrix July 2011-12

Resp Environmental Timing to Locations to Resp Imp Objectives Mitigation Measures recommended mon concern implement MM implement MM MM MM DESIGN STAGE 1. Social preparation completed (June 2008) . LARP etc in place IN CASE UNFORESEEN ADDITIONAL LAND IS REQUIRED Before the 2. Acquisition of lands completed to minimize the construction of To ensure that uncertainty of people. the GSS and all the adverse 3. Completed implementation of LARP and LARCs to Affected Families will the included impacts due to provide compensation and assistance to the APs. be compensated by structures, the the property 4. GEPCO to select a site that will not affect any public GEPCO through the GEPCO MC and 1. APs to be given acquisition and in property or house such that no additional land is concerned District ESU / External Social Impacts sufficient time resettlement are required.. Revenue Department LACs Monitors with mitigated 5. All the payments / entitlements are paid according and Land Acquisition compensation according to the to the Entitlement Matrix, prepared according to the Collectors. money and to LARP. LARP. resettle 6. All the impacts identified by the EIA are satisfactorily. incorporated in to the project as well as the LARP and relevant entitlements included into the Entitlement Matrix. If lines or substation GEPCO To minimize Before the 1. Hydrological flow in areas where it is sensitive, such are relocated near ESU with hydrological and commencement 2. Hydrological as water courses or bridges and culverts. water courses, the drainage of construction GEPCO Impacts 2. Design of adequate major and minor culverts culverts or bridges in Design impacts during activities/during facilities will be completed the design stage Consultan constructions. design stage reports t Ensure 1. Conduct detailed acoustic assessment for all 1. During cumulative noise residential, school, (other sensitive structures) within detailed design Noise sensitive GEPCO GEPCO impacts are 50m of DGS and line. stage. No later locations identified in ESU 3. Noise ESU with acceptable in 2. If noise at sensitive receiver exceeds the than pre- the EIA/EIA/EMP or and the design barriers construction and permissible limit, the construction activities should be qualification or as required / CSC (if consultant operational mitigated, monitored and controlled. tender approved by PEPA. any). phase. 3. If noise at sensitive receiver exceeds the negotiations.

Page 1 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line Environmental Impact Assessment

Resp Environmental Timing to Locations to Resp Imp Objectives Mitigation Measures recommended mon concern implement MM implement MM MM MM permissible limit, the design to include acoustic 2. Include mitigation (noise barrier or relocation of noisy acoustic equipment) and monitoring. specification in the contract. Ensure 1. Create waste management policy and plan to 1.Prior to adequate identify sufficient locations for, storage and reuse of detailed design disposal options GEPCO transformers and recycling of breaker oils and disposal stage no later GEPCO ESU. for all waste ESU and GEPCO of transformer oil, residually contaminated soils and than pre- Locations approved 4. Waste including EPA with ESU scrap metal “cradle to grave”. qualification or by EPA and GEPCO transformer oil, the design and disposal 2. Include in contracts for unit rates for re- tender and local waste residually consultant CSC measurement for disposal. negotiations disposal authorities. contaminated . 3. Designate disposal sites in the contract and cost 2. Include in soils, scrap unit disposal rates accordingly. contract. metal. Include During mitigation in GEPCO 1. Identify locations where drainage or irrigation designing stage Locations based on GEPCO 5. Temporary preliminary ESU and crossing RoW may be affected by works. no later than drainage or irrigation ESU drainage and designs for design 2. Include protection works in contract as a payment pre-qualification crossing RoW near and erosion control consultant erosion control milestone(s). or tender DGS. CSC and temporary . negotiations. drainage. 4. During 4. Include EMP Matrix in tender documentation tender Ensure and make contractors responsible to implement preparation. requirements mitigation measures by reference to EIA/EIA in 5. No later and contract. Noise sensitive GEPCO than pre- GEPCO recommendation 5. Include preparation of EMP review and method locations identified in ESU 6. Contract qualification ESU with s of statement WM plan, TD and EC Plan in contract the EIA/EIA/EMP or and or tender the design clauses environmental as a payment milestone(s). as required / CSC (if negotiations consultant assessment are 6. Require environmental accident checklist and a approved by PEPA. any). 6. In included in the list of controlled chemicals / substances to be bidding contracts. included in the contractor’s work method documents statement and tender documentation. as evaluation

Page 2 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line Environmental Impact Assessment

Resp Environmental Timing to Locations to Resp Imp Objectives Mitigation Measures recommended mon concern implement MM implement MM MM MM criteria. CONSTRUCTION STAGE Prepare a thorough drainage management plan to be 1. Locations of each approved by construction activity To ensure the CSC one month to be listed by the proper 1. Consideration of weather conditions when particular prior to a CSC engineer. 1.Contract implementation construction activities are undertaken. commencement 2. Special locations or of any 2. Limitations on excavation depths in use of recharge of construction are identified on the supervise 2. Hydrology requirements areas for material exploitation or spoil disposal. site by the contractor d by CSC GEPCO And Drainage mentioned in 3. Use of landscaping as an integrated component of Proper to minimize or to ESU Aspects EPA conditions construction activity as an erosion control measure. timetable disturbances. actively of approval letter 4. Minimizing the removal of vegetative cover as much prepared in 3. A list of locations supervise in relation to as possible and providing for it s restoration where consideration of irrigation channels and Hydrology of the construction sites have been cleared of such areas. with the climatic / drains to be enforce. project. conditions of compiled and the area, the included in the different contract. construction activities mentioned here to be guided.

Page 3 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line Environmental Impact Assessment

Resp Environmental Timing to Locations to Resp Imp Objectives Mitigation Measures recommended mon concern implement MM implement MM MM MM Induction course for all 1. GEPCO ESU environmental specialist to monitor site agents and To ensure that and progress all environmental statutory and above including the CSC recommended obligations. all relevant contractor and GEPCO staff / workers 2 Conduct special briefing for managers and / or on- new project All staff members in GEPCO GEPCO understand and site training for the contractors and workers on the staff before all categories. ESU, & CSC have the environmental requirement of the project. Record 2. Orientation commencement Monthly induction Contractor to capacity to attendance and achievement test for contractors site for Contractor, of work. and six month and the observe ensure the agents. and Workers refresher course as CSC and and environmental At early stages necessary until record record requirements 3. Agreement on critical areas to be considered and of construction contractor complies. details. success. and necessary mitigation measures, among all parties who for all implementation are involved in project activities. construction of mitigation employees as measures. 4. Continuous progress review and refresher sessions far as to be followed. reasonably practicable. To prevent Compile temporary drainage management plan one 1.Contract adverse water month before commencement of works. or quality impacts 1. Proper installation of temporary drainage and (GEPCO

due to erosion control before works within 50m of water ESU &

negligence and bodies. CSC to

ensure 2. Proper maintenance and management construction enforce).

unavoidable of TD and EC measures, including training of

3. Water quality impacts are operators and other workers to avoid pollution of water 1. 50m from water 2.

managed bodies by the considerate operation of construction bodies 2. Relevant Contractor

effectively. machinery and equipment. 1 month prior to locations to be has to GEPCO Ensure adverse 3. Storage of lubricants, fuels and other hydrocarbons construction. determined in the check review impacts on in self-contained dedicated enclosures >50m away detailed project water results water quality from water bodies. design. quality caused by 4. Proper disposal of solid waste from construction and report construction activities. to

Page 4 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line Environmental Impact Assessment

Resp Environmental Timing to Locations to Resp Imp Objectives Mitigation Measures recommended mon concern implement MM implement MM MM MM activities are 5. Cover the construction material and spoil stockpiles GEPCO. minimized. with a suitable material to reduce material loss and sedimentation and avoid stockpiling near to water 3. CSC bodies. supervise 6. Topsoil stripped material shall not be stored where s natural drainage will be disrupted. implement 7. Borrow sites (if required) should not be close to ation sources of drinking water. activities. CONTROL ALL DUSTY MATERIALS AT SOURCE. 1. All heavy equipment and machinery shall be fitted in full compliance with the national and local regulations.(Relevant regulations are in the Motor vehicles fitness rules and Highway Act). 1.Construction sites To minimize 2. Stockpiled soil and sand shall be slightly wetted within 100m of Contractor dust effectively before loading, particularly in windy conditions. sensitive receivers. should and avoid 3. Fuel-efficient and well-maintained haulage trucks 2. A list of locations maintain complaints due shall be employed to minimize exhaust emissions. GEPCO During all to be included in acceptabl 4. Air quality to the airborne 4. Vehicles transporting soil, sand and other ESU / construction. contract and other e standard particulate construction materials shall be covered. Limitations to CSC sensitive areas CSC to matter released speeds of such vehicles necessary. Transport through identified by the CSC supervise to the densely populated area should be avoided. along the ROW activities. atmosphere. 5. To plan to minimize the dust within the vicinity of during works. orchards and fruit farms. 6. Spraying of bare areas with water. 7. Concrete plants. to be controlled in line with statutory requirements should not be close to sensitive receptors. 1. Review requirements for piling and use of powered 1.Construction sites Contractor mechanical equipment within 100m of SRs. within 100m of should To minimize 2. Review conditions of buildings and conduct public sensitive receivers. maintain GEPCO 5. Ground ground 1 month prior to consultation with SRs to establish less sensitive time the ESU / Vibration vibrations during construction. for works involving piling and schedule works 2. A list of locations acceptabl CSC construction. accordingly. to be included in e 3. Non-percussive piling methods to be used wherever contract and other standards

Page 5 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line Environmental Impact Assessment

Resp Environmental Timing to Locations to Resp Imp Objectives Mitigation Measures recommended mon concern implement MM implement MM MM MM practicable. sensitive areas 4. Percussive piling shall be conducted in daylight identified by the CSC hours. along the ROW CSC to 5. Hammer- type percussive pile driving operations during works. supervise shall not be allowed at night time. relevant activities. 1. Review requirements for use of powered mechanical equipment within 100m of SRs. 2. Conduct public consultation with SRs to establish less sensitive time for works and schedule works Contractor accordingly. 1.Construction sites should 3. All heavy equipment and machinery shall be fitted in within 100m of maintain full compliance with the national and local regulations sensitive receivers. the and with effective silencing apparatus to minimize acceptabl To minimize noise. 2. A list of locations e GEPCO noise increases 1 month prior to 6. Noise 4. Heavy equipment shall be operated only in daylight to be included in standards ESU / during construction. hours. contract and other CSC construction. 5. Construction equipment, which generates excessive sensitive areas noise, shall be enclosed or fitted with effective identified by the CSC CSC to silencing apparatus to minimize noise. along the ROW supervise 7. Well-maintained haulage trucks will be used with during works. relevant speed controls. activities. 8. Contractor shall take adequate measures to minimize noise nuisance in the vicinity of construction sites by way of adopting available acoustic methods. Prevent adverse SCHEDULE WORKS IN SENSITIVE AREAS (e.g. 1 month prior to 1. Locations based water quality NEAR RIVERS) FOR DRY SEASON construction on history of flooding impacts due to 1. In the short-term, temporary drainage and erosion because the problems indicated negligence and control plan to be presented with tender. Temporary area can be by local authorities . GEPCO 7. Soil Erosion / Contractor ensure drainage and erosion control plan one month before subject to ESU / Surface Run-off and CSC unavoidable commencement of works to protect all areas unseasonal 2. A list of sensitive CSC impacts are susceptible to erosion. (Permanent drainage works heavy rain Plan areas during managed shall be in the final design). before and construction to be effectively. 2. Installation of TD and EC before works construction during prepared by the

Page 6 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line Environmental Impact Assessment

Resp Environmental Timing to Locations to Resp Imp Objectives Mitigation Measures recommended mon concern implement MM implement MM MM MM within 50m of water bodies. construction detail design To minimize soil 3. Clearing of green surface cover to be minimized (cut and fill, consultant in erosion due to during site preparation. land consideration with the construction 5. Meaningful water quality monitoring up and reclamation the cut and fill, land activities of downstream at any tower site during construction etc.) while reclamation, borrow towers, stringing within a river or stream bed. Rapid reporting and considering the areas etc. of conductors feedback to CSC. climatic and creation of 5. Back-fill should be compacted properly in conditions. 3. Locations of all access tracks accordance with GEPCO design standards and rivers, streams, for project graded to original contours where possible. culverts, irrigation vehicles. 6. Cut areas should be treated against flow channels, roads and acceleration while filled areas should be carefully highways. designed to avoid improper drainage. 7. Stockpiles should not be formed within such distances behind excavated or natural slopes that would reduce the stability of the slopes or cause slippage. 8. Measures shall be taken to prevent ponds of surface water and scouring of slopes. Newly eroded channels shall be backfilled and restored to natural contours. 9. Contractor should arrange to monitor and adjust working and adopt suitable measures to minimize soil erosion during the construction period. Contractor’s TD and EC plan should be endorsed and monitored by CSC after consulting with concerned. authorities. 10. Replanting trees to be done before the site is vacated and handed back to GEPCO with appropriate trees (other vegetation cover as appropriate) to ensure interception of rainwater and the deceleration of surface run-off. 8. Exploitation, To minimize (consider also for future trances if civil works) month prior to 1. List of borrow Contractor GEPCO Handling, disruption and 1. Use only EPA licensed sites for raw materials in starting of areas to be prepared and CSC ESU / Transportation contamination of order to minimize adverse environmental impacts. works. Update with tender stage to agree CSC

Page 7 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line Environmental Impact Assessment

Resp Environmental Timing to Locations to Resp Imp Objectives Mitigation Measures recommended mon concern implement MM implement MM MM MM and Storage of the 2. Measures to be taken in line with any EPA license monthly. contractors method format of Construction surroundings, conditions, recommendations and approval to be statement and reporting materials minimize and or applied to the subproject activities using the licensed updated one month avoid adverse source including: prior to construction. environ-mental (vii) Conditions that apply for selecting sites for 2. List of routes of impacts arising material exploitation. transport of out of (viii) Conditions that apply to timing and use of construction material construction roads for material transport. is to be prepared for material (ix) Conditions that apply for maintenance of the contract and exploitation, vehicles used in material transport or construction. agreed one month handling, (x) Conditions that apply for selection of sites for prior to construction. transportation material storage. 3. Map of locations of and storage by (xi) Conditions that apply for aggregate production. storage is prepared using sources (xii) Conditions that apply for handling hazardous or by the contractor. that comply with dangerous materials such as oil, lubricants and EPA license toxic chemicals. conditions 1. Waste management plan to be submitted to the One month 1.Dumping: 1.Contract CSC and approved by GEPCO ESU one month prior prior to starting A list of temporary or to starting of works. WMP shall estimate the amounts of works. stockpiling areas and 2-11. CSC and types of construction waste to be generated by Update monthly more permanent and the project. dumping areas to be GEPCO 2. Investigating whether the waste can be reused in prepared at the ESU Minimize the the project or by other interested parties without any contract stage for should impacts from the residual environmental impact. agreement supervise 9.Construction GEPCO/ disposal of 3 Identifying potential safe disposal sites close to the and take Waste Disposal CSC construction project, or those designated sites in the contract. action to waste. 4 Investigating the environmental conditions of the ensure disposal sites and recommendation of most suitable that and safest sites. contractor’ 5. Piling up of loose material should be done in One month A list of temporary s segregated areas to arrest washing out of soil. Debris prior to starting stockpiling areas and complete shall not be left where it may be carried by water to of works. more permanent relevant down stream flood plains, dams, lagoons or other Update monthly dumping areas to be activities

Page 8 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line Environmental Impact Assessment

Resp Environmental Timing to Locations to Resp Imp Objectives Mitigation Measures recommended mon concern implement MM implement MM MM MM water bodies. prepared at the according 6. Used oil and lubricants shall be recovered and contract stage for to EIA / reused or removed from the site in full compliance with agreement (in W M EIA / the national and local regulations. Plan) EMP 7. Oily wastes must not be burned. Disposal location requireme to be agreed with local authorities/ EPA. nt & 8. Waste breaker insulating oil to be recycled, NEQS. reconditioned, or reused at DISCO’s facility. 9. Machinery should be properly maintained to minimize oil spill during the construction. 10. Machinery should be maintained in a dedicated area over drip trays to avoid soil contamination from residual oil spill during maintenance. 11 Solid waste should be disposed at an approved solid waste facility and not by open burning which is illegal and contrary to good environmental practice. 1. Identify location of work camps in consultation with local authorities. The location shall be subject to approval by the GEPCO. If possible, camps shall not be located near settlements or near drinking water supply intakes. To ensure that 2. Cutting of trees shall not b permitted and removal of the operation of vegetation shall be minimized. 10. work camps 3. Water and sanitary facilities (at least pit latrines) Work Camp does not Location Map is GEPCO shall be provided for employees. Worker camp and UPDATE Once Operation and adversely affect prepared by the Contractor ESU / latrine sites to be backfilled and marked upon vacation a month Location the surrounding Contractor. CSC of the sites. (if required) environment and 4. Solid waste and sewage shall be managed residents in the according to the national and local regulations. As a area. rule, solid waste must not be dumped, buried or burned at or near the project site, but shall be disposed of to the nearest sanitary landfill or site having complied with the necessary permits of local authority permission.

Page 9 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line Environmental Impact Assessment

Resp Environmental Timing to Locations to Resp Imp Objectives Mitigation Measures recommended mon concern implement MM implement MM MM MM 5. The Contractor shall organize and maintain a waste separation, collection and transport system. 6. The Contractor shall document that all liquid and solid hazardous and non-hazardous waste are separated, collected and disposed of according to the given requirements and regulations. 7. At the conclusion of the project, all debris and waste shall be removed. All temporary structures, including office buildings, shelters and toilets shall be removed. 8 Exposed areas shall be planted with suitable vegetation. 9. GEPCO and Construction Supervising Consultant shall inspect and report that the camp has been vacated and restored to pre-project conditions. 11. Tree location and condition survey to be completed one month before tender. 12. The route for the distribution line should be selected so as to prevent the loss or damage to any orchard trees or other trees. Use of higher towers to Tree survey to be To avoid be preferred to avoid trees cutting. Route design completed one month 11. Loss of negative 13. Clearing of green surface vegetation cover for and site before tender at Trees and impacts due to construction, borrow of soil for development, cutting identification (1 relevant Locations Design Vegetation removing of trees and other important vegetation during & 2) during with a Map to be consultant GEPCO Cover of the landmark, construction should be minimized by careful design stage compiled prior to , ESU / Areas for sentinel and alignment. Written technical Justification for tree and other tender by the design Contractor CSC Towers and specimen trees felling included in tree survey. matters during consultant / GEPCO and CSC Temporary as well as green 14. At completion all debris and waste shall be construction of ESU during detailed Work-space vegetation and removed and not burned. relevant design and CSC to surface cover. 15. The contractor’s staff and Labor will be strictly activities update as necessary. directed not to damage any vegetation such as trees or bushes outside immediate work areas. Trees shall not be cut for fuel or works timber. 16. Land holders will be paid compensation for their standing trees in accordance with prevailing market

Page 10 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line Environmental Impact Assessment

Resp Environmental Timing to Locations to Resp Imp Objectives Mitigation Measures recommended mon concern implement MM implement MM MM MM rates (LARP). The land holders will be allowed to salvage the wood of the affected trees. 17. The contractor will plant three (3) suitable new trees outside the 30 meter corridor of the transmission line in lieu of one (1) tree removed. 18. Landscaping and road verges to be re-installed on completion. 19. Compensatory planting of trees/shrubs/ornamental plants (at a rate of 3:1) in line with best international practice. 20. After work completion all temporary structures, including office buildings, shelters and toilets shall be removed.

3. Providing induction safety training for all staff adequate warning signs in health and safety matters, Prior to 12.Safety and require the workers to use the provided safety Location to be To ensure safety commencement Contractor GEPCO/ Precautions for equipment. identified by the CSC of workers and during and CSC CSC the Workers with contractor. construction 4. Providing workers with skull guard or hard hat and hard toe shoes.

Minimize The most important disturbance of locations to be vehicular traffic 10. Submit temporary haul and access routes plan 13. Prior to and identified and listed. GEPCO and pedestrians one month prior to start of works. Contractor Traffic throughout the Relevant plans of the ESU / during haulage 11. Routes in vicinity of schools and hospitals to be and CSC Condition construction. Contractor on traffic CSC of construction avoided. arrangements to be materials and made available. equipment.

Page 11 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line Environmental Impact Assessment

Resp Environmental Timing to Locations to Resp Imp Objectives Mitigation Measures recommended mon concern implement MM implement MM MM MM 4. Potential for spread of vector borne and communicable diseases from Labor camps shall be To ensure avoided (worker awareness orientation and minimum Complaints of appropriate sanitation should be maintained). Contractor 15.Social impacts from public to be All subprojects all GEPCO/ 5. Complaints of the people on construction nuisance / and the Impacts construction solved as soon trenches CSC damage close to ROW to be considered and CSC Labor force on as possible responded to promptly. public health. 6. Contractor should make alternative arrangements to avoid local community impacts. Awareness training To ensure that Capacity building activities were taken by Initiate for all management 16. Institutional GEPCO officials Environmental Officer in Trance 1. Environmental preconstruction and senior staff in Strengthening are trained to Management Unit (EMU) was setup with in GEPCO GEPCO GEPCO and continue GEPCO at senior and Capacity understand and under Director Operations in Trance 1. Development ESU & ADB beyond project engineer and above Building to appreciate of strengthening plan for the EMU should be taken up completion. in PMU and related EMP with resources. units. OPERATIONAL STAGE Minimize air GEPCO GEPCO No significant Impacts Trance 1.Monitor designs and Operational all subprojects in 1. Air Quality quality impacts ESU plans for all future trenches. phase future trenches Minimize noise Operational GEPCO GEPCO 2.Noise impacts No significant Impacts Trance 1. Acoustic designs phase all subprojects in ESU checking and plan for all future trenches. future trenches

Operational GEPCO GEPCO Minimize Continue waste management arrangements in 3. Waste phase all subprojects in ESU improper waste operational phase of all subprojects and GEPCO disposal future trenches disposal activities. Operational GEPCO GEPCO 3. Employ landscaping contractor to monitor, water and Maintain survival phase all subprojects in ESU Compensatory feed replacement saplings and replace dead of trees planted future trenches tree planting specimens as necessary.

Page 12 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line Environmental Impact Assessment

Resp Environmental Timing to Locations to Resp Imp Objectives Mitigation Measures recommended mon concern implement MM implement MM MM MM Avoid landslips Operational GEPCO GEPCO 4.Land slides No significant Impacts in Trance 1. Review designs all subprojects in and loss of phase ESU and soil erosion checking and plan for all future trenches. future trenches productive land Operational GEPCO GEPCO 5. Water quality Minimize water No significant Impacts in Trance 1. Review designs phase all subprojects in ESU quality impacts checking and plan for all future trenches. future trenches

Operational GEPCO GEPCO Monitor impacts phase ESU from maintaining 6 Crops and tree clearance all subprojects in Track growth of large trees under the conductors. vegetation under future trenches transmission lines Ensure no Operational GEPCO encroachments / phase ESU construction Necessary signboards with limits of height clearances 7. Social safety under the to be placed all along the line. all subprojects in GEPCO Impacts transmission Identify and prevent any illegal encroachments under future trenches line. No violation the DGS s.. of clearance spaces. LARP = Land acquisition and resettlement plan. AP = Affected Persons. LAC = Local Authority Council. TD = Temporary drainage. EC = Erosion Control, WM = waste management, CSC = Construction supervision consultant or equivalent. DGS = Transmission line. GSS = Grid substation NEQS=National Environmental Quality Standards

Page 13 of 48 132KV Khayali Bypas

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line Environmental Impact Assessment

Page 14 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line Environmental Impact Assessment

Appendix-7 Trees and other Infrastructure affected by distribution line route K Tower TOWER DISTANCE HOUSE/ SHOPS FOOT ROAD/ CANA No. TREES TL CNG/PP MOSQUE DRAIN WC Type From-To IN METER FACTORY HOSPITAL PATH P L ROAD 1 1 2 195.00 1 ------K 2 Angle 2 3 300.00 1 ------WC 3 3 4 300.00 1 ------4 4 5 300.00 1 ------5 5 6 300.00 2 ------K Road - 6 6 7 300.00 1 ------K 7 7 8 300.00 2 ------WC 8 8 9 300.00 0 ------9 9 10 300.00 2 ------K 10 Angle 10 11 300.00 2 ------WC 11 11 12 300.00 1 11kV ------12 12 13 300.00 1 ------K Road - G 13 Angle 13 S 20.00 2 ------951 14 GS Marlas 0 ------

Page 15 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line Environmental Impact Assessment

Appendix-7 Trees affected by 30 m RoW of transmission line

Affected Wood Trees (No.) Sub Project Section Shisham Kikar Eucalyptus/ Other Total Affected From To (Sisso) (Acasia) Poplar s Trees (No.) A: Bambanwala 1 2 - 1 - - 1 2 3 - - 1 - 1 3 4 1 - - - 1 4 5 - 1 - - 1 5 6 1 - 1 - 2 6 7 - - - 1 1 7 8 2 - - - 2 8 9 - - - - - Sub-total (A): 4 2 2 1 9 B: Sohawa Nowan 8 9 - - - - - 9 10 1 - 1 - 2 10 11 - 1 - 1 2 11 12 1 - - - 1 12 13 - - 1 - 1 13 GS 2 - - - 2 Sub-total (B): 4 1 2 1 8 C: Sohawa Nowan (Grid Station) Grid Station - - - - - Sub-total (C): - - - - - TOTAL: 8 3 4 2 17 Percentage: 47.06 17.65 23.53 11.76 100.00

Page 1 of 48 Environmental Impact Assessment

Appendix 4 Monitoring Plan for Performance Indicators Environmental Performance indicator (PI) Frequency to monitor Timing to check PI Locations to Responsible to Cost of Resp PI Cost of concern implement PI implement PI Implementation supervision Supervision DESIGN and - PRECONSTRUC TION STAGE During detailed design (later Initially DISCO’S Environmental Management Action Plan monthly by Contractor to By completion of detailed All project DISCO’S, ESIC cell ESIC cell staff 1. Review of EMAP Contractor Cell / later (EMAP) is reviewed cover any unidentified design. alignment / ADB* cost Contractor cost impacts) 2. Social Impacts Inventory of losses, Property acquisition, Completed prior to Before removal of houses APs according to DISCO’S Cell staff ESIC cell staff and compensation and resettlement completed to commencement of DISCO’S Cell DISCO’S /ADB* and structures. RP & LAFC. cost cost Resettlement RP requirements. construction During detailed design by Contractor to cover any 3. Project Completion of detailed All project DISCO’S & ESIC ESIC cell staff Design changes notified access roads and alignment Contractor Contractor cost disclosure design. alignment. cell / ADB* cost changes, additional Villages. Contract follows ADB Guidelines on ERP. Method 4. Environmentally Performance bond. Deposited Statements Responsible Once, before Contract is Before Contract is DISCO’S Project Contractor cost DISCO’S ESIC cell DISCO’S Cell include resources Procurement. Contractual clauses include implementation of signed. signed. Cell. / ADB*. staff cost for mitigation (ERP) environmental mitigation measures tied to a performance bond. measures. Monthly or as required in waste management plan to identify sufficient locations for, storage and reuse of transformers and recycling of breaker oils and disposal of transformer oil, residually 1.Prior to detailed design contaminated soils and Locations Disposal options for all waste transformer oil, stage no later than pre- DISCO’S cell with scrap metal “cradle to approved by local 5. Waste disposal residually contaminated soils, scrap metal qualification or tender the design ESIC cell ESIC cell DISCO’S grave”. waste disposal agreed with DISCO’S and local authority.. negotiations consultant. 2. Include in contracts for authorities. 2. Include in contract. unit rates for re- measurement for disposal. 3. After agreement with local authority, designate disposal sites in the contract and cost unit disposal rates accordingly. 6. Noise and air Design changes included in EIA As defined in EIA During detailed design by Completion of detailed DISCO’S Cell / DISCO’S Cell quality (supplementary) & EMAP approved by (supplementary) & Contractor cost DISCO’S / /ADB* Contractor. design. Contractor staff cost mitigation in MOEST. EMAP.

- Page 2 of 220 Environmental Impact Assessment

Environmental Performance indicator (PI) Frequency to monitor Timing to check PI Locations to Responsible to Cost of Resp PI Cost of concern implement PI implement PI Implementation supervision Supervision design. Considered During detailed design by One month before locations to be as DISCO’S / and 7. Hydrological Contractor and monthly to DISCO’S Cell Temporary Drainage Management plan. commencement of identified in the Contractor Contractor cost DISCO’S Project Impacts cover any unidentified staff cost construction Detailed Drainage Cell. impacts Report. All stream and During detailed design 9. Temporary river crossings DISCO’S / and Erosion Control and Temporary Drainage updated by Contractor One month before DISCO’S Cell drainage and and where slopes Contractor. Contractor cost DISCO’S Project completed. monthly to cover any construction commences. staff cost erosion control indicate erosion Cell. unidentified impacts. will be a problem. Locations agreed During detailed design 10. Planning DISCO’S cell in Contractor DISCO’S / and Use of land agreed with surrounding residents updated by Contractor One month before DISCO’S Cell construction consultation with DISCO’S Cell Contractor cost DISCO’S Project & Villages. monthly to cover any construction commences. staff cost camps community and facilitates. Cell. unidentified impacts. the Contractor. Locations agreed During detailed design with DISCO’S cell DISCO’S / and Temporary Pedestrian and Traffic updated by Contractor One month before in consultation DISCO’S Cell 13.Traffic Condition Contractor Contractor cost DISCO’S Project Management Plan agreed. monthly to cover any construction commences. with community staff cost Cell. unidentified impacts. and the Contractor. 1. Strengthening plan agreed for DISCO’S cell. 1. Once, 1. As soon as practicable /ADB cost of 15. Institutional 2. International environment specialist (IES) 2. Once Throughout the DISCO’S Project DISCO’S Cell staff DISCO’S / and IES & support for strengthening and 2, 3, 4. No later than one project Cell. cost /ADB*. 1 month capacity building 3. Increase staffing of DISCO’S Cell. 3. Ongoing month before Contract award. US$25,000 4. Train DISCO’S Cell officials. 4. Ongoing CONSTRUCTION

STAGE All BOT staff 1. Contractor agreed to provide training to 1. Before contract is members in all DISCO’S and 1.Orientation for professional staff and workers. 1. Once signed Contractor with categories. DISCO’S to DISCO’S Cell Contractor, and 2. Special briefing and training for Contractor 2. Ongoing 2. Before construction IES assistance Contractor cost monthly induction observe and record staff cost Workers completed. 3. Ongoing areas are opened up and record details. and six month success 3. Periodic progress review sessions. 3. Every six months refresher course 1. Drainage Management plan 2. Temp. Pedestrian & Traffic Management Deliverable in final form to plan, 2. Plans to control DISCO’S cell one month 3. Erosion Control & Temp. Drainage plan One month before All of DISCO’S DISCO’S Project DISCO’S Cell environmental before construction Contractor Contractor cost 4. Materials Management plan, construction commences. alignment. Cell. staff cost impacts commences for any given 5. Waste Management plan; stretch. 6. Noise and Dust Control plan, 7. Safety Plan

- Page 3 of 220 Environmental Impact Assessment

Environmental Performance indicator (PI) Frequency to monitor Timing to check PI Locations to Responsible to Cost of Resp PI Cost of concern implement PI implement PI Implementation supervision Supervision 8. Agreed schedule of costs for environmental mitigation.{N.B. Forest Clearance and Compensatory Planting plan is prepared by DISCO’S cell} Locations to be provided with the Meaningful water quality monitoring up and During detailed design by Once (line item when detailed designs Independent downstream during construction within 100m Contractor and update to DISCO’S / DISCO’S Cell 5. Water quality opening up construction including all experienced Contractor cost of rivers. Rapid reporting and feedback by cover any unidentified DISCO’S Cell. staff cost near water bodies). bridges during laboratory. DISCO’S. impacts. construction within 100m of rivers 1. Availability of water acceptable to community. No complaints. All local water 6. Water 1. Monthly Prior to submission of ‟ DISCO’S Cell 2. Guidelines established to minimize the supply resources Contractor Contractor cost DISCO S and Resources 2. Monthly progress reports. DISCO‟S Cell staff cost water wastage during construction operations and rivers. and at worker camps. 1. Use of land agreed with surrounding 8. Spoil disposal residents & Villages. Monthly (line item when Prior to construction. All DISCO’S DISCO’S and DISCO’S Cell and construction Contractor Contractor cost 2. Waste Management Plan implemented. opening up construction). Update monthly. alignment. DISCO’S Cell staff cost waste disposal 3 No open burning Contractor should DISCO’S / Noise mitigation measures implemented in Maximum allowable Monthly (line item when All DISCO’S maintain the DISCO’S Project DISCO’S Cell 10. Noise line with guidelines for noise reduction from noise levels are Contractor cost opening up construction). alignment. accepted Cell will monitor staff cost ISO/TR11688-1:1995(E) 70dB(A)LEQ. standards sample activities. Monthly (line item when Prior to construction. All DISCO’S DISCO’S and DISCO’S Cell 11. Air quality Noise and dust control plan implemented. Contractor Contractor cost opening up construction). Update monthly. alignment. DISCO’S Cell staff cost 13..Soil Contractors workforce to instructed and train Monthly (line item when Prior to construction. All DISCO’S DISCO’S and DISCO’S Cell Contractor Contractor cost Contamination handling of chemicals opening up construction). Update monthly. alignment. DISCO’S Cell staff cost 1. Use of land agreed with surrounding 14. Work Camp residents & Villages. Monthly (line item when Prior to construction. All DISCO’S DISCO’S and DISCO’S Cell Location and Contractor Contractor cost 2. Waste Management Plan implemented. opening up construction). Update monthly. alignment. DISCO’S Cell staff cost Operation 3 No open burning (ESIC 19. Safety One month before DISCO’S / Once (update monthly as All DISCO’S cell to actively DISCO’S Cell Precautions for Safety Plan submitted construction and update Contractor. Contractor cost necessary) alignment. supervise and staff cost Workers quarterly. enforce. 1. Local labour is used and workforce 2. Local educated people for office work. 3. Complaints on construction nuisance Monthly (line item when During construction. All DISCO’S DISCO’S and DISCO’S Cell 20. Social Impacts damages close to ROW are responded to Contractor Contractor cost opening up construction). Update monthly. alignment. DISCO’S Cell staff cost promptly by the Contractor. 4. Quarterly meetings with local VILLAGE for liaison purposes to monitor complaints. 21. Enhancements Contractor has included for some Once (update monthly as One month before All DISCO’S Contractor. Contractor cost DISCO’S / DISCO’S Cell - Page 4 of 220 Environmental Impact Assessment

Environmental Performance indicator (PI) Frequency to monitor Timing to check PI Locations to Responsible to Cost of Resp PI Cost of concern implement PI implement PI Implementation supervision Supervision enhancements in detailed designs Including necessary) construction and update alignment. (DISCO’S Cell to staff cost planting of trees in addition to bioengineering quarterly. actively supervise such as in median and enforce. OPERATIONAL DISCO’S Cell

Note: LAFC = Land Acquisition Compensation Fixation Committee. DDS=Detailed design stage. Based on EIA/IEE reports to be revised at DDS, RAP, SIA and other engineering considerations may change, EIA=environmental impact Assessment. EMP=, Environmental management action plan = Environmental management plan, EPA= Environmental Protection Agency. TD = Temporary drainage. EC = Erosion control. NGO = non government organization. ADB * = ADB checks that processes have been completed and signed off by DISCO’S before moving to construction stage.

- Page 5 of 220 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line

Attachment 8: Monitoring Plan 1. DISCO‟S have established the Environmental and Social Impacts Cell (ESIC) manned by two professionals and support staff. The DISCO‟S instructional arrangement with respect to social and environmental monitoring and implementation is presented as follows:

11.1 INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENTS The institutional arrangements of planning and management of the Power Distribution Enhancement Program (or the ADB-funded Power Distribution Enhancement MFF Project) are described as follows (see also Figure overleaf):

11.2 Pakistan Electric Power Company (PEPCO)

The Project Management Unit (PMU), PEPCO is the focal organization based in Lahore responsible for the Power Distribution Enhancement Program, for keeping liaison with the Government of Pakistan and Asian Development Bank (ADB) on behalf of all the DISCOs, and taking care of disbursement of funds (including ADB loan) and technical assistance through Consultants to, and coordination of the Program planning and management activities of the DISCOs.

11.2.1 Distribution Companies (DISCOs)

The DISCOs included in the ADB-funded MFF Project (the Program) are: PESCO: Peshawar Electric Supply Company, Peshawar, NWFP; IESCO: Islamabad Electric Supply Company, Islamabad; GEPCO: Gujranwala Electric Power Company, Gujranwala, Punjab; LESCO: Lahore Electric Supply Company, Lahore, Punjab; FESCO: Faisalabad Electric Supply Company, Faisalabad, Punjab; MEPCO: Multan Electric Power Company, Multan, Punjab; QESCO: Quetta Electric Supply Company, Quetta, Baluchistan; and, HESCO: Hyderabad Electric Supply Company, Hyderabad, Sindh.

11.2.2 Technical Assistance (Consultants)

PMU, PEPCO provides technical assistance to all the eight DISCOs through the following Consultants, based in Lahore: PPTA: Project Preparation Technical Assistance was hired by PEPCO in 2007 and since then it has so far assisted the DISCOs in preparing Tranche 1 & 2 Subprojects. The PPTA Resettlement Experts have thus far assisted the DISCOs in the preparation of LARPs and DDRs for the Subprojects included in Tranches-1 and 2. PIC: Project Implementation Consultant is expected to be hired and mobilized by PEPCO by end-2009, to provide technical assistance to DISCOs in updating and implementation of the approved Subprojects. The PIC Resettlement Experts will assist the DISCOs in updating, revision and implementation of the LARP‟s and DDR‟s. EMC: External Monitoring and Evaluation Consultant is expected to be hired and mobilized by PEPCO by end-2009, to independently monitor and evaluate the implementation of approved LARPs on the Tranche 1 and 2 Subprojects of all the DISCOs, and report directly to ADB with copy to the respective DISCOs.

i Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line

Figure: Organization for LARP Planning, Implementation and Monitoring

PEPCO Project Management Unit (PMU) (Project Coordination)

Chief Executive

DISCO

Project Implementation Consultant (PIC) Chief Engineer Development PPTA (HESCO Subprojects) Consultants External LARP Monitoring Consultant (EMC) Project Director (PD, GSC) (Grid System Construction)

Project Implementation

Unit (PIU)

(Engineers & Patwaris)

Deputy Manager, ESIC Province Board (Environmental and Social of Revenue Impact Cell)

Assistant DISCO LAC Assistant Manager District LAC Manager (Social/Resettlement) (Environment)

Staff / Patwaris Field Patwaris

ii Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line

11.3 Distribution Companies (DISCOs)

37. DISCO as the implementing agency (IA) bears the overall responsibility for the preparation, implementation and financing of all tasks set out in this LARP, as well as inter-agency coordination required for the implementation of the Subprojects. As such, it takes care of the preparation/updating and implementation of the LARPs and DDRs, and internal monitoring and evaluation activities (see also Chapter 10: Monitoring and Evaluation). Institutionally, DISCO typically has three functional divisions, namely, the Planning, Projects and Grid System Construction divisions.

11.3.1 Planning Division

The Planning Division is responsible for preparation of PC-1s, for preparation of load forecasts and feeder analysis. The division is responsible for preparation of the Energy Loss Reduction (ELR) work orders. Formerly subproject preparation and keeping liaison with the Government of Pakistan and Asian Development Bank (ADB), as the donor of this MFF Project had also been the responsibility of this division. But lately the activity has been shifted to the Office of Chief Engineer Development.

11.3.2 Chief Engineer Development

The former Projects Division has now been named as the Office of Chief Engineer Development (OCED), is responsible for the overall planning, management and coordination of the approved Subprojects. The OCED is currently being assisted by the PPTA Consultants14 (including the Resettlement Experts responsible for LARP/DDR preparation), in preparing the identified Subprojects in line with the ADB Policies, and obtaining approval from the donor ADB. Its major functions include keeping regular liaison with ADB and relevant departments of the federal, provincial and district governments, preparation, updating and implementation of the LARPs and the related monitoring and evaluation activities. The OCED contains a specially created cell to take care of the safeguards related activities, namely, the Environmental and Social Impacts Cell (ESIC), headed by a Deputy Manager, and assisted by two Assistant Managers, Environment and Social, respectively. The Assistant Manager Social is responsible for the preparation/updating, implementation and internal monitoring of the Subproject LARPs, with assistance from DISCO LAC and PIC Resettlement Expert. The Scope of Work to be handled by the ESIC far exceeds the physical and professional ability and capabilities of the incumbents. To support the ESIC, to carry out its responsibilities, a Monitoring Consultant is being hired. In addition, a Project Implementation Consultant (IC)15 will also be hired who will also have social and environmental experts to assist HESCO in revising and updating the LARP as and when required, and then in implementation of the LARP. The Consultants will be provided full logistic support (including office space and field transport) by the DISCO.

11.3.3 Grid System Construction (GSC) Division

The Grid System Construction (GSC) Division is responsible for implementing the approved Subprojects, including construction/improvement of grid stations and transmission lines. This office is headed by the Project Director (GSC), and it will establish Project Implementation Units (PIUs), comprising Engineers and Patwaris, at the respective towns of each Subproject. The PD GSC has an in-house Land Acquisition Collector (LAC) to take care of the land acquisition and resettlement activities. The DISCO LAC, along with field Patwaris, in addition to implementation of the LARP activities, will provide in-field assistance to the Resettlement Experts of ESIC and PIC in

14 British Power International (BPI), a UK Based Power Consultant firm. 15 Terms of Reference for Implementation Consultant‟s Resettlement Expert are provided in Appendix 4.

iii Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line

updating, revision and internal monitoring of the LARPs. He normally works as an independent entity, but in case of local needs like price updating, grievance redress, etc., may involve the local Union Councils and other leaders at the local levels, and/or the District LACs and Province Board of Revenue for addressing broader level matters and resolving permanent Land Acquisition issues (not applicable to this Subproject). He will be provided technical assistance by the Resettlement Experts included in both ESIC and PIC teams. a. District Government

The district government have jurisdiction for land administration, valuation and acquisition. At the provincial level these functions rest on the Province Board of Revenue while at the district level they rest on the District Land Acquisition Collector (District LAC). Within LAC office the Patwari (land records clerk), carry out specific roles such as titles identification and verification required by the HESCO LAC. b. Responsibility for Internal and External Monitoring

Land acquisition and resettlement tasks under the Program will be subjected to both internal and external monitoring. Internal monitoring will be conducted by ESIC, assisted by DISCO LAC and PIC Resettlement Expert. The external monitoring responsibilities will be assigned to an External Monitoring Consultant (EMC) to be engaged by PMU, PEPCO according to the Terms of Reference (TOR) that have been approved by ADB. Terms of Reference of the monitoring consultants (MC) as follows: Environmental Monitoring 39. An environment evaluation expert(s) for a period of four (4) person-month (on as and when required basis) who will undertake monitoring of IEEs and also other environmental issues related to design, construction and commissioning of the sub-projects according to the relevant reports already prepared and approved by DISCO‟S/ADB. The expected completion time of these projects is one years. (A) Design Phase (IX) Monitor final site selection process and final alignment selection process and its environmental compliance with EMP. (X) Review the implementation of the land acquisition plan and expropriation, including considerations concerning vulnerable groups among land-owners, farmers, and farm workers. (XI) Monitor contractor‟s detailed project design to ensure relevant environmental mitigation measures in EMP have been included. (XII) Monitor the detailed environmental guidelines for construction works, including procurement, management, works, closing operations etc in the light of IEE and EMP. (XIII) Review the management plan for mineral construction materials and waste management. (XIV) Audit detailed designs of facilities and installations to ensure standard environmental safeguards/ mitigation measures (as identified in EMP) have been included. (XV) Review landscape design plan, including compensatory planting. (XVI) Monitor the performance of environmental training and briefings for the creation of environmental awareness of project staff and DISCO‟S.

(B) Construction Phase

(III) Regular monitoring and reporting of contractor‟s compliance with contractual environmental mitigation measures in light of IEE and EMP. (IV) Monitoring of the implementation of the landscape design plan.

iv Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line

(III) Monitoring of routine maintenance of facilities and transmission line in light of mitigation measures specified in EMP. (IV) Monitoring of the implementation of the landscape design plan. 40. The MC will mainly assist the ESIC cell in the monitoring functions. DISCO‟S is also in the process of hiring management consultants, who will assist the Project Management Unit (PMU) of DISCO‟S in amongst other matters relating to the implementation of the IEE/LARP including updating of LARP s (price updating) and updating of IEE and EMPs when ever major changes are made to the approved sub projects. i. Terms of reference for Project Implementation (Management) Consultants

1. Terms of Reference (related to social and environmental aspects) of the Project Implementation (Management) Consultants are Specifically, the PMC shall ensure that:

2. ALL ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT, FRAMEWORK, AND PLANS FOR ALL THE SUBPROJECTS SHOULD BE CONDUCTED AND IMPLEMENTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ADB‟S ENVIRONMENT POLICY AND ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT GUIDELINES, AND PAKISTAN ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REGULATIONS AND GUIDELINES.

3. ALL LAND ACQUISITION, AND RESETTLEMENT FRAMEWORK AND PLAN ARE IMPLEMENTED PROMPTLY AND EFFICIENTLY ACCORDING TO ITS TERMS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE PAKISTAN LAWS, AND ADB‟S POLICY ON INVOLUNTARY RESETTLEMENT.

4. PMU WILL GUARANTEE THAT ALL SUBPROJECTS AFFECTING ETHNIC MINORITIES ARE CONSTRUCTED AND OPERATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF ADB‟S POLICY ON INDIGENOUS PEOPLES AND APPLICABLE PAKISTAN RULES AND REGULATIONS.

5. PMU WILL FOLLOW THE PRINCIPLES OF THE ADB‟S POLICY ON GENDER AND DEVELOPMENT AND USE APPROPRIATE PAKISTAN LAWS DURING EACH SUBPROJECT IMPLEMENTATION.

6. ENSURE THAT SUBPROJECT SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MITIGATION MEASURES ARE INCORPORATED INTO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.

7. SUPERVISE AND EVALUATE THE IMPLEMENTATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL MITIGATION AD MONITORING MEASURES AS SPECIFIED IN THE ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLANS (EMP).

8. UPDATE THE EMP AS NECESSARY, INCLUDING CARRYING OUT SUPPLEMENTAL ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENTS FOR ADDITIONAL SUBPROJECTS APPRAISED AFTER LOAN APPROVAL.

9. SUPERVISE SOCIAL SAFEGUARD‟S RELATED REPORTING REQUIREMENTS AND ENSURE ITS TIMELY SUBMISSION. THE REPORTING DOCUMENTS INCLUDE LARP‟S UPDATING, PROGRESS AND COMPLETION REPORTS. 10. MONITOR AND SUPERVISE RESETTLEMENT AND OTHER SOCIAL IMPACT MITIGATION ACTIVITIES, AS DEFINED IN THE APPROVED AND FINAL LARP‟S.

11. ENSURE NO CIVIL WORKS TO BE DONE UNLESS THE APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF THE LARP ARE, INCLUDING IN PARTICULAR THE TIMELY DELIVERY OF COMPENSATION TO AFFECTED FAMILIES HAVE BEEN COMPLIED WITH.

12. ESTABLISH A GRIEVANCE MECHANISM PROCEDURE FOR THE SUBPROJECTS.

13. CONDUCT AND DEVELOP INTERNAL MONITORING AND EVALUATING REPORTING SYSTEM OF THE LARPS AND EMPS IMPLEMENTATIONS. THE REPORT WILL ALSO INCLUDE ANY CHANGE IN THE IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE, PROBLEMS OR DIFFICULTIES ENCOUNTERED AND WORK TO BE CARRIED OUT IN THE NEXT PERIOD IN ACCORDANCE WITH PROCEDURES AND

v Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line

DETAILS ACCEPTABLE TO ADB. THE MONITORING REPORTS WILL BE INCLUDED IN THE QUARTERLY PROGRESS REPORT TO BE SUBMITTED TO ADB.

B PROJECT MONITORING ACTIVITIES DURING THE PROJECT CYCLE:

4. The Activities at various stages of the project cycle have been summarized in the terms of reference for consultants as presented in Table AX3.1.

Table AX3.1 Monitoring Program for Tranche 3 Monitoring Monitoring Parameter Timing Responsibility Locations DESIGN PHASE Audit project bidding documents to ensure Prior to issue of biding DISCO’S through project 1. - IEE/ EIA and EMP is included documents implementation unit. Monitor that the selection process and final Prior to DISCO’S approval DISCO’S with the assistance 2. alignment selection process and its - of contractor’s detail of and external environmental compliance with EMP alignment survey environmental consultants Monitor contractor’s detail project design to Prior to DISCO’S approval DISCO’S with the assistance 3. ensure relevant environmental mitigation - of contractor’s detail of project implementation unit measures in EMP have been included alignment survey Monitor through implementation of detail Prior to DISCO’S approval DISCO’S with the assistance environmental guidelines for construction 4. - of contractor’s detail of and external works including procurement management, design environmental consultants works and closing operation Prior to DISCO’S approval DISCO’S with the assistance Review the mineral, construction materials 5. - of contractor’s detail of and external and waste management design environmental consultants Prior to DISCO’S approval Audit detail design of facilities and DISCO’S with the assistance 6. - of contractor’s detail installation to ensure standard of project implementation unit design Table AX3.1 Monitoring Program for Tranche 3 (continued) CONSTRUCTION PHASE Monitoring Parameter Monitoring Locations Timing Responsibility 1 Observation of soil erosion Construction sites, campsites During routine monitoring PMU At wells and surface water bodies near grid station and Before mobilization Contractor/PMU construction campsites 2 Water quality Selected local wells Monthly Contractor/PMU Selected locations at nearby Monthly Contractor/PMU surface water bodies 3 Water consumption Construction sites, campsite Daily Contractor/PMU Checks for any damage to water course, 4 Construction sites During routine monitoring PMU groundwater wells Construction sites, campsites Before mobilization Contractor/PMU 5 Ambient air quality Construction sites, campsites Once every two months Contractor/PMU Construction sites, campsites During routine monitoring Contractor/PMU Checks for exhaust emissions 6 Checks for dust emissions Construction sites, campsites, During routine monitoring Contractor/PMU project roads Fortnightly or during the 7 Noise At nearby communities construction activities Contractor/PMU causing noise. Throughout the field 8 Public concerns At nearby communities PMU activities.

vi Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line

Table AX3.1 Monitoring Program for Tranche 3 (continued) OPERATIONAL PHASE Monitoring Parameter Monitoring Locations Timing Responsibility Selected sites for plantation 1 Compensatory tree planting After construction phase DISCO’S of trees Land under the transmission 2 Crops and vegetation During routine maintenance DISCO’S line Population along 3 Social safety Impacts During routine maintenance DISCO’S transmission line Complete record of sampling and analysis should be maintained and documented. PMU = Project Monitoring Unit, DISCO‟S = Distribution Companies

vii Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line

C SUMMARY OF ESTIMATED COSTS FOR EMP Table AX 3.2 Implementation for Tranche 2 US $ Pak. Rs.

Staffing, audit 1 1 person for 3 years 1,800,000 22,500 and monitoring Monitoring 2 As detailed under EMP 7,000,000 87,500 activities Mitigation As prescribed under EMP and 3 10,000,000 125,000 measures IEE Transport 1 dedicated vehicle 3 years 1,502,2504 18,780 Contingency 3% contingency 609,000 7,613

Total 20,912,250 261,443 I US$ = 80 Pak. Rupees

1 @ P.Rs. 50,000/month: 2 Laboratory charges for: testing of construction materials; water quality teats; ambient air tests; emissions measurements; and noise measurements. 3 Includes: Compensatory tree plantation under supervision of forest department; and training on counterpart staff. 4 @ P.Rs. 25000 per month rental charges and Rs. 550.0 per day fuel and operating cost

viii Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line

Appendix - 8 SUMMARY OF PUBLIC CONSULTATION Tranch-2, New Daska 132 kV Grid Station and Double Circuit Transmission Line

Issues Raised/Concerns Action Taken / Sr. Participant Proposed Participant Name Address Date expressed/ Suggestions & Proposed No. Profession Measure Requests Man Group: Phular (Bambanwala) GEPCO should pay Compensation compensation of Phular March Crop and tree compensation should be paid crops and trees fairly 25. Rana Aslam Landowner should be fair and timely adequately and (Bambanwala) 2009 and timely at least 15 timely days before civil works GEPCO should pay Compensation compensation of Phular March Crop and tree compensation should be paid crops and trees fairly 26. Rana Khalil Landowner should be fair and timely adequately and (Bambanwala) 2009 and timely at least 15 timely days before civil works GEPCO should pay Compensation compensation of Phular March Crop and tree compensation should be paid crops and trees fairly 27. Rana Khurshid Landowner should be fair and timely adequately and (Bambanwala) 2009 and timely at least 15 timely days before civil works GEPCO should pay Compensation compensation of Phular March Crop and tree compensation should be paid crops and trees fairly 28. Muhammad Imran Landowner should be fair and timely adequately and (Bambanwala) 2009 and timely at least 15 timely days before civil works GEPCO should pay Compensation compensation of Phular March Crop and tree compensation should be paid crops and trees fairly 29. Arshad Landowner should be fair and timely adequately and (Bambanwala) 2009 and timely at least 15 timely days before civil works GEPCO should pay Compensation compensation of Phular March Crop and tree compensation should be paid crops and trees fairly 30. Iftikhar Landowner should be fair and timely adequately and (Bambanwala) 2009 and timely at least 15 timely days before civil works Women Group: Phular (Bambanwala) Contractor should GEPCO should bound Phular March Safety precautions should be take safety the contractor.-to take 31. Aysha Bibi House Wife taken during construction.. (Bambanwala) 2009 precautions- safety measures Contractor should GEPCO should bound Phular March Safety precautions should be take safety the contractor.-to take 32. Ghulam Fatima House Wife taken during construction.. (Bambanwala) 2009 precautions- safety measures

i Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line

Contractor should GEPCO should bound Phular March Safety precautions should be take safety the contractor.-to take 33. Suraia House Wife taken during construction.. (Bambanwala) 2009 precautions- safety measures Phular March 34. Kiran Teacher No comments - - (Bambanwala) 2009 Load shedding in the summer Phular March is disturbing our study; she 35. Sajida Bibi Student hoped the construction of sub- - - (Bambanwala) 2009 project will improve the situation. Load shedding in the summer Phular March is disturbing our study; she 36. Um E Ruman Student hoped the construction of sub- - - (Bambanwala) 2009 project will improve the situation. Man Group: Malianwala (Bambanwala) GEPCO should pay Compensation compensation of Malianwala March Crop and tree compensation should be paid crops and trees fairly 37. Niaz Muhammad Landowner should be fair and timely adequately and (Bambanwala) 2009 and timely at least 15 timely days before civil works GEPCO should pay Compensation compensation of Malianwala March Crop and tree compensation should be paid crops and trees fairly 38. Manzoor Hussain Landowner should be fair and timely adequately and (Bambanwala) 2009 and timely at least 15 timely days before civil works GEPCO should pay Compensation compensation of Malianwala March Crop and tree compensation should be paid crops and trees fairly 39. Muhammad Ashraf Landowner should be fair and timely adequately and (Bambanwala) 2009 and timely at least 15 timely days before civil works GEPCO should pay Compensation compensation of Malianwala March Crop and tree compensation should be paid crops and trees fairly 40. Khalid Ahmad Sharecropper should be fair and timely adequately and (Bambanwala) 2009 and timely at least 15 timely days before civil works Malianwala March He expects stable supply in the 41. Abdul Waheed Business - - (Bambanwala) 2009 region with lesser complaints. Malianwala March He expects stable supply in the 42. Muhammad Sharif Shopkeeper - - (Bambanwala) 2009 region with lesser complaints.

Woman Group: Malianwala (Bambanwala) GEPCO should She requested that line Line should not Malianwala March avoid distribution 43. Kalsoo House Wife should not .pass over the pass over the (Bambanwala) 2009 lines to pass over houses. houses .. the houses.

ii Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line

GEPCO should She requested that line Line should not Malianwala March avoid distribution 44. Khalida House Wife should not .pass over the pass over the (Bambanwala) 2009 lines to pass over houses. houses .. the houses. Skilled and GEPCO should Local skilled and unskilled labor unskilled labor Malianwala March employ Skilled and should be used wherever should be 45. Najma Labor unskilled labor from (Bambanwala) 2009 possible preferred from the area the area GEPCO should She requested that line Line should not Malianwala March avoid distribution 46. Naveeda LHW should not .pass over the pass over the (Bambanwala) 2009 lines to pass over houses. houses .. the houses. Load shedding in the summer Malianwala March is disturbing our study; she 47. Asia Bibi Student hoped the construction of - - (Bambanwala) 2009 subproject will improve the situation. Man Group: Kiknanwala ( Sohawa Nowan) GEPCO should pay Compensation compensation of Kiknanwala (Sohawa March Crop and tree compensation should be paid crops and trees fairly 48. Muhammad Iqbal Cheema Landowner should be fair and timely adequately and Nowan) 2009 and timely at least 15 timely days before civil works GEPCO should pay Compensation compensation of Kiknanwala (Sohawa March Crop and tree compensation should be paid crops and trees fairly 49. Mushtaq Ahmad Landowner should be fair and timely adequately and Nowan) 2009 and timely at least 15 timely days before civil works GEPCO should pay Compensation compensation of Kiknanwala (Sohawa March Crop and tree compensation should be paid crops and trees fairly 50. Ghulam Hassan Landowner should be fair and timely adequately and Nowan) 2009 and timely at least 15 timely days before civil works GEPCO should pay Compensation compensation of Kiknanwala (Sohawa March Crop and tree compensation should be paid crops and trees fairly 51. Muhammad Buta Sharecropper should be fair and timely adequately and Nowan) 2009 and timely at least 15 timely days before civil works GEPCO should pay Compensation compensation of Kiknanwala (Sohawa March Crop and tree compensation should be paid crops and trees fairly 52. Shamas Deen Landowner should be fair and timely adequately and Nowan) 2009 and timely at least 15 timely days before civil works Compensation GEPCO should pay Kiknanwala (Sohawa March Crop and tree compensation should be paid compensation of 53. Muhammad Sadeeq Landowner should be fair and timely Nowan) 2009 adequately and crops and trees fairly iii Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line

timely and timely at least 15 days before civil works GEPCO should pay Compensation compensation of Kiknanwala (Sohawa March Crop and tree compensation should be paid crops and trees fairly 54. Muhammad Aslam Landowner should be fair and timely adequately and Nowan) 2009 and timely at least 15 timely days before civil works Woman Group: Kiknanwala ( Sohawa Nowan) Skilled and GEPCO should Local skilled and unskilled labor unskilled labor Kiknanwala (Sohawa March employ Skilled and should be used wherever should be 55. Arifa House Wife unskilled labor from Nowan) 2009 possible preferred from the area the area Frequent power failure and Kiknanwala (Sohawa March voltage fluctuation in summer 56. Sajida House Wife - .- Nowan) 2009 she hoped the subproject will improve the situation. Skilled and GEPCO should Local skilled and unskilled labor unskilled labor Kiknanwala (Sohawa March employ Skilled and should be used wherever should be 57. Bukht Bibi House Wife unskilled labor from Nowan) 2009 possible preferred from the area the area Frequent power failure and Kiknanwala (Sohawa March voltage fluctuation in summer 58. Shameem House Wife - .- Nowan) 2009 she hoped the subproject will improve the situation. Skilled and GEPCO should Local skilled and unskilled labor unskilled labor Kiknanwala (Sohawa March employ Skilled and should be used wherever should be 59. Kainat Mid Wife unskilled labor from Nowan) 2009 possible preferred from the area the area

iv Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line

Appendix 1 Photographs of the DGS Location

Picture 1: 11kV Crossing.

i Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line

Picture 2: Crops under the proposed Transmission Line.

i Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line

Picture 3: Proposed Grid Station Site.

ii Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line

Picture 4: Wheat crop and trees under the proposed line route.

i Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line

Picture 5: Proposed transmission line Route

ii Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line

Picture 6: Kacha Road Crossing

iii Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line

Appendix 9 Implementation Schedule (GEPCO) Responsibility 08 Year 2009 Year 2010 Year 2011 Primary Secondary Activity/Task N D J F M A M J J A S O N D J F M A M J J A S O N D J F M A M J J A S O Env. & Land Acquisition and Resettlement Framework GEPCO Consultant Adopted from the first tranche of MFF Indigenous People Development Framework GEPCO Consultant Adopted from the first tranche of MFF Preparation Survey & Design of Transmission Line (TL) GEPCO - Site Demarcation of Affected Lands (TL) GEPCO - Resettlement Field Survey of Transmission Line GEPCO Consultant Draft Land Acquisition and Resettlement Plan GEPCO Consultant LARP Revision (if necessary) GEPCO Consultant Disclosure of LARF & LARP on ADB Website ADB Consultant LARP Disclosure - Brochure in Urdu GEPCO Consultant

Mobilize project supervision consultant Government GEPCO LARP revision (if necessary) GEPCO SDC Information dissemination to Affected People GEPCO SDC/RS ementation Adjust compensation rates for inflation GEPCO SDC/RS Impl Submit revised LARP / Approval by EPA/ADB GEPCO Govt/ADB Award of Contracts for Civil Works GEPCO Contractor Grievance Redress Process GEPCO SDC/RS Delivery of compensation, prior to start of Works GEPCO SDC/RS Final payment of crop compensation (3 seasons) GEPCO SDC/RS Internal Monitoring of LARP Implementation GEPCO SDC/RS

Possession of land for starting works GEPCO SDC/RS Contractor mobilized to start work Contractor Consultant Commencement of Civil Works Contractor Consultant Construction External M&E of LARP implementation EMA GEPCO

iv Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line

Power Distribution Enhancement Project Loan 2178 SF-PAK

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

Godh Pur 132 KV New Grid Substation and 132 KV Double Circuit Transmission Line

Submitted to

Asian Development Bank (ADB) March, 2011 By Gujranwala Electric Power Company

Government of the Islamic Republic of Pakistan

i Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line

Table of Contents

1. INTRODUCTION 1 1.1 Overview 1 1.2 Scope of the EIA Study and Personnel 4

2. POLICY AND STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS IN PAKISTAN 5 2.1 Statutory Framework 5 2.1.1 Pakistan Environmental Protection Act, 1997 5 2.1.2 Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency Review of IEE and EIA Regulations 2000 2.1.3 National Environmental Quality Standards 6 2.1.4 Other Relevant Laws 7 2.2 Structure of Report 7

3. DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT 8 3.1 Type of Project 8 3.2 Categorization of the Project 8 3.3 Need for the Project 8 3.4 Location and Scale of Project 9 3.5 Proposed Schedule for Implementation 11 4. DESCRIPTION OF THE SUBPROJECT ENVIRONMENT 11 4.1 Project Area 12 4.1.1 General Characteristics of Project Area 12 4.1.2 Affected Administrative Units 12 4.2 Physical Resources 12 4.2.1 Topography, Geography, Geology and Soils 12 4.2.2 Climate and Hydrology 12 4.2.3 Groundwater and Water Supply 13 4.2.4 Surface water 13 4.2.5 Air Quality 13 4.2.6 Noise 4.3 Biological Resources 14 4.3.1 Wildlife, Fisheries and Aquatic Biology 14 4.3.2 Terrestrial Habitats, Forests and Protected Species 14 4.3.3 Protected areas/ National sanctuaries 15 4.4 Economic Development 15 4.4.1 Agriculture and Industries 15 4.4.2 Energy Sources 15 4.5 Social and Cultural Resources 16 4.5.1 Population Communities and Employment 16 4.5.2 Education and Literacy 16 4.5.3 Health Facilities 16

i Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line

5. Cultural Heritage and Community Structure 17

6. SCREENING POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES17 6.1 Subproject Location 17 6.1.1 Impact Assessment and Mitigation 17 6.2 General Approach to Mitigation 18 6.2.1 Cultural Heritage, Mosques, Religious Sites and Social Infrastructure 18 6.3 Potential Environmental Impacts in Construction 19 6.3.1 Encroachment, Landscape and Physical Disfiguration 19 6.3.2 Cut, fill and waste disposal 19 6.3.3 Trees, Ecology and Protected Areas 20 6.3.4 Hydrology, Sedimentation and Soil Erosion 20 6.3.5 Air Pollution from Earthworks and Transport 20 6.3.6 Noise, Vibration and Blasting 21 6.3.7 Sanitation, Solid Waste Disposal and Communicable Diseases 21 6.4 Potential Environmental Impacts in Operation 22 6.4.1 Air pollution and noise from the enhanced operations 22 6.4.2 Pollution from oily run-off, fuel spills and dangerous goods 22 6.5 Enhancement 23

7. INSTITUTIONAL REQUIREMENTS & ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 23

8. PUBLIC CONSULTATION AND INFORMATION DISCLOSURE 26 8.1 Approach to Public Consultation 26 8.2 Public Consultation Process 26 8.3 Results of Public Consultation 26

9. CONCLUSIONS 28 9.1 Findings and Recommendations 28 9.2 Summary and Conclusions 29

ii Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line

Figures and Maps Figure 1.1 Pakistan EIA Process Figure 1.2 Letter from Pakistan Federal EPA on EIA Process Figure 2.1 Jurisdiction of GEPCO Figure 2.2 Location of 132 kV Godh Pur Grid Substation

Appendices Attachment 1 Location of Godh Pur Subproject Attachment 2 Typical bunds for Transformers Attachment 3 Environmental Management Plan (matrix) Attachment 4 Monitoring Plan (matrix) Attachment 5 Summary of Public Consultation Attachment 6 Trees and other Infrastructure affected by distribution line route Attachment 7 Trees affected by 30m RoW of transmission line Attachment 8 Photographs of the DGS locations TXL Attachment 9 Implementation Schedule

iii Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line

ABBREVIATIONS ADB Asian Development Bank COI Corridor of Influence CSP Country Strategy Program DoF Department of Forests DFO Divisional Forest Officer DGL Distribution transmission line DGS Distribution grid substation DIZ Direct Impact Zone EA Environmental Assessment EARF Environment Assessment Review Framework EIA Environment Impact Assessment EMP Environmental Management Plan GDP Gross Domestic Product GOP Government of Pakistan GIS Gas Insulated Switchgear LARP Land Acquisition and Resettlement Plan GEPCO Gujranwala Electric Power Company LARP Land Acquisition and Resettlement Plan Leq equivalent sound pressure level MPL maximum permissible level NEQS National Environmental Quality Standards NGO Non Governmental Organization PC Public Consultation PEPA Punjab Environmental Protection Agency PEPAct Pakistan Environment Protection Act 1997 (as regulated and amended) PPMS Subproject Performance Monitoring System REA Rapid Environmental Assessment SIA Social Impact Assessment S-P subproject SR Sensitive Receiver TOR Terms of Reference

Rupee, PKR Unit of Pakistan Currency, $US approx R85

iv Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

1. INTRODUCTION

1.1 Overview

1. This document is the ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT for the Tranche-2 sub-project Godh Pur substation proposed by the Gujranwala Electricity Power Company (GEPCO), (Figs 1.1 and 1.2), under the Asian Development Bank (ADB) subproject, Power Distribution and Enhancement Multi-tranche Financing Facility (PDEMFF). Under ADB Guidelines, the substations and distribution lines are to be taken as one integral subproject and the guidelines require environmental assessment of all components of subprojects whether financed by ADB, governments or other co financiers.

2. Government of Pakistan (GoP) has requested ADB to provide the PDE-MFF to facilitate investments in power distribution and development of networks of eight independent distribution companies (DISCOs) that distribute power to end user consumers. The funding from ADB is expected to be released in stages (Tranches). The Power Distribution Enhancement (PDE) Investment Program is part of the GoP long term energy security strategy. The proposed ADB intervention will finance new investments in PDE and assist capacity building of sector related agencies. The investment program will cover necessary PDE development activities in secondary transmission/ distribution networks of eight DISCOs. The PDEMFF activities include extension (additional transformers) and augmentation (replacement of transformers with higher capacity) distribution line extensions, new and replacement distribution lines, additional substations, transformer protection and other non-network activities such as automatic meter reading, construction equipment and computerized accounting. New distribution lines to and from various network facilities and some of the above activities will also be included in the later trenches. The proposed PDE-MFF facility has been designed to address both investment and institutional aspects in the electrical power sector. 3. This EIA presents the results and conclusions of environmental assessment for the Godh Pur 132kV Grid substation (DGS) and 132kV double circuit transmission line subproject proposed by GEPCO, and are submitted by Pakistan Electric Power Company (PEPCO) on behalf of GEPCO. PEPCO has been nominated by Ministry of Water and Power (MOWP) to act as the Executing Agency (EA) with each DISCO being the Implementing Agency (IA) for work in its own area. PEPCO‟s role in the processing and implementation of the investment program is that of a coordinator of such activities as preparation of PC-1s and PFRs, monitoring implementation activities; that includes submission of environmental assessments for all subprojects in all trenches of the PDEMFF under ADB operating procedures. An EIA has been carried out to fulfill the requirements of ADB Guidelines (May 2003). This EIA study report is used to complete the Summary ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT (SEIA) for disclosure by ADB if necessary. 4. The environmental assessment requirements of the GoP for grid stations and power distribution subprojects are different to those of ADB. Under GoP regulations, the Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency Review of Initial Environmental Examination and Environmental Impact Assessment Regulations (2000) categorizes development subprojects into two schedules according to their potential environmental impacts. The proponents of subprojects that have reasonably foreseeable impacts are required to submit an IEE for their respective subprojects (Schedule-I). The proponents of subprojects that have more adverse environmental impacts (Schedule-II) are required to submit an Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA). Distribution lines and grid substations included under energy subprojects an IEE is required for sub transmission/ distribution lines of 11kV or less and distribution subprojects (Schedule-I). EIA is required by GoP for all subprojects involving sub transmission/ distribution lines of 11kV and above for DGS substations (Schedule-II).

Page 1 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

Page 2 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

5. Clarification has been sought from Pakistan EPA on the requirements for environmental assessment for certain energy subprojects and for sub transmission/ distribution lines. A Framework of Environmental Assessment (FEA) on power extensions and augmentation subprojects was prepared by consultants and submitted to the Pakistan EPA, after hearings with provincial EPAs. In response to the FEA submitted by NTDC to the Pakistan EPA 16 it has been clarified that all proponents must follow section 12 of the Pakistan Environmental Protection Act for all subprojects. Pakistan EPA has also assumed that all proponents will consult with the relevant provincial EPAs (PEPA) and follow their advice. In 2006 Punjab EPA requested disclosure of the scope and extent of each subproject in order that the Director General of PEPA can determine if additional land is required and the need for IEE or EIA. A review of the need for IEE/ EIA for submission to GoP is therefore required by the relevant environmental protection agency, in this case the Punjab Environmental Protection Agency.

1.2 Scope of the EIA Study and Personnel

7. The field studies were undertaken by the subproject‟s environment team with experience of environmental assessment for power subprojects in Pakistan. Mrs. Syeda Bushra Waheed conducted preliminary scoping survey, assessment activities, coordinated the field sampling analysis and were also responsible to supervise collation of information and co-ordinate the various public consultation activities. The team conducted preliminary scoping survey, assessment activities and carried out the report writing. Dr. David Green (International Environmental Consultant of BPI) provided leadership and guidance in planning the field work and in finalization of the report. The environmental team also benefited from technical support and other information on the impacts of the proposed power works provided in feasibility summaries prepared with GEPCO by expert consultants of BPI dealing with engineering, power distribution, socio-economic, re-settlement and institutional aspects.

8. A scoping and field reconnaissance was conducted on the subproject site, during which a Rapid Environmental Assessment was carried out to establish the potential impacts and categorization of subproject activities. The methodology of the EIA study was then elaborated in order to address all interests. Subsequently primary and secondary baseline environmental data was collected from possible sources, and the intensity and likely location of impacts were identified with relation to the sensitive receivers; based on the work expected to be carried out. The significance of impacts from construction of the DGS was then assessed and for those impacts requiring mitigation, measures were proposed to reduce impacts to within acceptable limits.

9. Public consultation (PC) was carried out in October 2008, in line with ADB guidelines. Under ADB requirements, the environmental assessment process must also include meaningful public consultation during the completion of the draft EIA. In this EIA, the PC process included verbal disclosure of the sub-subproject works as a vehicle for discussion. Consultations were conducted with local families and communities around and Godh Pur SP site and staff of the subproject management. The responses from correspondents have been included in Attachment 5 and summarized in Section 6 of this EIA.

16 Letter dated 29th June 2007 – Ref 2(1)2004-W/KCP-DD from Pak EPA Sajjad Hussein Talpur, Dy Director (EIA/Mont) to NTDC, Muhammad Tahir Khan, Subproject Director PPTA, NTDC, WAPDA House, Lahore.

Page 3 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

2. POLICY AND STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS IN PAKISTAN

10. Direct legislation on environmental protection is contained in several statutes, namely the Pakistan Environmental Protection Act (1997) the Forest Act (1927) the Punjab Wildlife Act (1974). In addition the Land Acquisition Act (1894) also provides powers in respect of land acquisition for public purposes. There are also several other items of legislations and regulations which have an indirect bearing on the subproject or general environmental measures.

2.1 Statutory Framework

2.1.1 Pakistan Environmental Protection Act, 1997 12. The Pakistan Environmental Protection Act, 1997 is the basic legislative tool empowering the government to frame regulations for the protection of the environment. The act is applicable to a wide range of issues and extends to air, water, soil, marine, and noise pollution, as well as to the handling of hazardous wastes. The key features of the law that have a direct bearing on the proposed subproject relate to the requirement for an Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) and Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) for development sub-projects. Section 12(1) requires that: “No proponent of a subproject shall commence construction or operation unless he has filed with the Federal Agency an Initial Environmental Examination [IEE] or, where the subproject is likely to cause an adverse environmental effects, an Environmental Impact Assessment [EIA], and has obtained from the Federal Agency approval in respect thereof.” The Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency has delegated the power of review and approval of environmental assessments to the provincial environmental protection agencies, in this case the Punjab EPA. (Fig 1.1)

2.1.2 Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency Review of IEE and EIA Regulations, 2000 13. The Pakistan Environmental Protection Act, 1997 (PEP Act) provides two types of environmental assessments: Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) and Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA). EIA‟s are carried out for subprojects that have potentially „significant‟ environmental impacts, whereas IEE‟s are conducted for relatively smaller subprojects with a relatively less significant impact. The Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency Review of IEE and EIA Regulations, 20017 (the „Regulations‟), prepared by the Pak-EPA under the powers conferred upon it by the PEP Act, categorizes subprojects for IEE and EIA. Schedules I and II, attached to the Regulations, list the subprojects that require IEE and EIA, respectively. . 14. The Regulations also provide the necessary details on the preparation, submission, and review of IEE‟s and EIAs. The following is a brief step-wise description of the approval process (see also Attachment 1):

17 The Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency Review of ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT and Environmental Impact Assessment Regulations, 2000

Page 4 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

(xxvii) A subproject is categorized as requiring an IEE or EIA using the two schedules attached to the Regulations. (xxviii) An IEE or EIA is conducted as per the requirement and following the Pak-EPA guidelines. (xxix) The IEE or EIA is submitted to the concerned provincial EPA if it is located in the provinces or the Pak-EPA if it is located in Islamabad and federally administrated areas. The Fee (depending on the cost of the subproject and the type of the report) is submitted along with the document. (xxx) The IEE/ EIA is also accompanied by an application in the format prescribed in Schedule IV of the Regulations. (xxxi) The EPA conducts a preliminary scrutiny and replies within 10 days of the submittal of a report, a) confirming completeness, or b) asking for additional information, if needed, or c) returning the report requiring additional studies, if necessary. (xxxii) The EPA is required to make every effort to complete the IEE and EIA review process within 45 and 90 days, respectively, of the issue of confirmation of completeness. (xxxiii) Then the EPA accords their approval subject to certain conditions: (xxxiv) Before commencing construction of the subproject, the proponent is required to submit an undertaking accepting the conditions. (xxxv) Before commencing operation of the subproject, the proponent is required to obtain from the EPA a written confirmation of compliance with the approval conditions and requirements of the EIA. (xxxvi) An EMP is to be submitted with a request for obtaining confirmation of compliance. (xxxvii) The EPAs are required to issue confirmation of compliance within 15 days of the receipt of request and complete documentation. (xxxviii) The IEE/ EIA approval is valid for three years from the date of accord. (xxxix) A monitoring report is to be submitted to the EPA after completion of construction, followed by annual monitoring reports during operation.

15. Distribution lines and grid substations of 11kV and above are included under energy subprojects in Schedule II, under which rules EIA is required by GoP. Initial environment examination (EIA) is required for distribution lines less than 11kV and large distribution subprojects (Schedule I). A review of the need for IEE/ EIA submission is therefore required by the relevant EPA, in this case the Punjab Environment Protection Agency (EPA) as the proposed subproject will be located in Punjab. 16. There are no formal provisions for the environmental assessment of expanding existing distribution lines and grid substations but Punjab EPA have requested disclosure of the scope and extent of each subproject in order that their Director General can determine if additional land is required and the need for statutory environmental assessment1. The details of this subproject will be forwarded to the Punjab EPA, in order to commence the local statutory environmental assessment process.

2.1.4 Other Relevant Laws 20. There are a number of other federal and provincial laws that are important in the context of

Page 5 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

environmental management. The main laws potentially affecting subprojects in this MFF are listed below. 21. The Punjab Wildlife Protection Ordinance, 1972 empowers the government to declare certain areas reserved for the protection of wildlife and control activities within in these areas. It also provides protection to endangered species of wildlife. As no activities are planned in these areas, no provision of this law is applicable to the proposed subproject. 22. The Forestry Act, 1927 empowers the government to declare certain areas reserved forest. As no reserved forest exists in the vicinity of the proposed subproject, this law will not affect to the proposed subproject. 23. The Antiquities Act of 1975 ensures the protection of Pakistan‟s cultural resources. The Act defines „antiquities‟ as ancient products of human activity, historical sites, or sites of anthropological or cultural interest, national monuments, etc. The Act is designed to protect these antiquities from destruction, theft, negligence, unlawful excavation, trade, and export. The law prohibits new construction in the proximity of a protected antiquity and empowers the Government of Pakistan to prohibit excavation in any area that may contain articles of archaeological significance. Under the Act, the subproject proponents are obligated to ensure that no activity is undertaken in the proximity of a protected antiquity, report to the Department of Archaeology, Government of Pakistan, any archaeological discovery made during the course of the subproject. 2.2 Structure of Report 24. This EIA reviews information on existing environmental attributes of the Study Area. Geological, hydrological and ecological features, air quality, noise, water quality, soils, social and economic aspects and cultural resources are included. The report predicts the probable impacts on the environment due to the proposed subproject enhancement and expansion. This EIA also proposes various environmental management measures. Details of all background environmental quality, environmental impact/ pollutant generating activities, pollution sources, predicted environmental quality and related aspects have been provided in this report. References are presented as footnotes throughout the text. Following this introduction the report follows ADB guidelines and includes: Description of the Subproject Description of Environmental and Social Conditions Assessment of Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures Environmental Monitoring Plan Public Consultation Recommendations and Conclusions

Page 6 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

3. DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT

3.1 Type of Project

25. GEPCO is providing electricity to Sialkot city and nearby towns by three grid stations. Domestic, commercial and industrial power demand of the area is increasing rapidly like all other areas of Punjab. Due to the increased power demand of the area the existing grid stations have become overloaded and insufficient, and there is need to improve the power supply of the city and surrounding towns and villages. For this purpose GEPCO is planning to construct a new 132 kV grid station named 132 kV Godh Pur Grid station at Toknanwali village. The substation will be linked to the 132kV Sahuwala Grid station by constructing a new 9.751 km long 132kV double circuit transmission line.

26. The Godh Pur 132kV DGS and transmission line subproject has been prepared by Gujranwala Electric Power Company (GEPCO) to provide additional power supply to the Sialkot City and nearby towns. This substation will be constructed at Toknanwali village adjacent to Sialkot city at air Port Road. The substation will be linked to the 132 kV Sahuwala grid station by constructing a new 9.751 km long 132kV double circuit transmission line. New line will start from Sahuwala village of District Sialkot (Punjab Province). This subproject will entirely be completed with in Sialkot District. Grid station will be constructed on 2.88 acres (1.17 ha) of land which is already acquired for the same purpose. The construction work of grid station will be done on the same land owned by GEPCO. The transmission line will pass through six villages and will temporarily affect a total of 27.19 ha of crops and 53 trees. A total of 54 households will be affected by this subproject losing agricultural land, crops and trees, with a total population of 465 (APs).

27. The new transmission line is 9.751 km long and will pass through six villages Sahuwala, Mandeer, Suknian, Jorian Khurd, Gandaray and Toknanwala located in Sialkot district (Punjab province). The first 743 meters long section of the line traverses the farmlands of Sahuwala village then 2,201 meter section will pass through Mandeer village, then 3,596 meter section will pass through Suknian village, then 1,642 meter section will pass through Jorian Khurd village, then 1,125 meter section will pass through Gandarary village and remaining 344 meter section up to grid station will pass through Toknanwala village. The transmission line will traverse private farmland for most of its length 9,064 meter (93%) and only 687 meter (7%) uncultivated private and government lands (Canal, Road, Paths and watercourses). As a result, some 51 AHs, with a total population of 441 persons (APs), will be affected by temporary disruption to land, and loss of 27.19 ha of crops and 53 wood trees.

3.2 Categorization of the Project

28. Categorization is based on the environmentally most sensitive component of a subproject. The aspects of the subproject with potential for significant environmental impacts need to be assessed in detail and this environmental assessment has therefore focused on the significant impacts possible from the construction activities of the subproject.

29. The site for the DGS, as well as the route of the proposed TXL, is located in a rural setting, with some minor settlements and other infrastructure around the site. The Godh Pur SP is categorized as a Category B sub-subproject under ADB requirements 1.3 and this EIA report is based on that assumption.

3.3 Need for the Project 30. The standards and conditions of the power distribution system in Pakistan are inadequate to meet rapidly growing demand for electrical power. This situation limits national development and economic growth. To cope with the constraints, the existing power distribution infrastructure has to be improved and upgraded. The overall contribution of power infrastructure also requires

Page 7 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

institutional arrangements and capacity that support strategic management of the sector, and planning and management of investments. Overall the proposed PDEMFF facility has been designed to address both investment and institutional aspects in the electrical power sector.

31. Power demands in the Godh Pur area of GEPCO jurisdiction (Fig 2.1) have increased rapidly, especially in summer months, So that the existing 132 kV DGS is unable to cope up with the increasing demands of the domestic, commercial and industrial sectors.

Figure 2.1: Jurisdiction map of GEPCO

3.4 Location and Scale of Project

32. This EIA has included field reconnaissance of the site and surroundings of the Godh Pur DGS and TXL. The Godh Pur DGS is located on airport road, in Mouza Tokhnanwali near Godh Pur Tehsil and District Sialkot (Figure 2.1). Substations site location is determined by a committee, comprising of professionals from: planning; design; construction; operation; and social, formations of the DISCO. The committee selects the best site based, from a number of alternatives, on the following considerations: Least cost technically and socially acceptable alternative; least social impacts; soil; and atmospheric conditions that are not likely impose a higher cost or damage the planed facilities; acceptable living conditions for staff members (health, education, water etc.); reasonable access conditions to allow movement of heavy equipment; reasonable access conditions to allow incoming and outgoing transmission lines right of way. 33. The Godh Pur subproject will involve the construction of a new DGS and 9.751 km, 132kV double circuit TXL (requiring installation of 49 towers). The proposed route appears to be environmentally feasible and technically appropriate. Figure 2.1: Location Godh Pur New Sub-Station

Page 8 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

34. This EIA has been conducted based on the assumptions available in 2008 when the preliminary designs for the TXL was completed and the overall requirements for installation of the equipment had been identified (Attachment 1). The detailed designs are currently being progressed by GEPCO. At this stage, the construction activities under the SP are expected to include the usual localized civil works such as extension of main yard, including excavation and concreting of foundations for transformers, capacitor banks, cable trays and terminal tower (within the DGS compound), erection and stringing of 9.751 km TXL requiring towers, installation of allied equipment and requisite contractor‟s labor camp. Impacts from construction of the Godh Pur SP are envisaged to be minor, since no additional land needs to be acquired for construction of the DGS and TXL.

35. Godh Pur SP will involve the construction of 132kV Godh Pur DGS, erection and stringing of 49 towers for the new TXL. The designs for the Tranche 2 (T2) subprojects will be developed under the subproject support component of the MFF. The designs for the Tranche-2 (T2) subprojects will be developed under the subproject support component of the MFF. This EIA, however, is based on detailed line route surveys (which includes alternative routes and the route which minimizes the social impacts is chosen). The line route is then submitted to the design formation which determines the line profiles and tower locations, these towers are then located on ground. The EIA is, therefore based on line design which is final (baring any unforeseen occurrence) and only is changed at implementation stage if so warranted by new developments. The line design is based on the following parameters:

Page 9 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

Permissible Conductor Clearances at 650C Clearance Sr. No.Description m

3.5 Proposed Schedule for Implementation

36. Designs of the DGS and TXL equipment layout, review of environmental management and construction processes could take several months. When the detailed designs are completed, tendering and award of contract will take place over about three to six months. The construction period will follow and best estimates indicate about eighteen months to two years. The preliminary schedule is presented in Attachment-9.

Page 10 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

4. DESCRIPTION OF THE SUBPROJECT ENVIRONMENT

4.1 Project Area

4.1.1.1 General Characteristics of Project Area 37. The Godh Pur 132kV DGS and transmission line subproject has been prepared by Gujranwala Electric Power Company (GEPCO) to provide additional power supply to the Sialkot City and nearby towns. This substation will be constructed at Toknanwali village adjacent to Sialkot city at Air Port Road. The substation will be linked to the 132kV Sahuwala grid station by constructing a new 9.751 km long 132kV double circuit transmission line. New line will start from Sahuwala village of District Sialkot (Punjab Province). This subproject will entirely be completed with in Sialkot District. Grid station will be constructed on 2.88 acres (1.17 ha) of land which is already acquired for the same purpose. This land is presently used as agriculture land with a drain (parallel to the air port road) at its access. The transmission line will pass through six villages and will temporarily affect a total of 27.19 ha of crops and 53 trees. A total of 54 (3 households) by DGS and 51 household by TXL) households will be affected by this subproject losing agricultural land, crops and trees, with a total population of 465 (APs).

38. GEPCO is providing electricity to Sialkot city and nearby towns by three grid stations. For last few years the domestic, commercial and industrial power demand of the area is increasing rapidly like all other areas of Punjab. Due to the increased power demand of the area the existing grid stations have become overloaded and insufficient, and there is need to improve the power supply of the city and surrounding towns and villages. For the purpose, GEPCO is planning to construct a new 132kV grid station named 132kV Godh Pur grid station at Toknanwali village. Toknanwali village is at airport road adjacent to the Sialkot city. For the purpose, GEPCO has already acquired 2.88 Acres of land at open market rate. The construction work of grid station will be done on the same land owned by GEPCO. The substation will be linked to the 132kV Sahuwala Grid station by constructing a new 9.751 km long 132kV double circuit transmission line.

39. Transmission Line of this subproject consists of Section-A Sahuwala (0.743m long requiring 04 towers): Section-B Mandeer (3.596 m long requiring 12 towers), Section-C Sukhnian (3.596 m long requiring 16 towers).

4.1.2 Affected Administrative Units 40. Godhpur subproject will indirectly affect six villages. DGS is located in Tukhnanwali and transmission line will affect six villages and pass through villages Sahuwala, Mandeer, Suknian, Jorian Khurd, Gandaray and Toknanwala located in Sialkot district (Punjab province). The first 743m section of the line traverses the farmlands of Sahuwala, then 2.201m section of the line traverses the lands of Mandeer, then 3.696 m section of the line traverses the lands of Sukhian, 1.642m section of the line traverses the lands of Jorian, 1.125m section of the line traverses the lands of Gandarary and the remaining 3.44m section is located in Tukhnanwali. The transmission line will traverse private farmland for most of its length 9.064 km (93%) and only 687m (7%) uncultivated Government lands (Canal, Road, Paths, water courses and GEPCO grid stations). As a result, some 51 AHs, with a total population of 441 persons (APs), will be affected by temporary disruption to land, and loss of 27.19 ha of crops and 53 trees.

41. Interviews were conducted with the public near the DGS site and TXL corridor (Attachment 5) to obtain their views on the subproject, and any perceived impacts. The nearest of these settlements include Ghoankay, Beer, Soday, Suian, Sahuwala and Pasrur city.

Page 11 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

4.2 Physical Resources

4.2.1 Topography, Geography, Geology and Soils 42. The general aspect of the district is a plain formed of alluvial deposits. The area of district is a part of Rachna Doab. The land slopes down from the uplands at the base of the Himalayas in the north to a level country towards the south. The foot hills of the Himalayas are at a short distance in the north. The general altitude is about 250m above the sea level.

43. The northern area of the district is occupied by the Bajwat, which is an island delta of the Chenab River traversed by a network of streams which take out from one branch of the river in the north and fall into another branch in the south. The northern branch is joined by Maikhani Tawi in the north-west of the Bajwat and the southern branch by the Jammu Tawi at its southeastern corner. Protective bunds have been constructed along the rivers Chenab and Tawi. The Bajwat and riverine area of the Chenab. Degh and Aik are the most distinctive features of the district.

44. It consists of alluvial plain and no rock formation has been found. Generally speaking the darker colored soil has more strength than the lighter colored ones. In a few villages in the south-east of the Godh Pur Tehsil there is an almost black Rohi soil which is very liable to crack when dry. It resembles the black rotten soil and is more fertile that the most common dark brown soil. Sandy soil is found close to the river and in the path of the Degh Nallah, Rohi soil prevails in the south of the Godh Pur and Pasrur Tehsils in the tract now irrigated from the upper Chenab canal.

4.2.2 Climate and Hydrology 45. There is no variation of altitude above sea level in the land along the alignment and the short length of the distribution line means no variation between the climate of the subproject area. The climate at Godhpur SP is typical of that of the Punjab.

46. The maximum temperature in summer reaches 40oC. In winter the minimum is 5oC. The mean maximum and minimum temperature during the month of June is about 40 and 25 respectively. The mean maximum and minimum temperature during the month of January is 19oC and 5oC respectively. The summer season starts from April and continues till October. May, June and July are the hottest months. The winter season on the other hand starts from November and continues till March. December, January and February are the coldest months.

47. The rainy season starts in July and ends in September. Average Annual rainfall is about 980 mm. More rains occur in July and August than any other months. Most of the winter rains are received in the months of March and April.

4.2.3 Groundwater and Water Supply 48. Groundwater sources exist in the area. The strata of the subproject area are water bearing and alluvial deposits, giving groundwater potential throughout the district. The water table is not seasonal and dug wells do not generally run dry. The local population is generally reliant on supply from the hand pumps in rural areas while in urban areas population using drinking water from WASA piped water supply scheme.

49. Around 27 percent of the housing units are using piped water, majority of which have the facility in their own houses. A majority (71.6 %) is using hand pumps for potable water. Just 0.7 % households are using potable water taken from open wells.

50. Irrigation from open wells is carried on throughout the district wherever water can be found except in the Bajwat, Doshhi and riverine circles where wells are hardly necessary. In the Aik and Charhari circles, constant supply of water is to be found everywhere. Irrigation from the Degh consists mainly of over spills. But in the lower reaches, lift by Jallars is some times

Page 12 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

employed. The other main source of irrigation is tube wells. There were 33,368 tube wells working in the district during 1996. About 33,291 were privately owned and only 77 related to government departments. While 29,943 are diesel and 3,425 are run by electric power. The area irrigated by tube wells is 349,000 hectares.

4.2.4 Surface Water, Rivers and Tributaries 51. The district is watered by the river Chenab which draws supplies from the Himalayas. It also receives water from the lower hills through numerous small streams. Some of these namely the Aik and the Degh, while destructive in the higher tracts, which slope rapidly to the south, are of utmost value as fertilizing agents in the southern part of the district. The Chenab breaks out from the hills 10 km to the north of the Bajwat tract and flows on into two main branches, one going south till it is joins by the Jammu Tawi, the other flowing west-wards joined the former branch at Sikka.

52. The Degh is formed by the union of two small streams which enters the Sialkot district north of Zafarwal. Just before entering Pasrur Tehsil, it divides into two small branches and flows throughout that tehsil in two branches. The action of the Degh varies with its distance from the hills. It flows swiftly in the north of Pasrur tehsil doing considerable harm. To the south of Pasrur and in Rayya it is a great fertilizing agent, the alluvial deposits are rich and widely spread.

53. The Aik also rises in the Jammu hills and enters the district about 10 km to the east of Sialkot. Its general direction is south-west and it skirts Sialkot city. In Godh Pur tehsil, the Aik rises to the level of the surrounding land, and it is very beneficial to the villages lying along its course. It brings rich silt in large quantities. But where the upper Chenab canal crosses this Nullah, water logging conditions have developed. During the rains, the supply of water in the Aik is abundant, but in winter it dries up into a small stream.

54. There are numerous marshy depressions. Locally knows as Chhapers, in the northern part of the district. These are fed by rain, surface drainage and the small streams. They are of considerable value as reservoirs for purposes of irrigation. The water is made available for irrigation by means of ducts or a simple method of lifting water from the level of the fields. It is dwindling the importance after the advent of canal irrigation.

55. Irrigation: The source of upper Chenab canal and Marala Ravi link canal is Marala head works. It is located in the north-west of the Sialkot district. Upper Chenab canal irrigates Kharif crops of Godh Pur Tehsil; Marala Ravi Link canal irrigates part of Sialkot, Pasrur and Godh Pur tehsils. Rice is cultivated in abundance in canal fed area and is of excellent quality.

56. Irrigation is largely dependent on two irrigation canals i.e. Upper Chenab Canal and Marala Ravi link canals which takes off from Chenab at Marala Head works. The upper Chenab supplies the water for irrigation in Godh Pur Tehsil and near Nandipur it enters in Gujranwala. Bambanwala Ravi Bedian link canal takes off from upper Chenab canal at Bambanwala head regulatory near Bambanwala. It flows to the south-east and leaves the Sialkot west of Badomalhi into Sheikhupura District.

4.2.5 Air Quality 57. Air quality in most of the project area appears good based on observation during the study period. Emissions should be controlled at source under the EMP. There will be a few items of powered mechanical equipment to be used in the construction of the DGS works that may give rise to complaints of dust and other emissions; however these should be minor and easily dissipated. Domestic sources of air pollution, such as emissions from wood and kerosene burning stoves as well as small diesel standby generators in some households, are minor. Although there are some industries of sports goods, surgical instruments and musical instrument but there are no other industrial pollution sources in the vicinity of the Godh pur SP. The project area is distant from major sources of air pollution like industries or urban type traffic, domestic

Page 13 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

sources such as burning of wood and kerosene stoves, etc. or fugitive sources such as burning of solid wastes. Air quality in the project area appeared very good during the study period. Air quality measurements in major urban centers, carried out by Pak-EPA, revealed that CO, SO2 and NO levels were in excess of the acceptable levels in some areas but the average levels were found below WHO standards. Air quality testing by DISCOs (average values are: TSP 1.09 mg/m3, CO 634 ppb, SO2 24.34 ppb, NO2 23.73 ppb through various consultants has reveled that most sub stations have NO2, CO2 and CO values below international standards although TSP levels at some locations was higher than international standards.

58. There should be no source of atmospheric pollution from the project. In the operational phase, the industrial facilities with fuel powered mechanical equipment will be the main polluters. All such emissions will be very well dissipated in the open terrain and there will be no cumulative effect from the project.

59. The other major source of air pollution is dust arising from construction and other ground or soil disturbance, during dry weather, and from movement of vehicles on poorly surfaced or damaged access roads. It has been observed that dust levels from vehicles may even be high enough to obscure vision significantly temporarily.

4.2.6 Noise 60. Noise from vehicles and other powered mechanical equipment is intermittent. There are also the occasional calls to prayer from the PA systems at the local mosques but there are no significant disturbances to the quiet rural setting. However the construction from the proposed power expansion will use powered mechanical equipment. Subjective observations were made of background noise and also of individual vehicle pass by events. Based on professional experience background daytime noise levels are probably well below 55dB (A) L90. DISCOs have carried out noise level measurements at various sub stations and transmission line locations within the system .These analyzed to calculate Leq values have resulted in Leq values much below the 85 dBA limit prescribed under the NEQs established by the EPA or the 75 dBA used by DISCOs/ NTDC/ PEPCO in the equipment specifications. Typical values were: average 46.21 dBA; high 63.14 dBA and low 34.35 dBA.

4.3 Biological Resources

4.3.1 Wildlife, Fisheries and Aquatic Biology 61. There are no areas of wildlife significance near the subproject area. Of wild animal life, there is very little in the district and is practically confined to the portions of the Bajwat and border on the occupied Jammu State. In these two tracts, jackal, fox, wild cat, hare, pig, neil gaey (wild cattle) and wolf are occasionally found. The kunj or common crane is found all over the district in the cold weather. Geese, both gray and barred are found along the river and the Chambhs (Marshes), when the latter are full after heavy rain. There are professional fishermen all along the Chenab and in some villages traversed by the Degh. Fishing is common in Bajwat. The important varieties are Mahasher, Malbi, Patter and Saing.

4.3.2 Terrestrial Habitats, Forests and Protected Species

Vegetation Cover and Trees 62. The subproject area, which is not dry, is dominated by urban suburbs and with various factories present in the subproject area. Common floral species with rooted vegetation are also present near most of the water bodies of the area.

63. Common vegetation found in subproject area is Dalbergia sisso, [Shisham], Poplar, Kikar (Accacia arabica) trees in the areas near the works, but natural forest cover in the district has significantly reduced in the past due to clearance for vegetation.

Page 14 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

64. However there is little vegetation in the ROW for the line (Attachment 7). Along and on the sides of the distribution line alignment, Dalbergia sisso, Acacia arabica and Eucalyptus trees have been cultivated around the periphery of cultivated fields. Amongst the trees, Eucalyptus is most common.

65. The natural vegetation is similar to those of the plains with an admixture of plants of the lower hills in the Bajwat and near the Jammu border generally. The trees commonly found in the district are Amb or mango (Mangifera indica), Lasura (Cordia myxa), Zizyphus Jujaba, Shisham or Tahli (Dalbergia sissoo), Shrin or Sirin (Albizzia lebbek), Babul or Kikar (Acacia Arabica), Phulahi (Acacia modesta), Bohar (Ficus indica), Bukain or Dhrek (Meliaazedarach), Toot (Morus maraceac), Jaman or Jamun (Engenia jambolana), Mulberry (Morus meraceac) and Pipal (Ficus relgiosa). Protected and Religious Trees 66. The area under forests in Sialkot district was 11,000 hectares during 1998. There are also planted trees along canals and roads and periphery of cultivated land. A total of 53 trees consisting of 18 Shisham, 14 Kikar, 9 Eucalyptus and Popular and 12 others are likely to be affected by the 30m ROW of the TXL corridor. The major trees grown in the forest are Shisham (Dalbergia sissoo), Kikar (Acacia arabica), Poplar and Eucalyptus. In general, permission should be sought from the local concerned department for the felling of any trees. A LARP for the Godhpur SP has been prepared which has made a provision for compensation to the concerned departments, if needed, after detailed study. The works must deal with trees that need to be lopped or removed for safety reasons with the necessary permissions.

4.3.3 Protected Areas/ National sanctuaries 67. In Pakistan there are several areas of land devoted to the preservation of biodiversity through the dedication of national parks and wildlife sanctuaries. There is no wetland, protected area or national sanctuary near the area of works and subproject area.

4.4 Economic Development

4.4.1 Agriculture and Industries 68. Cropping Pattern: The main crops in the subproject area during winter are wheat, gram and barley, and rice, sugarcane, maize and jawar during summer. The famous variety of rice basmati is cultivated in rich Rohi canal lands of Sialkot and canal irrigated areas of Godh Pur and Pasrur Tehsils.

69. Horticulture: The main fruits grown in the district are mango, orange, kinno and guava. Mostly all those fruits are grown in the district which are found in other districts of Punjab. Potato is the main crop of the district. It is supplied to other parts of the country and exported as well.

70. Industry: Sialkot city is renowned for three industries i.e. sports goods, surgical instruments and musical instruments. Besides there were 268 industries reported during 1998. These industries are engaged in manufacture of rubber goods, small hand tools and workshop equipment, locks and padlocks, domestic hardware, toys and novelties, cycle parts, electrical goods, gas lamps, spare parts, oil cookers, table and kitchen cutlery, shot and air guns, fire bricks and sanitary fittings, white wares crockery, hosiery goods, tanneries, (medium scale units only) washing soap, glue and gelatin, metal badges and buttons, boot and shoe laces, paint brushes, water pipe fittings, shovels and pick axes, hand saw machines, diesel oil engines and spare parts, centrifugal pumps (concentrated at Godh Pur only), electric cables and wires, regalia, hurricane, lanterns, barber‟s razors (concentrated at Godh Pur), agricultural implements, textile bobbins and wooden accessories.

Page 15 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

71. Transportation Sialkot district is quite developed in roads. All tehsil headquarters, major towns and villages are connected through asphalt roads. The main asphalt road runs from Sialkot to Lahore via Godh Pur-Gujranwala. Sialkot is also connected with Islamabad via Sambrial and Wazirabad. 612 mauzas have asphalt roads and 606 mauzas have un-metallic roads.

72. With the exception of tehsil headquarters Daska, all other tehsil headquarters are also connected through rail with district headquarters Sialkot. Sialkot district is also served by Wazirabad-Narowal railway line.

73. Sialkot is linked by air with other countries and parts of the country through the Sialkot International airport.

4.4.2 Energy Sources 74. More than 40 percent housing units are using wood as cooking fuel in their houses while 34 percent are using gas for their purpose. About 4 percent are using kerosene oil and 21 percent are using other sources of cooking fuel in their houses.

4.5 Social and Cultural Resources

4.5.1 Population Communities and Employment 75. The total population of Sialkot district, Sialkot Tehsil was 27,723,481 and 250,999 respectively as enumerated in March, 1998. Population of Sahuwala, Ghonke, Beer, Suian and Pasrur Circles-1 & 2 were 8881, 438, 3352, 1389, 979 and 747 respectively as given in census 1998. According to the 1998 Census, 95 percent population of the district is Muslim. The next higher percentage is of Christians (4 percent), followed by Ahmadis (less than 1 percent). While other minorities like Hindu (Jati), Scheduled castes etc. are very small in number. The proportion of population of Muslims in rural and urban areas is 95 percent. Christians are found more in urban areas than in rural areas. Punjabi is the predominant language being spoken in the district by 97 percent of the population followed by Urdu spoken by 1.5 percent, and Pushto 0.5 percent while others speak Siraiki, Sindhi, Balochi, Brahavi and Dari. Of the total economically active population 98.5 percent were registered as employed in 1998. Nearly 60 percent were self employed, 25.7 percent private employees and 14.4 percent government employees. Un-paid family helpers were recorded as 1.5 percent.

4.5.2 Education and Literacy

Literacy 76. The literacy ratio in the district has increased from 31 percent in 1981, to 59 percent in 1998. The literacy ratio for males is 65.9 percent as against 51.5 percent for females. The ratio is much higher in urban when compared with rural areas both for male and female.

77. The district has adequate educational facilities. The famous Murray College is located in Sialkot city from where Sir Allama Dr. Muhammad Iqbal the great poet and philosopher of the east passed his intermediate and bachelor degree examinations. There are 3321 educational institutions working in Sialkot district imparting education from the level of mosque / primary up to post graduate levels.

78. There are Govt. Primary Schools for girls and boys in Sawrial and Sambrial, and high schools and colleges for girls and boys in Sawrial at 7-8 km. Employees do not avail the facility of residence in the Grid colony due to non availability of school transport and Sui Gas. There are Primary, Middle and High schools for girls and boys at about 1 km, degree colleges for girls at 1km and for boys at 3 km from the GSS and many private colleges in Pasrur city. There is a Tehsil Headquarter Hospital, many private clinics and some private hospitals in Pasrur city at about 1 km from the DGS.

Page 16 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

The number of institutions, enrolment and teaching staff available are given in the Table below: EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS BY LEVEL OF EDUCATION INSTITUTION ENROLMENT TEACHING STAFF LEVEL MALE FEMALE MALE FEMALE MALE FEMALE Primary 835 1192 95000 90000 3217 2807 Middle 175 119 54000 35000 2120 1304 Secondary 129 66 97000 56000 3369 1553 Higher secondary 3 7 3560 12389 170 334 (class Xl-Xll) Intermediate and 8 5 9207 7274 265 127 degree colleges Mosque schools 782 - 20420 - 1412 - TOTAL 1932 1389 279187 200663 10553 6125 Source: Punjab Development Statistics, Bureau of Statistics Punjab, 1996-97

4.5.3 Health Facilities 79. At district headquarters Sialkot, there is a civil hospital known as Allama Iqbal Memorial Hospital, a civil Hospital for women, a Mission Hospital, a police hospital, district Jail Hospital and a combined Military Hospital in Sialkot cantonment. There is a civil hospital at each Tehsil Headquarters of the district. At Daska there is an eye hospital. There are tuberculosis clinics at Sialkot and Daska. There are also many private clinics and family hospitals in Sambrial, Rural Health Centers at 50m. Godhpur at 15 km, Wapda dispensaries in Sialkot at 10km. Doctors from Gujranwala visit this hospital 3 days a week.

Health institutions providing health facilities in the district are provided in the next Table: HEALTH INSTITUTIONS BY THEIR NUMBERS AND BEDS, 1997 INSTITUTION NUMBER BEDS Hospital 13 1072 Dispensary 37 80 Rural Health Center 8 160 Basic Health Unit 88 176 T.B. Clinic 2 - Sub Health Center 10 - M.C. Health Center 13 - Total 171 1488 Source: Punjab Development Statistics, Bureau of Statistics Punjab, 1996-97.

5. CULTURAL HERITAGE AND COMMUNITY STRUCTURE

80. There are no officially protected heritage sites or historic, religious or archaeologically important sites located in the subproject works areas. There are no major historic or archaeological features of note. There are no other mosques or other places of worship within 500 m of the TXL corridor. There are mosques at 50m from DGS Site and the closest Jamia Mosques are at about 1km.

81. The most important tribes are Jat, Arain, Rajput, Awan, Gujar, Pathan, Mughal, Qureshi, Syed, Meo, Tarkhan (carpenter), Kumhar (Potter), Kashmiri, Jallaha (weaver), Sweeper, Jhinwar, Megh and Fakir.

Page 17 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

82. There are no officially protected heritage sites or historic, religious or archaeologically important sites located in the subproject works areas. There are no major historic or archaeological features of note but there are a few places of worship within about 500m of the works.

83. The main tribes in Sialkot inhabited are Jat, Arain, Rajput, Awanj Syed, Gujjar, Mughal, Meo, Tarkhan (carpenter) Potter and Weaver.

6. SCREENING POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION

MEASURES

6.1 Sub-project Location

6.1.1 Impact Assessment and Mitigation

84. This tranche-2 subproject will involve the construction of 132kV new DGS, implying an expansion of facilities, both outside and within the proposed boundaries of the DGS on land owned by GEPCO. There are a few sensitive receivers (SR), including some houses, schools, colleges, factories, which are more than 500 m away from the DGS site, and there are no sensitive receivers close to the DGS and TXL, which could be possibly affected by certain activities of the SP works. There are some other sensitive receivers (SR). The TXL will cross roads or highway, water courses and could require the removal of trees, but there are no other sensitive receivers near the DGS site, which could be affected by the works.

85. The location and scale of the works are very important in predicting the environmental impacts. Therefore, it is essential that a proper analysis be carried out during the subproject planning period. This process of impact prediction is the core of the EIA process and it is critical that the recommendations and mitigation measures are carried out according to, and with reference to the conditions on the ground in the affected areas in the spirit of the environmental assessments process (Figures 2.1 and 2.2 shows the location of the proposed DGS). In this section the potential environmental impacts are reviewed. Where impacts are significant enough to exceed accepted environmental standards, mitigation is proposed in order to reduce residual impact to acceptable levels. In this regard, the impact prediction plays a vital role as these predictions are used for developing mitigation measures and any alternative options, if appropriate. When the detailed designs are completed the impacts and mitigation measures will need to be further reviewed to take account of how the contracts are set up and in the light of any fine tuning of the subproject proposals.

86. The environmental management plan (Section 5 and EMP matrix Attachment 3) has been reviewed based on the assessment and shall be reviewed in due course at subproject inception and through construction in order to provide a feed back on any significant unpredicted impacts. It is based on the analysis of impacts, primarily to document key environmental issues likely to arise from subproject implementation, to prescribe mitigation measures to be integrated in the subproject design, to design monitoring and evaluation schedules to be implemented during subproject construction and operation, and to estimate costs required for implementing subproject mitigation measures. The EMP must be reviewed in the subproject inception by the subproject management and approved before any construction activity is initiated, to take account of any subsequent changes and fine tuning of the proposals.

6.2 General Approach to Mitigation

87. Based on professional experience on some projects, contractors have put emphasis on the financial compensation for nuisances. This may be acceptable for some social impacts where evacuation is necessary or where houses have been accidentally damaged, however it is not best international practice to accept payment for environmental impacts. An approach whereby

Page 18 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

the subproject contractor pays money for nuisances rather than control impacts at source will not be acceptable. This practice should not be allowed and financial compensation shall not be allowed as mitigation for environmental impacts or environmental nuisance.

88. During the preparation for the subproject construction phase the future contractors must be notified and prepared to co-operate with the executing and implementing agencies, subproject management, construction supervising consultants and local population in the mitigation of impacts. Furthermore the contractor must be primed through bidding stages and the contract documentation to implement the EMP in full and be ready to engage or train staff in the management of environmental issues and to audit the effectiveness and review mitigation measures as the subproject proceeds. The effective implementation of the EMP will be audited as part of the loan conditions and the executing agency (GEPCO) must be prepared for this. In this regard the GEPCO must fulfill the requirements of the law and guidance prepared by Pak EPA on the environmental aspects of power subprojects and the recommendations already made for subproject in this EIA and under Pakistan‟s PEP Act.

89. The location of the residences, mosques, schools, hospitals and civic, cultural and other heritage sites has been reviewed in Section 3. Residences or schools are not close enough to the subproject on which there could not be some potential impacts in the construction stage from disturbance and significant noise and dust. This is because the DGS is located on agriculture land along airport road and has no human settlements and structures but settlements are across the road.

90. Work on the tower sites could cause some generation of air borne dust, but any nuisance from this is likely to be very localized and temporary. Other project activities, e.g. movement of heavy vehicles on unpaved tracks during the works, could generate considerable dust. Water is available in the study area, although surplus water may not always be available to suppress dust at vulnerable locations in the dry season. Therefore as a general approach it is recommended that where works are within 15m of any residential sensitive receivers, the contractor should install segregation between the works and the edge of the sensitive receivers. The segregation should be easily erectable 2.5m high tarpaulin sheet and designed to retain dust and provide a temporary visual barrier to the works. Where dust is the major consideration the barrier can take the form of tarpaulins strung between two poles mounted on a concrete base. These can be moved along from tower base to tower base as the work proceeds.

91. Noise from the construction of the towers should not be a major consideration unless very close to schools or hospitals where construction should be avoided at sensitive times. In addition to the physical effect of mitigating dust and noise with barriers installation of such measures should be discussed with the local population and serve as a vehicle for further public consultation at the implementation stage to assist in public relations.

6.2.1 Cultural Heritage, Mosques, Religious Sites and Social Infrastructure 92. The location of mosques and other cultural and other heritage SR sites has been reviewed in Section 3. There are no mosques or other religious sites close to the DGS site. The new DGS will also not affect or disturb any such site.

93. The nearest clinic/ hospital is more than 50m from the edge of the Subproject, but the nearest school is at 50m (across the road) from the DGS in front of the Subproject and the nearest houses at about 50m from the DGS. The DGS will be located on cultivated land and will not affect any road or canal. Apart from these features, there will be sufficient buffer distance between the works and any other SRs, so that no significant impacts should be expected. Public consultation should be undertaken at the implementation stage to ensure nuisances are not allowed to escalate for the SRs close to the DGS sites.

Page 19 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

6.3 Potential Environmental Impacts in Construction

96. Mitigation measures must focus on the minimization of impacts. In order to allow the proper functioning of the settlement sites (access to villages) during construction it is recommended that consideration be given to erect temporary hoardings immediately adjacent to the nearest houses and shops if they are within 15m of the power distribution line tower construction.

97. If surplus materials arise from the removal of the existing surfaces from specific areas, these should be used elsewhere on the subproject before additional soil, rock, gravel or sand is brought in. The use of immediately available material will generally minimize the need for additional rock based materials extraction from outside.

98. The subproject detailed designers have so far estimated that no substantial additional materials will be required subject to confirmation at the detailed design stage.

99. At this stage, no areas require removal of woodland. However if specimen trees of religious plantations are affected the owners should be given the resources and opportunity to reinstate the woodland long term and a plantation compensation plan should be drawn up to replant the woodland/ trees. In the event that the land is not suitable for plantation then other areas should be identified to replace the cut trees and sufficient areas should be identified to allow plantation of trees at a rate of say 3:1. The replacement ratio should allow for a high mortality rate among the newly planted trees in the dry environment or otherwise as based on advice from the forest authority.

100. Contractual clauses should be included to require each contractor to produce a materials management plan (one month before construction commences) to identify all sources of cement and aggregates and to balance cut and fill. The plan should clearly state the methods to be employed prior to and during the extraction of materials and all the mitigation measures to be employed to mitigate nuisances to local residents. Financial compensation shall not be allowed as mitigation for environmental impacts or environmental nuisance. Mitigation measures shall seek to control the impacts at source in the first place. The engineer shall be responsible to update the subproject cut and fill estimates and create Materials Master Plan to facilitate materials exchange between the different contract areas along the power line and sub- contractors on the power line and to provide an overall balance for materials and minimize impacts on local resources.

6.3.3 Trees, Ecology and Protected Areas 101. There are no Reserved or Protected Forests or trees near the DGS site or TXL alignment. But there is no tree on the DGS site. The proposed line will require the installation of 49 towers. In addition to crop loss, 53 private trees also fall within the 30 meter wide corridor of transmission line. All the 53 trees are wood tree and none of the fruit tree will be affected by the

Page 20 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

transmission line. Of these 53 trees 35 trees will be affected by the transmission line and 18 trees will be affected by the tower construction. All these trees will need to be removed for the construction of the line. Some 31 AHs will lose 53 trees. All affected trees are scattered and mostly located along the field boundaries. There are no plantations, orchards of fruit trees affected by this subproject. Compensation for the affected trees will be paid for once on their initial removal.

102. If for some unforeseen reason or change of alignment, any trees with religious significance or other trees need to be removed, written permission should be obtained from the forest authority and the owner after written justification by GEPCO. Trees shall be planted to replace the lost trees with three trees planted to replace every cut tree (3:1) or more as agreed with the authority.

103. A requirement shall be inserted in the contracts that no trees are to be cut on the Godh Pur DGS site or outside, without the written permission from the supervising consultant who may permit the removal of trees if unavoidable on safety/ technical/ engineering grounds after written justification by GEPCO and to the satisfaction of the forest authority and the owner.

6.3.4 Hydrology, Sedimentation and Soil Erosion 104. The drainage streams en-route of the subproject should not be impeded by the works. The scale of the works does not warrant hydrological monitoring.

6.3.5 Air Pollution from Earthworks and Transport 105. The material (cement, sand and aggregate) requirement of a typical 132kV sub station (about 150 cu m) and a 132kV transmission tower (4.8 cu m, or 40 bags of cement per tower) are not large. In transmission line construction sand and aggregate are delivered directly to the tower location from the quarry/ source, there is no intermediate or bulk storage of these materials. Similarly, construction materials for the sub station are stored within the sub station site are scheduled as per the work progress (which is staggered as the buildings which require bulk of the construction materials are built in phases over 6 to 12 months period), which means that at any given point in time the amount of construction material stored is not significant. The quantities of construction material required for a typical sub station or transmission tower are not so larger that they potentially represent a traffic hazard, these requirements are time dispersed in case of sub stations and time and space dispersed in case of transmission lines. The contractor will be, however, required to provide a traffic management plan before commencement of work at site. Field observations indicate that ambient air quality is generally acceptable and that emissions from traffic and other powered mechanical equipment in the area are rapidly dispersed. There will be a few items of powered mechanical equipment to be used in the construction of the distribution line works that may give rise gaseous emissions. However these should be well dissipated. The major sources of complaint will likely be any necessary earthworks and local soil compaction.

106. Earthworks will contribute to increasing dust and the foundation earthworks for the transformers and the line poles will generate dust and the following mitigation measures are needed:

107. Dust suppression facilities (water sprayers/ hosepipe) shall be available where earth and cement works are required.

108. Areas of construction (especially where the works are within 50m of the SRs) shall be maintained damp by watering the construction area.

109. Construction materials (sand, gravel and rocks) and spoil materials will be transported trucks covered with tarpaulins.

Page 21 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

110. Storage piles will be at least 30m downwind of the nearest human settlements.

111. All vehicles (e.g., trucks, equipment and other vehicles that support construction works) shall be well maintained and not emit dark, smoky or other emissions in excess of the limits described in the NEQS.

112. The need for large stockpiles should be minimized by careful planning of the supply of materials from controlled sources. Stockpiles should not be located within 50m of schools, hospitals or other public amenities such as wells and pumps and should be covered with tarpaulins when not in use and at the end of the working day to enclose dust.

114. A criterion of 70dB (A) Leq (exterior, boundary of DGS) has been used for assessment in previous EIA studies. Any noisy equipment should be located within DGS as far from SRs as possible to prevent nuisances to dwellings and other structures from operation.

115. Noise from construction of the power distribution lines and improvements to substations is not covered under any regulations however in order to keep in line with best international practice it is recommended that no construction should be allowed during nighttime (9 PM to 6 AM) and 70dB(A) Leq should be the criterion at other times during the day measured at the boundaries of land from which construction noise is emitted. A criterion of 70dB(A) Leq (exterior, boundary of DGS) has been used for assessment in previous EIA studies. Any noisy equipment should be located within DGS or as far from SRs as possible to prevent nuisances to dwellings and other structures from operation.

116. Vibration from construction of piles to support pads may be required for some tower construction and may be a significant impact but this should be short duration. Where vibration could be come a major consideration (within say 100m of schools, religious premises, hospitals or residences) a building condition survey should take place prior to construction. The physical effect of piling should be assessed prior to construction and measures should be discussed with the local population as well as timing of the works to serve as a vehicle for further public consultation at the implementation stage and to assist in public relations. At nearby schools, the contractor shall discuss with the school principals the agreed time for operating these machines and completely avoid machine use near schools during examination times, if such a need arises.

118. In order to maintain proper sanitation around construction sites, access to the nearby DGS lavatories should be allowed or provision of temporary toilets should be made. Construction worker camps will not be necessary, based on the scale of the works needed. If for some unforeseen reason a larger workforce is needed any construction camp should not be located in settlement areas or near sensitive water resources and portable lavatories or at least pit latrines should be provided.

Page 22 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

119. Wherever water is allowed to accumulate, in temporary drainage facilities, due to improper storm water management, or improper disposal of wastewater generated from the site, it can offer a breeding site for mosquitoes and other insects. Vectors such as mosquitoes may be encountered if open water is allowed to accumulate at the Godh Pur SP site. Temporary and permanent drainage facilities should therefore be designed to facilitate the rapid removal of surface water from all areas and prevent the accumulation of surface water ponds.

6.4 Potential Environmental Impacts in Operation

6.4.1 Air pollution and noise from the enhanced operations 120. The subproject works will extend the power distribution lines but no houses, mosques or schools will be close to the new DGS in the operational phase. Nevertheless some houses, school are close to the TXL. The DGS will be constructed at acquired land, which is used at present for cultivation in the locality of Tukhnanwali near Godh Pur on airport Road, and the extended level of operation of the facility is not likely to cause any appreciable increase in the noise level already generated by the existing equipment. However, it is recommended that an acoustical check be made on the detailed design to determine of any noise barriers are required. There should be no source of atmospheric pollution from the subproject. In the operational phase any nearby industrial facilities with fuel powered mechanical equipment will be the main polluters. All such emissions will be very well dissipated in the open terrain and there will be no cumulative effect from the subproject.

121. Noise impacts from the operation of the DGS equipment should be reviewed at the detailed design stage. There are no national noise standards in Pakistan for power distribution noise emissions that would apply in the operational stages. A criterion of 70Db (A) Leq (exterior, boundary of DGS) has been used for assessment in previous EIA studies. It is recommended that a check be made on the likely acoustical performance based on makers‟ specifications of the installed equipment at the detained design stage.

Page 23 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

procedure to deal with oil spills. TSG ensure that the maintenance schedule of each piece of hardware is adhered to. DISCOs have also established a safety unit, which among other tasks, investigates all accidents, Frequency of accidents, on average is about 1 per DISCO per year (based on last 4 years record), about 60 % of these are non-fatal. Most accidents occur due to staff and supervision negligence. Detailed report of each accident is prepared.

6.5 Enhancement

123. Environmental enhancements are not a major consideration within the Godh Pur subproject site. However it is noted that it is common practice at many such sites to create some local hard and soft landscaping and successful planting of fruit trees and shrubs has been accomplished in many sites. This practice should be encouraged as far as practicable. Other opportunities for enhancements can be assessed prior to construction and proposed enhancements should be discussed with the local population to serve as a vehicle for further public consultation at the implementation stage and to assist in public relations. Trees [if any] removed for construction purposes should be replaced as compensation in line with best practice at ratio of three replaced for one removed however additional trees should be planted as enhancements where there is space in the DGS and along the TXL.

7 INSTITUTIONAL REQUIREMENTS & ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

124. In this section, the mitigation measures that are required for the Godh Pur SP Tranche 2 subproject, to reduce residual impact to acceptable levels and achieve the expected outcomes of the project, are discussed. The Environmental Management Plan is based on the type, extent and duration of the identified environmental impacts for the Godh Pur SP Tranche 2 subproject. The EMP has been prepared following best practice and by reference to the ADB Environmental Assessment Guidelines 2003.

125. It is important that the recommendations and mitigation measures are carried out according to the spirit of the environmental assessment process and in line with the guidelines. The EMP matrix is presented as Attachment 3. The impact prediction (Section 4) has played a vital role in reconfirming typical mitigation measures and in identifying any different approaches based on the feasibility and detailed design assumptions and any alternatives available at this stage.

126. Prior to implementation and construction of the subprojects; the EMP shall be amended and reviewed by the GEPCO in due course after detailed designs are complete. Such a review shall be based on reconfirmation and additional information on the assumptions made at this feasibility stage on positioning, alignment, location scale and expected operating conditions of the subprojects. For example, in this case if there are any additional transmission lines or extension of the substation boundaries to be included, the designs may be amended and then the performance and evaluation schedules to be implemented during project construction and operation can be updated and costs estimates can be revised. The EIA and EMP should than be revised on a subproject by subproject basis. 127. The EIA and EMP plan must be reviewed by the project management and approved by the PEPA before any construction activity is initiated. This is also an ADB requirement in order to take account of any sub-sequent changes and fine tuning of the proposals. It is recommended that, before the works contract is worked out in detail and before pre-qualification of contractors, a full extent of the environmental requirements of the project (IEE/ EIA and EMP) are included in the bidding documents. Professional experience indicates that past environmental performance of contractors and their awareness of environmentally responsible procurement should also be used as indicator criteria for the prequalification of contractors.

128. In order to facilitate the implementation of the EMP, during the preparation for the construction phase the GEPCO must prepare the future contractors to co-operate with all stakeholders in the mitigation of impacts. Furthermore the contractor must be primed through

Page 24 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

the contract documentation and ready to implement all the mitigation measures. GEPCO will need to engage at least one trained environmental management staff and the staff should audit the effectiveness and review mitigation measures as the subprojects are rolled out. The effective implementation of the EMP will be audited as part of the mid term review of loan conditions and the executing agency must prepare for this at the inception stage.

129. The details of EMP given in the Attachment 3 are for the Godh Pur subproject. The EMP matrix will have much in common for many other future (Trance 2) substation and line projects that have a similar scale of works and types of location but will be different for more complicated substation and line projects that involve impacts to land outside the existing substations and for lines traversing more sensitive land. In all cases separate dedicated EIAs must be prepared.

130. The impacts have been classified into those relevant to the design/preparation stage, construction stage and operation and maintenance stage. The matrix provides details of the mitigation measures recommended for each of the identified impacts, time span of the implementation of mitigation measures, an analysis of the associated costs and the responsibility of the institution. The institutional responsibility has been specified for the purpose of the implementation and the supervision. The matrix is supplemented with a monitoring plan (Attachment 4) for the performance indicators. An estimation of the associated costs for the monitoring is given with the plan. The EMP has been prepared following best practice and the ADB environmental assessment guidelines 2003.

131. Prior to implementation of the subproject; the GEPCO needs to comply with several environmental requirements, such as submitting an IEE/ EIA to PEPA and obtaining PEPA clearance (“No Objection Certificate” compiling acceptable EMP and Clearance Certificate) under PEPAct (guidelines and regulations 2000) and any other permission required from other authorities. GEPCO will also need to confirm that contractors and their suppliers have complied with all statutory requirements and have appropriate and valid licenses and permits for all powered mechanical equipment and to operate in line with local authority conditions.

132. The EMP (Attachment 3) was prepared taking into account the limited capacity of GEPCO to conduct environmental assessments of the subprojects. GEPCO has yet to engage any graduate staff with field experience. However an environmental manager will be required. It is envisaged that experience in this field should therefore develop in the near future. However it is also strongly recommended that for subprojects in future Tranches that the GEPCO be prepared to engage more support where necessary (e.g. senior environmental specialist with at least 3 years experience in environmental management one years site experience in environmental monitoring and auditing) to guide the subsequent formal assessment and submission process under the PEPAct and monitor compliance with the EMP. As of October 2009, the GEPCO has demonstrated only limited commitment to developing in-house environmental and social capability.

133. The appointed environmental manager has to have a good level of awareness and will be responsible for addressing environmental concerns for subprojects potentially involving hundreds kilometers of distribution lines and DGS. Whereas some of their work may in future be delegated to consultants they will need more training and resources if they are effectively provide quality control and oversight for the EMP implementation. They will require robust support from senior management staff members and the management consultant if they are to address all environmental concerns for the subprojects effectively. Specific areas for immediate attention are in EMP auditing, environmentally responsible procurement, air, water and noise pollution management and ecological impact mitigation. It is recommended that an environmental specialist consultant with 10 years experience be made available to all the DISCOS to cover these aspects full time for at least the first six months of the PDEMFF project and that on a call off basis with local support those services are retained for the life of the PDEMFF loan. The newly appointed graduate environmental manager can then shadow the

Page 25 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

environmental specialist to improve awareness and hopefully provide independent quality control and oversight for the EMP implementation for the first 12 months.

134. In order to achieve good compliance with environmental assessment principles the graduate environmental manager for the project implementation team must be actively involved prior to the outset of the implementation design stage to ensure compliance with the statutory obligations under the PEPAct. It is also recommended that GEPCO Board allow direct reporting to Board level from the in-house Environmental and Social Unit (ESU). If the ESU requires resources for larger subprojects then environmental specialist consultants could be appointed through the project implementation unit to address all environmental aspects in the detailed design. It is recommended that the project management unit (PMU) should liaise directly with the ESU to address all environmental aspects in the detailed design and contracting stages. The graduate environmental manager will cover the implementation of environmental mitigation measures in the project packages.

135. Overall implementation of the EMP will become GEPCO‟s responsibility. GEPCO and other parties to be involved in implementing the EMP are as follows:

136. Contractors: responsible for carrying out the contractual obligations, implementing all EMP measures required to mitigate environmental impacts during construction;

137. The GEPCO Board of Directors will be responsible to ensure that sufficient timely resources are allocated to process the environmental assessments and to monitor implementation of all construction and operational mitigation measures required to mitigate environmental impacts, and other government agencies such as the regional PEPA and state pollution authorities, Department of Forests, Department of Wildlife Services, who will be responsible for monitoring the implementation of environmental conditions and compliance with statutory requirements in their respective areas and local land use groups at the local levels.

138. Considering that other government agencies that need to be involved in implementing the EMP, training or harmonization workshops should be conducted for all ESUs in all DISCOS every six months or twice each year, for the first 2 years (and annually thereafter) to share the monitoring report on the implementation of the EMP in each DISCO and to share lessons learned in the implementation and to achieve a consistent approach decide on remedial actions, if unexpected environmental impacts occur.

139. The monitoring plan (Attachment 4) was designed based on the project cycle. During the preconstruction period, the monitoring activities will focus on (i) checking the contractor‟s bidding documents, particularly to ensure that all necessary environmental requirements have been included; and (ii) checking that the contract documents‟ references to environmental mitigation measures requirements have been incorporated as part of contractor‟s assignment and making sure that any advance works are carried out in good time. Where detailed design is required (e.g. for power distribution lines and avoidance of other resources) the inclusion and checking of designs must be carried out. During the construction period, the monitoring activities will focus on ensuring that environmental mitigation measures are implemented and some performance indicators will be monitored to record the Subprojects environmental performance and to guide any remedial action to address unexpected impacts.

140. Monitoring activities during project operation will focus on recording environmental performance and proposing remedial actions to address unexpected impacts. The potential to use local community group‟s contacts for monitoring should be explored as part of the activities in setting up the Environmental and Social Unit which should have regular meetings with the NGOs as a matter of good practice and to discuss matters of mutual concern.

141. At this stage, due to the modest scale of the new power distribution projects and by generally keeping to non-sensitive and non-critical areas the construction and operational

Page 26 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

impacts will be manageable. No insurmountable impacts are predicted providing that the EMP is implemented to its full extent and required in the contract documents. However experience suggests that some contractors may not be familiar with this approach or may be reluctant to carry out some measures. In order that the contractors are fully aware of the implications of the EMP and to ensure compliance, it is recommended that environmental measures be costed separately in the tender documentation and that payment milestones are linked to the environmental performance in carrying out the EMP implementation.

142. The effective implementation of the EMP will be audited as part of the loan conditions and the executing agency must be prepared for this. In this regard, the GEPCO must be prepared to guide the design engineers and contractors on the environmental aspects.

8 PUBLIC CONSULTATION AND INFORMATION DISCLOSURE

8.1 Approach to Public Consultation

143. The public consultation (PC) process with various stakeholders has been approached so as to involve public and other stakeholders from the earliest stages. Public consultation has taken place during the planning, design, viewpoints of the stakeholders have been taken into account, their concerns and suggestions for possible improvements have been included where appropriate. Much of the PC process to date has revolved around concerns for the mitigation of construction impacts and the possible side effects from the proximity of high voltage power lines and the DGS and its equipment.

144. There is also a requirement for ongoing consultation for land acquisition and resettlement (LARP) and the completion of the Resettlement Plan (RP) is documented separately. It is expected that this process will continue through all stages of the subproject in order to accommodate stakeholders' aspirations and to orient the stakeholders positively towards the project implementation and where possible to harness cooperation over access issues in order to facilitate timely completion.

8.2 Public Consultation Process

145. The public consultation process has commenced in the initial feasibility stages (prior to construction) in order to disclose the project information to the stakeholders and record feedback regarding the proposed project and preferences. The stakeholders involved in the process were the population likely to be impacted along the route of the proposed power lines; the village leaders and schoolteachers.

146. Prior to the implementation of the consultation, feedback, etc. has been carried out to support this EIA and recorded. The focus of attention has been the population near the proposed DGS that may be affected by the Subproject expansion. The level of engagement varied from the stakeholder to stakeholder with some registering no major comment but it is noted that none registered any outright opposition to subproject.

147. The disclosure of the enhancement project in advance and subsequent consultation with stakeholders has advantages in the environmental assessment and mitigation of impacts. Public consultation can also provide a conduit for the improvement of the project implementation to better serve the stakeholders.

148. The environmental assessment process under the Pakistan Environmental Protection Act only requires the disclosure to the public after the statutory EIA communicated to the relevant EPA to be in strict adherence to the rules has accepted EIA. In this EIA, the consultation process was performed to satisfy the ADB requirements. The locations of

Page 27 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

consultation and people consulted are listed in the full table of public consultation presented in Attachment 5.

8.3 Results of Public Consultation 149. The consultations identified some potential environmental, social impacts and perceptions of the affected communities. The public consultation resulted in 48 responses in March 2009 (Attachment-5). The community generally supports the construction of the DGS and said that subproject is necessary under the current local conditions, Land price must be assessed properly and honestly, Crops compensation should be fair according to the market rates, Compensation should be provided before start of work, Safety precautions should be taken, local norms should be honored and Construction work should be completed in time. The local poor people predominantly requested for unskilled and semi skilled jobs on priority basis with the contractors during implementation of the project. No land acquisition and resettlement is involved in this subproject. However, compensation will be paid to the concerned parties/ owners of land under the towers and where the loss of some trees and for damage to crops is expected.

150. On the basis of the consultations so far, it appears that the project will have no insurmountable environmental and social impacts but GEPCO will have to make sure that compensation and assistance amounts are assessed justly and that skilled and unskilled employment should be preferentially given to the AP‟S as far as is reasonably practicable.

Page 28 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

9 CONCLUSIONS

9.1 Findings and Recommendations

151. This study was carried out at the planning stage of the project. Primary and secondary data were used to assess the environmental impacts. The potential environmental impacts were assessed in a comprehensive manner. The report has provided a picture of all potential environmental impacts associated with the Project, and recommended suitable mitigation measures. This study recommends that some further follow up studies are undertaken during project processing in order to meet the ADB requirements.

152. There are some further considerations for the planning stages such as obtaining clearance for the project under the Pakistan Environmental Protection Act (1997) but environmental impacts from the power enhancements will mostly take place during the construction stage. There are also some noise impacts and waste management issues for the operational stage that must be addressed in the detailed design and through environmentally responsible procurement. At the detailed design stage the number of and exact locations for transmission tower enhancements may change subject to detailed surveys but the impacts are likely to be broadly similar at most locations and impacts have been reviewed in the environmental impact section of this EIA report.

153. There are a number of key actions required in the detailed design phase. Prior to construction the GEPCO must receive clearance certification from the PEPA and GEPCO must complete an EMP that will be accepted by the PEPA and agreed by the contractor prior to signing the contract. The information provided in this report can form the basis of any further submission to PEPA as required in future.

154. No land acquisition, compensation and resettlement is involved. However, some trees will be compensated to the concerned parties, if needed. However, provisions may be made in LARP, based on the proposed alignments these should not be difficult tasks and can be conducted as the detailed designs are worked out and to dovetail with the existing system and minimize adverse impacts and maximize benefits. A social impact assessment and resettlement action plan (LARP) has been completed in tandem with this EIA for the whole subproject. The study has:

(ix) Examined and assess the overall social and poverty profile of the project area on the basis of the primary and secondary data sources and preparation of a socio-economic profile of the project districts. (x) Prepared a social and poverty analysis, taking into account socio-economic and poverty status of the project area of influence, including the nature, extent and determinants of poverty in the project area including assessment. In addition, estimation of the likely socioeconomic and poverty reduction impacts of the project should be included. (xi) Held consultations with relevant officials from the government and other relevant officials, including consultation with affected communities to assess responses to the project and ascertain the nature and scope of local participation in project planning and implementation. (xii) Identified, analyzed and, where appropriate, quantified the potential resettlement impacts (minimal) of the proposed Project on the area and the population.

155. Baseline monitoring activities should be carried out during project detailed design stage to establish the baseline of parameters for checking during the construction stage. The monitoring schedule (Attachment 4) recommends monitoring on two occasions at the site location. The results should be integrated with the contract documentation to establish

Page 29 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

performance action thresholds, pollution limits and contingency plans for the contractor‟s performance.

156. During the commissioning phase noise monitoring should ensure that statutory requirements have been achieved. Monitoring activities during project operation will focus on periodic recording environmental performance and proposing remedial actions to address any unexpected impacts.

9.2 Summary and Conclusions

157. The construction of the Godh Pur SP is a feasible and sustainable option from the power transmission, engineering, environmental, and socioeconomic points of view. Implementation of the EMP is required and the environmental impacts associated with the subproject need to be properly mitigated, and the existing institutional arrangements are available. Additional human and financial resources will be required by GEPCO to complete the designs and incorporate the recommendations effectively and efficiently in the contract documents, linked to payment milestones. The proposed mitigation and management plans are practicable but require additional resources.

158. This EIA, including the EMP, should be used as a basis for an environmental compliance program and be included as an Attachment to the contract. The EMP shall be reviewed at the detailed design stage. In addition, any subsequent conditions issued by PEPA as part of the environmental clearance should also be included in the environmental compliance program. Therefore, continued monitoring of the implementation of mitigation measures, the implementation of the environmental conditions for work and environmental clearance, and monitoring of the environmental impact related to the operation of the subproject should be properly carried out and reported at least twice per year as part of the project performance report.

Page 30 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Tranche-2, 132 KV New Grid Substations and Double Circuit Transmission Line ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

Appendix 1

Layout of the Sub-Project Grid Station

Page 31 of 48 Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility – Tranche 2,

Attachment - 4

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility – Tranche 2,

Appendix 3 Environmental Management Plan– Matrix July 2010-11

Environmental Timing to Locations to Resp. Imp Resp. Objectives Mitigation Measures recommended concern implement MM implement MM MM Mon. MM DESIGN STAGE 1. Social preparation completed (June 2008). LARP etc in place IN CASE UNFORESEEN ADDITIONAL LAND IS REQUIRED Before the 2. Acquisition of lands completed to minimize the construction of To ensure that uncertainty of people. the GSS and all the adverse 3. Completed implementation of LARP and LARCs to Affected Families will the included impacts due to provide compensation and assistance to the APs. be compensated by structures, the the property 4. GEPCO to select a site that will not affect any public GEPCO through the MC and 1. APs to be given GEPCO acquisition and in property or house such that no additional land is concerned District External Social Impacts sufficient time ESU/ LACs resettlement are required.. Revenue Department Monitors with mitigated 5. All the payments / entitlements are paid according and Land Acquisition compensation according to the to the Entitlement Matrix, prepared according to the Collectors. money and to LARP. LARP. resettle 6. All the impacts identified by the EIA are satisfactorily. incorporated in to the project as well as the LARP and relevant entitlements included into the Entitlement Matrix. If lines or substation To minimize Before the 1. Hydrological flow in areas where it is sensitive, such are relocated near GEPCO hydrological and commencement 2. Hydrological as water courses or bridges and culverts. water courses, ESU with the drainage of construction GEPCO Impacts 2. Design of adequate major and minor culverts culverts or bridges in Design impacts during activities/during facilities will be completed the design stage Consultant constructions. design stage reports 1. Conduct detailed acoustic assessment for all 1. During Ensure residential, school, (other sensitive structures) within detailed design cumulative noise 50m of DGS and line. stage. No later Noise sensitive GEPCO GEPCO impacts are 2. If noise at sensitive receiver exceeds the than pre- locations identified in 3. Noise ESU with the ESU and acceptable in permissible limit, the construction activities should be qualification or the EIA/EIA/EMP or design CSC (if barriers construction and mitigated, monitored and controlled. tender as required / consultant any). operational 3. If noise at sensitive receiver exceeds the negotiations. approved by PEPA. phase. permissible limit, the design to include acoustic 2. Include mitigation (noise barrier or relocation of noisy acoustic

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility – Tranche 2,

Environmental Timing to Locations to Resp. Imp Resp. Objectives Mitigation Measures recommended concern implement MM implement MM MM Mon. MM equipment) and monitoring. specification in the contract. Ensure 1. Create waste management policy and plan to 1.Prior to adequate identify sufficient locations for, storage and reuse of detailed design disposal options transformers and recycling of breaker oils and disposal stage no later GEPCO ESU. GEPCO for all waste of transformer oil, residually contaminated soils and than pre- Locations approved ESU and GEPCO 4. Waste including scrap metal “cradle to grave”. qualification or by EPA and GEPCO EPA with the ESU and transformer oil, disposal 2. Include in contracts for unit rates for re- tender and local waste design CSC residually measurement for disposal. negotiations disposal authorities. consultant. contaminated 3. Designate disposal sites in the contract and cost 2. Include in soils and scrap unit disposal rates accordingly. contract. metal.

Include During mitigation in 1. Identify locations where drainage or irrigation designing stage Locations based on GEPCO 5. Temporary preliminary GEPCO crossing RoW may be affected by works. no later than drainage or irrigation ESU and drainage and designs for ESU and 2. Include protection works in contract as a payment pre-qualification crossing RoW near design erosion control CSC erosion control milestone(s). or tender DGS. consultant. and temporary negotiations. drainage. 13 Duri ng tender 10 Include EMP Matrix in tender documentation and preparation. make contractors responsible to implement 14 No Ensure mitigation measures by reference to IEE/EIA in later than requirements and contract. Noise sensitive pre- GEPCO GEPCO recommendation 11 Include preparation of EMP review and method locations identified in 6. Contract qualification ESU with the ESU and of environmental statement WM plan, TD and EC Plan in contract the IEE/EIA/EMP or or tender design CSC (if clauses assessment is as a payment milestone(s). as required / negotiations consultant any). included in the 12 Require environmental accident checklist and a approved by PEPA. 15 In contracts. list of controlled chemicals / substances to be bidding included in the contractor’s work method documents statement and tender documentation. as evaluation criteria. CONSTRUCTIO

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility – Tranche 2,

Environmental Timing to Locations to Resp. Imp Resp. Objectives Mitigation Measures recommended concern implement MM implement MM MM Mon. MM N STAGE Prepare a thorough drainage management plan to be 1. Locations of each approved by construction activity To ensure the CSC one month to be listed by the proper 1. Consideration of weather conditions when particular prior to a CSC engineer. implementation construction activities are undertaken. commencement 2. Special locations 1. Contractor of any 2. Limitations on excavation depths in use of recharge of construction are identified on the supervised 3. Hydrology requirements areas for material exploitation or spoil disposal. site by the contractor by CSC or to GEPCO And Drainage mentioned in 3. Use of landscaping as an integrated component of Proper to minimize actively ESU Aspects EPA conditions construction activity as an erosion control measure. timetable disturbances. supervise of approval 4. Minimizing the removal of vegetative cover as much prepared in 3. A list of locations and enforce. letter in relation as possible and providing for it s restoration where consideration of irrigation channels to Hydrology of construction sites have been cleared of such areas. with the climatic /drains to be the project. conditions of compiled and the area, the included in the different contract. construction activities mentioned here to be guided. To ensure that 1. GEPCO ESU environmental specialist to monitor Induction the CSC and progress all environmental statutory and course for all contractor and recommended obligations. site agents and All staff members in workers above including GEPCO GEPCO all categories. understand and 2 Conduct special briefing for managers and / or on- all relevant ESU, & CSC to 2. Orientation Monthly induction have the site training for the contractors and workers on the GEPCO staff / Contractor observe for Contractor, and six month capacity to environmental requirement of the project. Record new project and the CSC and and Workers refresher course as ensure the attendance and achievement test for contractors site staff before and record record necessary until Environmental agents. commencement details. success. contractor complies. requirements of work. and 3. Agreement on critical areas to be considered and implementation necessary mitigation measures, among all parties who At early stages

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility – Tranche 2,

Environmental Timing to Locations to Resp. Imp Resp. Objectives Mitigation Measures recommended concern implement MM implement MM MM Mon. MM of mitigation are involved in project activities. of construction measures. for all 4. Continuous progress review and refresher sessions construction to be followed. employees as far as reasonably practicable. Compile temporary drainage management plan one month before commencement of works. 1. Proper installation of temporary drainage and To prevent erosion control before works within 50m of water adverse water bodies. 1.Contractor quality impacts 2. Proper maintenance and management construction (GEPCO due to of TD and EC measures, including training of ESU & CSC

negligence and operators and other workers to avoid pollution of water to enforce).

ensure bodies by the considerate operation of construction

unavoidable machinery and equipment. 2. Contractor

impacts are 3. Storage of lubricants, fuels and other hydrocarbons has to check

3.Water quality managed in self-contained dedicated enclosures >50m away 1. 50m from water water quality

effectively. from water bodies. bodies 2. Relevant and report to

Ensure adverse 4. Proper disposal of solid waste from construction 1 month prior to locations to be GEPCO. GEPCO impacts on activities. construction. determined in the review water quality detailed project 3. CSC 5. Cover the construction material and spoil stockpiles results caused by with a suitable material to reduce material loss and design. supervises construction sedimentation and avoid stockpiling near to water implementati activities are bodies. on activities. minimized. 6. Topsoil stripped material shall not be stored where natural drainage will be disrupted. 7. Borrow sites (if required) should not be close to sources of drinking water. To minimize CONTROL ALL DUSTY MATERIALS AT SOURCE. 1. Construction sites Contractor dust effectively 1. All heavy equipment and machinery shall be fitted in within 100m of should GEPCO and avoid full compliance with the national and local During all sensitive receivers. maintain 4. Air quality ESU/ complaints due regulations.(Relevant regulations are in the Motor construction. 2. A list of locations acceptable CSC to the airborne vehicles fitness rules and Highway Act). to be included in standard particulate 2. Stockpiled soil and sand shall be slightly wetted contract and other CSC to

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility – Tranche 2,

Environmental Timing to Locations to Resp. Imp Resp. Objectives Mitigation Measures recommended concern implement MM implement MM MM Mon. MM matter released before loading, particularly in windy conditions. sensitive areas supervise to the 3. Fuel-efficient and well-maintained haulage trucks identified by the CSC activities. atmosphere. shall be employed to minimize exhaust emissions. along the ROW 4. Vehicles transporting soil, sand and other during works. construction materials shall be covered. Limitations to speeds of such vehicles necessary. Transport through densely populated area should be avoided. 5. To plan to minimize the dust within the vicinity of orchards and fruit farms. 6. Spraying of bare areas with water. 7. Concrete plants. to be controlled in line with statutory requirements should not be close to sensitive receptors. 1. Review requirements for piling and use of powered 1. Construction sites Contractor mechanical equipment within 100m of SRs. within 100m of should 2. Review conditions of buildings and conduct public sensitive receivers. maintain the consultation with SRs to establish less sensitive time acceptable To minimize for works involving piling and schedule works 2. A list of locations standards GEPCO 5. Ground ground accordingly. 1 month prior to to be included in ESU/ Vibration vibrations during 3. Non-percussive piling methods to be used wherever construction. contract and other CSC construction. practicable. sensitive areas CSC to 4. Percussive piling shall be conducted in daylight identified by the CSC supervise hours. along the ROW relevant 5. Hammer- type percussive pile driving operations during works. activities. shall not be allowed at night time. 1. Review requirements for use of powered 1. Construction sites Contractor mechanical equipment within 100m of SRs. within 100m of should 2. Conduct public consultation with SRs to establish sensitive receivers. maintain the less sensitive time for works and schedule works acceptable To minimize accordingly. 2. A list of locations standards GEPCO noise increases 1 month prior to 6. Noise 3. All heavy equipment and machinery shall be fitted in to be included in ESU/ during construction. full compliance with the national and local regulations contract and other CSC construction. and with effective silencing apparatus to minimize sensitive areas CSC to noise. identified by the CSC supervise 4. Heavy equipment shall be operated only in daylight along the ROW relevant hours. during works. activities.

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility – Tranche 2,

Environmental Timing to Locations to Resp. Imp Resp. Objectives Mitigation Measures recommended concern implement MM implement MM MM Mon. MM 5. Construction equipment, which generates excessive noise, shall be enclosed or fitted with effective silencing apparatus to minimize noise. 7. Well-maintained haulage trucks will be used with speed controls. 8. Contractor shall take adequate measures to minimize noise nuisance in the vicinity of construction sites by way of adopting available acoustic methods. SCHEDULE WORKS IN SENSITIVE AREAS (e.g. NEAR RIVERS) FOR DRY SEASON 1. In the short-term, temporary drainage and erosion control plan to be presented with tender. Temporary 1. Locations based Prevent adverse drainage and erosion control plan one month before on history of flooding water quality commencement of works to protect all areas 1 month prior to problems indicated impacts due to susceptible to erosion. (Permanent drainage works construction by local authorities. negligence and shall be in the final design). because the ensure 2. Installation of TD and EC before works construction area can be 2. A list of sensitive unavoidable within 50m of water bodies. subject to areas during impacts are 3. Clearing of green surface cover to be minimized unseasonal construction to be managed during site preparation. heavy rain Plan prepared by the effectively. 5. Meaningful water quality monitoring up and before and detail design GEPCO 7. Soil Erosion / downstream at any tower site during construction Contractor during consultant in ESU/ Surface Run-off To minimize soil within a river or stream bed. Rapid reporting and and CSC construction consideration with CSC erosion due to feedback to CSC. (cut and fill, the cut and fill, land the construction 5. Back-fill should be compacted properly in land reclamation, borrow activities of accordance with GEPCO design standards and reclamation areas etc. towers, stringing graded to original contours where possible. etc.) while of conductors 6. Cut areas should be treated against flow considering the 3. Locations of all and creation of acceleration while filled areas should be carefully climatic rivers, streams, access tracks designed to avoid improper drainage. conditions. culverts, irrigation for project 7. Stockpiles should not be formed within such channels, roads and vehicles. distances behind excavated or natural slopes that highways. would reduce the stability of the slopes or cause slippage. 8. Measures shall be taken to prevent ponds of surface water and scouring of slopes. Newly eroded

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility – Tranche 2,

Environmental Timing to Locations to Resp. Imp Resp. Objectives Mitigation Measures recommended concern implement MM implement MM MM Mon. MM channels shall be backfilled and restored to natural contours. 9. Contractor should arrange to monitor and adjust working and adopt suitable measures to minimize soil erosion during the construction period. Contractor’s TD and EC plan should be endorsed and monitored by CSC after consulting with concerned. authorities. 10. Replanting trees to be done before the site is vacated and handed back to GEPCO with appropriate trees (other vegetation cover as appropriate) to ensure interception of rainwater and the deceleration of surface run-off. To minimize (consider also for future trances if civil works) disruption and 1. Use only EPA licensed sites for raw materials in 1. List of borrow contamination of order to minimize adverse environmental impacts. areas to be prepared the 2. Measures to be taken in line with any EPA license with tender stage surroundings, conditions, recommendations and approval to be contractor’s method minimize and or applied to the subproject activities using the licensed statement and avoid adverse source including: updated one month 8. Exploitation, environ-mental (xiii) Conditions that apply for selecting sites for prior to construction. Handling, impacts arising month prior to Contractor material exploitation. 2.List of routes of GEPCO Transportation out of starting of and CSC to (xiv) Conditions that apply to timing and use of transport of ESU/ and Storage of construction works. Update agree format roads for material transport. construction material CSC Construction material monthly. of reporting (xv) Conditions that apply for maintenance of is to be prepared for materials exploitation, vehicles used in material transport or construction. the contract and handling, (xvi) Conditions that apply for selection of sites for agreed one month transportation material storage. prior to construction. and storage by (xvii) Conditions that apply for aggregate production. 3. Map of locations of using sources (xviii) Conditions that apply for handling hazardous or storage is prepared that comply with dangerous materials such as oil, lubricants and by the contractor. EPA license toxic chemicals. conditions Minimize the 1. Waste management plan to be submitted to the One month 1.Dumping: 1.Contractor 9.Construction impacts from the CSC and approved by GEPCO ESU one month prior prior to starting A list of temporary 2-11. CSC GEPCO/ Waste Disposal disposal of to starting of works. WMP shall estimate the amounts of works. stockpiling areas and and GEPCO CSC construction and types of construction waste to be generated by Update monthly more permanent ESU should

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility – Tranche 2,

Environmental Timing to Locations to Resp. Imp Resp. Objectives Mitigation Measures recommended concern implement MM implement MM MM Mon. MM waste. the project. dumping areas to be supervise 2. Investigating whether the waste can be reused in prepared at the and take the project or by other interested parties without any contract stage for action to residual environmental impact. agreement ensure that 3 Identifying potential safe disposal sites close to the contractor’s project, or those designated sites in the contract. complete 4 Investigating the environmental conditions of the relevant disposal sites and recommendation of most suitable activities and safest sites. according to 5. Piling up of loose material should be done in One month A list of temporary EIA / EIA / segregated areas to arrest washing out of soil. Debris prior to starting stockpiling areas and EMP shall not be left where it may be carried by water to of works. more permanent requirement down stream flood plains, dams, lagoons or other Update monthly dumping areas to be & NEQS. water bodies. prepared at the 6. Used oil and lubricants shall be recovered and contract stage for reused or removed from the site in full compliance with agreement (in W M the national and local regulations. Plan) 7. Oily wastes must not be burned. Disposal location to be agreed with local authorities/EPA. 8. Waste breaker insulating oil to be recycled, reconditioned, or reused at DISCO’s facility. 9. Machinery should be properly maintained to minimize oil spill during the construction. 10. Machinery should be maintained in a dedicated area over drip trays to avoid soil contamination from residual oil spill during maintenance. 11 Solid waste should be disposed at an approved solid waste facility and not by open burning which is illegal and contrary to good environmental practice. To ensure that 1. Identify location of work camps in consultation with 10. the operation of local authorities. The location shall be subject to Work Camp work camps approval by the GEPCO. If possible, camps shall not Location Map is GEPCO UPDATE Once Operation and does not be located near settlements or near drinking water prepared by the Contractor ESU / a month Location adversely affect supply intakes. Contractor. CSC (if required) the surrounding 2. Cutting of trees shall not b permitted and removal of environment and vegetation shall be minimized.

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility – Tranche 2,

Environmental Timing to Locations to Resp. Imp Resp. Objectives Mitigation Measures recommended concern implement MM implement MM MM Mon. MM residents in the 3. Water and sanitary facilities (at least pit latrines) area. shall be provided for employees. Worker camp and latrine sites to be backfilled and marked upon vacation of the sites. 4. Solid waste and sewage shall be managed according to the national and local regulations. As a rule, solid waste must not be dumped, buried or burned at or near the project site, but shall be disposed of to the nearest sanitary landfill or site having complied with the necessary permits of local authority permission. 5. The Contractor shall organize and maintain a waste separation, collection and transport system. 6. The Contractor shall document that all liquid and solid hazardous and non-hazardous waste are separated, collected and disposed of according to the given requirements and regulations. 7. At the conclusion of the project, all debris and waste shall be removed. All temporary structures, including office buildings, shelters and toilets shall be removed. 8 Exposed areas shall be planted with suitable vegetation. 9. GEPCO and Construction Supervising Consultant shall inspect and report that the camp has been vacated and restored to pre-project conditions. 21. Tree location and condition survey to be completed Tree survey to be To avoid Route design one month before tender. completed one month 11. Loss of negative and site 22. The route for the distribution line should be before tender at Trees and impacts due to identification (1 selected so as to prevent the loss or damage to any relevant Locations Vegetation removing of & 2) during Design orchard trees or other trees. Use of higher towers to with a Map to be GEPCO Cover of the landmark, design stage consultant, be preferred to avoid trees cutting. compiled prior to ESU/ Areas for sentinel and and other Contractor 23. Clearing of green surface vegetation cover for tender by the design CSC Towers and specimen trees matters during and CSC construction, borrow of soil for development, cutting consultant / GEPCO Temporary as well as green construction of trees and other important vegetation during ESU during detailed Work-space vegetation and relevant construction should be minimized by careful design and CSC to surface cover. activities alignment. Written technical Justification for tree update as necessary.

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility – Tranche 2,

Environmental Timing to Locations to Resp. Imp Resp. Objectives Mitigation Measures recommended concern implement MM implement MM MM Mon. MM felling included in tree survey. 24. At completion all debris and waste shall be removed and not burned. 25. The contractor’s staff and Labor will be strictly directed not to damage any vegetation such as trees or bushes outside immediate work areas. Trees shall not be cut for fuel or works timber. 26. Land holders will be paid compensation for their standing trees in accordance with prevailing market rates (LARP). The land holders will be allowed to salvage the wood of the affected trees. 27. The contractor will plant three (3) suitable new trees outside the 30 meter corridor of the transmission line in lieu of one (1) tree removed. 28. Landscaping and road verges to be re-installed on completion. 29. Compensatory planting of trees/shrubs/ornamental plants (at a rate of 3:1) in line with best international practice. 30. After work completion all temporary structures, including office buildings, shelters and toilets shall be removed. 5. Providing induction safety training for all staff adequate warning signs in health and safety matters, Prior to 12. Safety To ensure and require the workers to use the provided safety Location to be commencement Contractor GEPCO/ Precautions for safety of equipment. identified by the CSC and during and CSC CSC the Workers workers with contractor. construction 6. Providing workers with skull guard or hard hat and hard toe shoes. Minimize The most important disturbance of locations to be 16 Submit temporary haul and access routes plan one 13. vehicular traffic Prior to and identified and listed. GEPCO month prior to start of works. Contractor Traffic and pedestrians throughout the Relevant plans of the ESU / 17 Routes in vicinity of schools and hospitals to be and CSC Condition during haulage construction. Contractor on traffic CSC avoided. of construction arrangements to be materials and made available.

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility – Tranche 2,

Environmental Timing to Locations to Resp. Imp Resp. Objectives Mitigation Measures recommended concern implement MM implement MM MM Mon. MM equipment. 41. Potential for spread of vector borne and communicable diseases from Labor camps shall be To ensure avoided (worker awareness orientation and minimum Complaints of appropriate sanitation should be maintained). 15.Social impacts from public to be All subprojects all Contractor GEPCO/ 42. Complaints of the people on construction nuisance / Impacts construction solved as soon trenches and the CSC CSC damage close to ROW to be considered and Labor force on as possible responded to promptly. public health. 43. Contractor should make alternative arrangements to avoid local community impacts. Awareness training To ensure that Capacity building activities were taken by Initiate for all management 16. Institutional GEPCO officials Environmental Officer in Trance 1. Environmental preconstruction and senior staff in Strengthening are trained to Management Unit (EMU) was setup with in GEPCO GEPCO GEPCO and continue GEPCO at senior and Capacity understand and under Director Operations in Trance 1. Development ESU & ADB beyond project engineer and above Building to appreciate of strengthening plan for the EMU should be taken up completion. in PMU and related EMP with resources. units. OPERATIONAL STAGE 1. Air Quality Minimize air No significant Impacts Trance 1.Monitor designs and Operational all subprojects in GEPCO GEPCO quality impacts plans for all future trenches. phase future trenches ESU 2.Noise Minimize noise No significant Impacts Trance 1. Acoustic designs Operational all subprojects in GEPCO GEPCO impacts checking and plan for all future trenches. phase future trenches ESU Minimize Continue waste management arrangements in Operational GEPCO GEPCO 3. Waste all subprojects in improper waste operational phase of all subprojects and GEPCO phase ESU disposal future trenches disposal activities. 3. Employ landscaping contractor to monitor, water and Operational GEPCO GEPCO Maintain survival all subprojects in Compensatory feed replacement saplings and replace dead phase ESU of trees planted future trenches tree planting specimens as necessary. Avoid landslips Operational GEPCO GEPCO 4.Land slides No significant Impacts in Trance 1. Review designs all subprojects in and loss of phase ESU and soil erosion checking and plan for all future trenches. future trenches productive land 5. Water quality Minimize water No significant Impacts in Trance 1. Review designs Operational all subprojects in GEPCO GEPCO quality impacts checking and plan for all future trenches. phase future trenches ESU 6 Crops and Monitor impacts Operational all subprojects in GEPCO GEPCO Track growth of large trees under the conductors. vegetation from maintaining phase future trenches ESU

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility – Tranche 2,

Environmental Timing to Locations to Resp. Imp Resp. Objectives Mitigation Measures recommended concern implement MM implement MM MM Mon. MM tree clearance under transmission lines Ensure no Operational GEPCO encroachments / phase ESU construction Necessary signboards with limits of height clearances 7. Social safety under the to be placed all along the line. all subprojects in GEPCO Impacts transmission Identify and prevent any illegal encroachments under future trenches line. No violation the DGS s.. of clearance spaces. LARP = Land acquisition and resettlement plan. AP = Affected Persons. LAC = Local Authority Council. TD = Temporary drainage. EC = Erosion control. WM = waste management. CSC = Construction supervision consultant or equivalent. DGS = Transmission line. GSS = Grid substation NEQS=National Environmental Quality Standards

132KV Khayali Bypas

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility – Tranche 2,

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility Sahuwala - Pasrur 132 kV Double Circuit Transmission Line

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility – Tranche 2,

Appendix 4 Monitoring Plan for Performance Indicators

Environmental Performance indicator (PI) Frequency to monitor Timing to check PI Locations to Responsible to Cost of Resp PI Cost of concern implement PI implement PI Implementation supervision Supervision DESIGN and - PRECONSTRUC TION STAGE During detailed design Initially DISCO’S Environmental Management Action Plan (later monthly by By completion of All project DISCO’S, ESIC ESIC cell staff 1. Review of EMAP Contractor Cell / later (EMAP) is reviewed Contractor to cover any detailed design. alignment cell / ADB* cost Contractor cost unidentified impacts) 2. Social Impacts Inventory of losses, Property acquisition, Completed prior to Before removal of APs according to DISCO’S Cell staff ESIC cell staff and compensation and resettlement completed to commencement of DISCO’S Cell DISCO’S /ADB* houses and structures. RP & LAFC. cost cost Resettlement RP requirements. construction During detailed design by Contractor to cover any DISCO’S & 3. Project Completion of detailed All project ESIC cell staff Design changes notified access roads and Contractor Contractor cost ESIC cell / disclosure design. alignment. cost alignment changes, ADB* additional Villages. Contract follows ADB Guidelines on ERP. Method 4. Environmentally Performance bond. Deposited Statements Responsible Once, before Contract is Before Contract is DISCO’S Project Contractor cost DISCO’S ESIC DISCO’S Cell include resources Procurement. Contractual clauses include implementation of signed. signed. Cell. cell / ADB*. staff cost for mitigation (ERP) environmental mitigation measures tied to a performance bond. measures. Monthly or as required in waste management plan to identify sufficient locations for, storage and reuse of transformers and recycling of breaker oils and disposal of transformer oil, 1.Prior to detailed residually contaminated Locations Disposal options for all waste transformer oil, design stage no later DISCO’S cell with soils and scrap metal approved by local 5. Waste disposal residually contaminated soils, scrap metal than pre-qualification or the design ESIC cell ESIC cell DISCO’S “cradle to grave”. waste disposal agreed with DISCO’S and local authority.. tender negotiations consultant. 2. Include in contracts for authorities. 2. Include in contract. unit rates for re- measurement for disposal. 3. After agreement with local authority, designate disposal sites in the contract and cost unit disposal rates accordingly. 6. Noise and air Design changes included in EIA During detailed design by Completion of detailed As defined in EIA DISCO’S Cell / Contractor cost DISCO’S / DISCO’S Cell

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility – Tranche 2,

Environmental Performance indicator (PI) Frequency to monitor Timing to check PI Locations to Responsible to Cost of Resp PI Cost of concern implement PI implement PI Implementation supervision Supervision quality (supplementary) & EMAP approved by Contractor. design. (supplementary) & Contractor /ADB* staff cost mitigation in MOEST. EMAP. design. Considered During detailed design by One month before locations to be as DISCO’S / and 7. Hydrological Contractor and monthly to DISCO’S Cell Temporary Drainage Management plan. commencement of identified in the Contractor Contractor cost DISCO’S Impacts cover any unidentified staff cost construction Detailed Drainage Project Cell. impacts Report. All stream and During detailed design 9. Temporary One month before river crossings DISCO’S / and Erosion Control and Temporary Drainage updated by Contractor DISCO’S Cell drainage and construction and where slopes Contractor. Contractor cost DISCO’S completed. monthly to cover any staff cost erosion control commences. indicate erosion Project Cell. unidentified impacts. will be a problem. Locations agreed During detailed design 10. Planning One month before DISCO’S cell in Contractor DISCO’S / and Use of land agreed with surrounding residents updated by Contractor DISCO’S Cell construction construction consultation with DISCO’S Cell Contractor cost DISCO’S & Villages. monthly to cover any staff cost camps commences. community and facilitates. Project Cell. unidentified impacts. the Contractor. Locations agreed During detailed design with DISCO’S cell One month before DISCO’S / and Temporary Pedestrian and Traffic updated by Contractor in consultation DISCO’S Cell 13.Traffic Condition construction Contractor Contractor cost DISCO’S Management Plan agreed. monthly to cover any with community staff cost commences. Project Cell. unidentified impacts. and the Contractor. 1. Strengthening plan agreed for DISCO’S cell. 1. Once, 1. As soon as /ADB cost of 15. Institutional practicable 2. International environment specialist (IES) 2. Once Throughout the DISCO’S Project DISCO’S Cell staff DISCO’S / and IES & support strengthening and 2, 3, 4. No later than project Cell. cost /ADB*. for 1 month capacity building 3. Increase staffing of DISCO’S Cell. 3. Ongoing one month before US$25,000 4. Train DISCO’S Cell officials. 4. Ongoing Contract award. CONSTRUCTION

STAGE All BOT staff 1. Contractor agreed to provide training to 1. Before contract is members in all DISCO’S and 1.Orientation for professional staff and workers. 1. Once signed Contractor with categories. DISCO’S to DISCO’S Cell Contractor, and 2. Special briefing and training for Contractor 2. Ongoing 2. Before construction IES assistance Contractor cost monthly induction observe and staff cost Workers completed. 3. Ongoing areas are opened up and record details. and six month record success 3. Periodic progress review sessions. 3. Every six months refresher course 1. Drainage Management plan Deliverable in final form to 2. Temp. Pedestrian & Traffic Management 2. Plans to control DISCO’S cell one month One month before plan, All of DISCO’S DISCO’S DISCO’S Cell environmental before construction construction Contractor Contractor cost 3. Erosion Control & Temp. Drainage plan alignment. Project Cell. staff cost impacts commences for any given commences. 4. Materials Management plan, stretch. 5. Waste Management plan;

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility – Tranche 2,

Environmental Performance indicator (PI) Frequency to monitor Timing to check PI Locations to Responsible to Cost of Resp PI Cost of concern implement PI implement PI Implementation supervision Supervision 6. Noise and Dust Control plan, 7. Safety Plan 8. Agreed schedule of costs for environmental mitigation.{N.B. Forest Clearance and Compensatory Planting plan is prepared by DISCO’S cell} Locations to be provided with the Meaningful water quality monitoring up and During detailed design Once (line item when detailed designs Independent downstream during construction within 100m by Contractor and DISCO’S / DISCO’S Cell 5. Water quality opening up construction including all experienced Contractor cost of rivers. Rapid reporting and feedback by update to cover any DISCO’S Cell. staff cost near water bodies). bridges during laboratory. DISCO’S. unidentified impacts. construction within 100m of rivers 1. Availability of water acceptable to ‟ community. No complaints. All local water DISCO S 6. Water 1. Monthly Prior to submission of DISCO’S Cell 2. Guidelines established to minimize the supply resources Contractor Contractor cost and Resources 2. Monthly progress reports. DISCO‟S staff cost water wastage during construction operations and rivers. Cell and at worker camps. 1. Use of land agreed with surrounding 8. Spoil disposal residents & Villages. Monthly (line item when Prior to construction. All DISCO’S DISCO’S and DISCO’S Cell and construction Contractor Contractor cost 2. Waste Management Plan implemented. opening up construction). Update monthly. alignment. DISCO’S Cell staff cost waste disposal 3 No open burning DISCO’S / Contractor should Noise mitigation measures implemented in Maximum allowable DISCO’S Monthly (line item when All DISCO’S maintain the DISCO’S Cell 10. Noise line with guidelines for noise reduction from noise levels are Contractor cost Project Cell will opening up construction). alignment. accepted staff cost ISO/TR11688-1:1995(E) 70dB(A)LEQ. monitor sample standards activities. Monthly (line item when Prior to construction. All DISCO’S DISCO’S and DISCO’S Cell 11. Air quality Noise and dust control plan implemented. Contractor Contractor cost opening up construction). Update monthly. alignment. DISCO’S Cell staff cost 13..Soil Contractors workforce to instructed and train Monthly (line item when Prior to construction. All DISCO’S DISCO’S and DISCO’S Cell Contractor Contractor cost Contamination handling of chemicals opening up construction). Update monthly. alignment. DISCO’S Cell staff cost 1. Use of land agreed with surrounding 14. Work Camp residents & Villages. Monthly (line item when Prior to construction. All DISCO’S DISCO’S and DISCO’S Cell Location and Contractor Contractor cost 2. Waste Management Plan implemented. opening up construction). Update monthly. alignment. DISCO’S Cell staff cost Operation 3 No open burning DISCO’S / 19. Safety One month before (ESIC cell to Once (update monthly as All DISCO’S DISCO’S Cell Precautions for Safety Plan submitted construction and update Contractor. Contractor cost actively necessary) alignment. staff cost Workers quarterly. supervise and enforce. 1. Local labour is used and workforce Monthly (line item when During construction. All DISCO’S DISCO’S and DISCO’S Cell 20. Social Impacts 2. Local educated people for office work. Contractor Contractor cost opening up construction). Update monthly. alignment. DISCO’S Cell staff cost 3. Complaints on construction nuisance

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility – Tranche 2,

Environmental Performance indicator (PI) Frequency to monitor Timing to check PI Locations to Responsible to Cost of Resp PI Cost of concern implement PI implement PI Implementation supervision Supervision damages close to ROW are responded to promptly by the Contractor. 4. Quarterly meetings with local VILLAGE for liaison purposes to monitor complaints. DISCO’S / Contractor has included for some One month before (DISCO’S Cell enhancements in detailed designs Including Once (update monthly as All DISCO’S DISCO’S Cell 21. Enhancements construction and update Contractor. Contractor cost to actively planting of trees in addition to bioengineering necessary) alignment. staff cost quarterly. supervise and such as in median enforce. OPERATIONAL DISCO’S Cell

Note: LAFC = Land Acquisition Compensation Fixation Committee. DDS=Detailed design stage. Based on EIA/IEE reports to be revised at DDS, RAP, SIA and other engineering considerations may change, EIA=environmental impact Assessment. EMP=, Environmental management action plan = Environmental management plan, EPA= Environmental Protection Agency,. TD = Temporary drainage. EC = Erosion control. NGO = non government organization. ADB * = ADB checks that processes have been completed and signed off by DISCO’S before moving to construction stage.

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility – Tranche 2,

Appendix 5 Monitoring Plan 1. DISCO‟S have established the Environmental and Social Impacts Cell (ESIC) manned by two professionals and support staff. The DISCO‟S instructional arrangement with respect to social and environmental monitoring and implementation is presented as follows: 17.1 INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENTS The institutional arrangements of planning and management of the Power Distribution Enhancement Program (or the ADB-funded Power Distribution Enhancement MFF Project) are described as follows (see also Figure overleaf): 17.2 Pakistan Electric Power Company (PEPCO)

17.2.1 Distribution Companies (DISCOs)

4. The DISCOs included in the ADB-funded MFF Project (the Program) are: PESCO: Peshawar Electric Supply Company, Peshawar, NWFP; IESCO: Islamabad Electric Supply Company, Islamabad; GEPCO: Gujranwala Electric Power Company, Gujranwala, Punjab; LESCO: Lahore Electric Supply Company, Lahore, Punjab; FESCO: Faisalabad Electric Supply Company, Faisalabad, Punjab; MEPCO: Multan Electric Power Company, Multan, Punjab; QESCO: Quetta Electric Supply Company, Quetta, Baluchistan; and, HESCO: Hyderabad Electric Supply Company, Hyderabad, Sindh.

17.2.2 Technical Assistance (Consultants)

5. PMU, PEPCO provides technical assistance to all the eight DISCOs through the following Consultants, based in Lahore: PPTA: Project Preparation Technical Assistance was hired by PEPCO in 2007 and since then it has so far assisted the DISCOs in preparing Tranche 1 & 2 Subprojects. The PPTA Resettlement Experts have thus far assisted the DISCOs in the preparation of LARPs and DDRs for the Subprojects included in Tranches 1 and 2. PIC: Project Implementation Consultant is expected to be hired and mobilized by PEPCO by end-2009, to provide technical assistance to DISCOs in updating and implementation of the approved Subprojects. The PIC Resettlement Experts will assist the DISCOs in updating, revision and implementation of the LARPs and DDRs. EMC: External Monitoring and Evaluation Consultant is expected to be hired and mobilized by PEPCO by end-2009, to independently monitor and evaluate the implementation of approved LARPs on the Tranche 1 and 2 Subprojects of all the DISCOs, and report directly to ADB with copy to the respective DISCOs.

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility – Tranche 2,

Figure: Organization for LARP Planning, Implementation and Monitoring

PEPCO Project Management Unit (PMU) (Project Coordination)

Chief Executive

DISCO

Project Implementation Consultant (PIC) Chief Engineer Development PPTA (HESCO Subprojects) Consultants External LARP Monitoring Consultant (EMC) Project Director (PD, GSC) (Grid System Construction)

Project Implementation

Unit (PIU)

(Engineers & Patwaris)

Deputy Manager, ESIC Province Board (Environmental and Social of Revenue Impact Cell)

Assistant DISCO LAC Assistant Manager District LAC Manager (Social/Resettlement) (Environment)

Staff / Patwaris Field Patwaris

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility – Tranche 2,

17.3 Distribution Companies (DISCOs)

6. DISCO as the implementing agency (IA) bears the overall responsibility for the preparation, implementation and financing of all tasks set out in this LARP, as well as inter-agency coordination required for the implementation of the Subprojects. As such, it takes care of the preparation/updating and implementation of the LARPs and DDRs, and internal monitoring and evaluation activities (see also Chapter 10: Monitoring and Evaluation). Institutionally, DISCO typically has three functional divisions, namely, the Planning, Projects and Grid System Construction divisions.

17.3.1 Planning Division

7. The Planning Division is responsible for preparation of PC-1s, for preparation of load forecasts and feeder analysis. The division is responsible for preparation of the Energy Loss Reduction (ELR) work orders. Formerly subproject preparation and keeping liaison with the Government of Pakistan and Asian Development Bank (ADB), as the donor of this MFF Project had also been the responsibility of this division. But lately the activity has been shifted to the Office of Chief Engineer Development.

17.3.2 Chief Engineer Development

8. The former Projects Division has now been named as the Office of Chief Engineer Development (OCED), is responsible for the overall planning, management and coordination of the approved Subprojects. The OCED is currently being assisted by the PPTA Consultants18 (including the Resettlement Experts responsible for LARP/DDR preparation), in preparing the identified Subprojects in line with the ADB Policies, and obtaining approval from the donor ADB. Its major functions include keeping regular liaison with ADB and relevant departments of the federal, provincial and district governments, preparation, updating and implementation of the LARPs and the related monitoring and evaluation activities. 9. The OCED contains a specially created cell to take care of the safeguards related activities, namely, the Environmental and Social Impacts Cell (ESIC), headed by a Deputy Manager, and assisted by two Assistant Managers, Environment and Social, respectively. The Assistant Manager Social is responsible for the preparation/updating, implementation and internal monitoring of the Subproject LARPs, with assistance from DISCO LAC and PIC Resettlement Expert. 10. The Scope of Work to be handled by the ESIC far exceeds the physical and professional ability and capabilities of the incumbents. To support the ESIC, to carry out its responsibilities, a Monitoring Consultant is being hired. In addition, a Project Implementation Consultant (IC)19 will also be hired who will also have social and environmental experts to assist GEPCO in revising and updating the LARP as and when required, and then in implementation of the LARP. The Consultants will be provided full logistic support (including office space and field transport) by the DISCO.

17.3.3 Grid System Construction (GSC) Division

11. The Grid System Construction (GSC) Division is responsible for implementing the approved Subprojects, including construction/improvement of grid stations and transmission lines. This office is headed by the Project Director (GSC), and it will establish Project Implementation Units (PIUs), comprising Engineers and Patwaris, at the respective towns of each Subproject. The PD GSC has an in-house Land Acquisition Collector (LAC) to take care of the land acquisition and resettlement activities. 12. The DISCO LAC, along with field Patwaris, in addition to implementation of the LARP activities, will provide in-field assistance to the Resettlement Experts of ESIC and PIC in updating, revision and internal monitoring of the LARPs. He normally works as an

18 British Power International (BPI), a UK Based Power Consultant firm. 19 Terms of Reference for Implementation Consultant‟s Resettlement Expert are provided in Appendix 4.

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility – Tranche 2,

independent entity, but in case of local needs like price updating, grievance redress, etc., may involve the local Union Councils and other leaders at the local levels, and/or the District LACs and Province Board of Revenue for addressing broader level matters and resolving permanent Land Acquisition issues (not applicable to this Subproject). He will be provided technical assistance by the Resettlement Experts included in both ESIC and PIC teams.

17.4 District Government

13. The district government have jurisdiction for land administration, valuation and acquisition. At the provincial level these functions rest on the Province Board of Revenue while at the district level they rest on the District Land Acquisition Collector (District LAC). Within LAC office the Patwari (land records clerk), carry out specific roles such as titles identification and verification required by the GEPCO LAC.

17.5 Responsibility for Internal and External Monitoring

14. Land acquisition and resettlement tasks under the Program will be subjected to both internal and external monitoring. Internal monitoring will be conducted by ESIC, assisted by DISCO LAC and PIC Resettlement Expert. The external monitoring responsibilities will be assigned to an External Monitoring Consultant (EMC) to be engaged by PMU, PEPCO according to the Terms of Reference (TOR) that have been approved by ADB.

17.5.1 Terms of Reference of the monitoring consultants (MC) as follows: Environmental monitoring 15. An environment evaluation expert(s) for a period of four (4) person-month (on as and when required basis) who will undertake monitoring of IEEs and also other environmental issues related to design, construction and commissioning of the sub-projects according to the relevant reports already prepared and approved by DISCO‟S/ADB. The expected completion time of these projects is one years. (A) Design Phase (XVII) Monitor final site selection process and final alignment selection process and its environmental compliance with EMP. (XVIII) Review the implementation of the land acquisition plan and expropriation, including considerations concerning vulnerable groups among land-owners, farmers, and farm workers. (XIX) Monitor contractor‟s detailed project design to ensure relevant environmental mitigation measures in EMP have been included. (XX) Monitor the detailed environmental guidelines for construction works, including procurement, management, works, closing operations etc in the light of IEE and EMP. (XXI) Review the management plan for mineral construction materials and waste management. (XXII) Audit detailed designs of facilities and installations to ensure standard environmental safeguards/ mitigation measures (as identified in EMP) have been included. (XXIII) Review landscape design plan, including compensatory planting. (XXIV) Monitor the performance of environmental training and briefings for the creation of environmental awareness of project staff and DISCO‟S.

(B) Construction phase (V) Regular monitoring and reporting of contractor‟s compliance with contractual environmental mitigation measures in light of IEE and EMP. (VI) Monitoring of the implementation of the landscape design plan.

(C) Operation and Maintenance phase (V) Monitoring of routine maintenance of facilities and transmission line in light of mitigation measures specified in EMP.

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility – Tranche 2,

(VI) Monitoring of the implementation of the landscape design plan. 16. The MC will mainly assist the ESIC cell in the monitoring functions. DISCO‟S is also in the process of hiring management consultants, who will assist the Project Management Unit (PMU) of DISCO‟S in amongst other matters relating to the implementation of the IEE/LARP including updating of LARP s (price updating) and updating of IEE and EMPs when ever major changes are made to the approved sub projects. 17.5.2 Terms of reference for Project Implementation (Management) Consultants

17. Terms of Reference (related to social and environmental aspects) of the Project Implementation (Management) Consultants are Specifically, the PMC shall ensure that: 1. ALL ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT, FRAMEWORK, AND PLANS FOR ALL THE SUBPROJECTS SHOULD BE CONDUCTED AND IMPLEMENTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ADB‟S ENVIRONMENT POLICY AND ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT GUIDELINES, AND PAKISTAN ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REGULATIONS AND GUIDELINES.

2. ALL LAND ACQUISITION, AND RESETTLEMENT FRAMEWORK AND PLAN ARE IMPLEMENTED PROMPTLY AND EFFICIENTLY ACCORDING TO ITS TERMS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE PAKISTAN LAWS, AND ADB‟S POLICY ON INVOLUNTARY RESETTLEMENT.

3. PMU WILL GUARANTEE THAT ALL SUBPROJECTS AFFECTING ETHNIC MINORITIES ARE CONSTRUCTED AND OPERATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF ADB‟S POLICY ON INDIGENOUS PEOPLES AND APPLICABLE PAKISTAN RULES AND REGULATIONS.

4. PMU WILL FOLLOW THE PRINCIPLES OF THE ADB‟S POLICY ON GENDER AND DEVELOPMENT AND USE APPROPRIATE PAKISTAN LAWS DURING EACH SUBPROJECT IMPLEMENTATION.

5. ENSURE THAT SUBPROJECT SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MITIGATION MEASURES ARE INCORPORATED INTO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.

6. SUPERVISE AND EVALUATE THE IMPLEMENTATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL MITIGATION AD MONITORING MEASURES AS SPECIFIED IN THE ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLANS (EMP).

7. UPDATE THE EMP AS NECESSARY, INCLUDING CARRYING OUT SUPPLEMENTAL ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENTS FOR ADDITIONAL SUBPROJECTS APPRAISED AFTER LOAN APPROVAL.

8. SUPERVISE SOCIAL SAFEGUARD‟S RELATED REPORTING REQUIREMENTS AND ENSURE ITS TIMELY SUBMISSION. THE REPORTING DOCUMENTS INCLUDE LARP‟S UPDATING, PROGRESS AND COMPLETION REPORTS.

9. MONITOR AND SUPERVISE RESETTLEMENT AND OTHER SOCIAL IMPACT MITIGATION ACTIVITIES, AS DEFINED IN THE APPROVED AND FINAL LARP‟S.

10. ENSURE NO CIVIL WORKS TO BE DONE UNLESS THE APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF THE LARP ARE, INCLUDING IN PARTICULAR THE TIMELY DELIVERY OF COMPENSATION TO AFFECTED FAMILIES HAVE BEEN COMPLIED WITH.

11. ESTABLISH A GRIEVANCE MECHANISM PROCEDURE FOR THE SUBPROJECTS.

12. CONDUCT AND DEVELOP INTERNAL MONITORING AND EVALUATING REPORTING SYSTEM OF THE LARPS AND EMPS IMPLEMENTATIONS. THE REPORT WILL ALSO INCLUDE ANY CHANGE IN THE IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE, PROBLEMS OR DIFFICULTIES ENCOUNTERED AND WORK TO BE CARRIED OUT IN THE NEXT PERIOD IN ACCORDANCE WITH PROCEDURES AND DETAILS ACCEPTABLE TO ADB. THE MONITORING REPORTS WILL BE INCLUDED IN THE QUARTERLY PROGRESS REPORT TO BE SUBMITTED TO ADB.

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility – Tranche 2,

B PROJECT MONITORING ACTIVITIES DURING THE PROJECT CYCLE:

18. The Activities at various stages of the project cycle have been summarized in the terms of reference for consultants as presented in Table AX3.1.

Table AX3.1 Monitoring Program for Tranche 3 Monitoring Monitoring Parameter Timing Responsibility Locations DESIGN PHASE Audit project bidding documents to ensure Prior to issue of biding DISCO’S through project 18 - IEE and EMP is included documents implementation unit. Monitor that the selection process and final Prior to DISCO’S approval DISCO’S with the assistance 19 alignment selection process and its - of contractor’s detail of and external environmental compliance with EMP alignment survey environmental consultants Monitor contractor’s detail project design to Prior to DISCO’S approval DISCO’S with the assistance 20 ensure relevant environmental mitigation - of contractor’s detail of project implementation unit measures in EMP have been included alignment survey Monitor through implementation of detail Prior to DISCO’S approval DISCO’S with the assistance environmental guidelines for construction 21 - of contractor’s detail of and external works including procurement management, design environmental consultants works and closing operation Prior to DISCO’S approval DISCO’S with the assistance Review the mineral, construction materials 22 - of contractor’s detail of and external and waste management design environmental consultants Prior to DISCO’S approval Audit detail design of facilities and DISCO’S with the assistance 23 - of contractor’s detail installation to ensure standard of project implementation unit design Table AX3.1 Monitoring Program for Tranche 3 (continued) CONSTRUCTION PHASE Monitoring Parameter Monitoring Locations Timing Responsibility 1 Observation of soil erosion Construction sites, campsites During routine monitoring PMU At wells and surface water bodies near grid station and Before mobilization Contractor/PMU construction campsites 2 Water quality Selected local wells Monthly Contractor/PMU Selected locations at nearby Monthly Contractor/PMU surface water bodies 3 Water consumption Construction sites, campsite Daily Contractor/PMU Checks for any damage to water course, 4 Construction sites During routine monitoring PMU groundwater wells Construction sites, campsites Before mobilization Contractor/PMU 5 Ambient air quality Construction sites, campsites Once every two months Contractor/PMU Construction sites, campsites During routine monitoring Contractor/PMU Checks for exhaust emissions 6 Checks for dust emissions Construction sites, campsites, During routine monitoring Contractor/PMU project roads Fortnightly or during the 7 Noise At nearby communities construction activities Contractor/PMU causing noise. Throughout the field 8 Public concerns At nearby communities PMU activities.

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility – Tranche 2,

Complete record of sampling and analysis should be maintained and documented. PMU = Project Monitoring Unit, DISCO‟S = Distribution Companies

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility – Tranche 2,

C SUMMARY OF ESTIMATED COSTS FOR EMP

Table AX3.2 Implementation for Tranche 2 US $ Pak. Rs.

Total 20,912,250 261,443

I US$ = 80 Pak. Rupees 1 @ P.Rs. 50,000/month: 2 Laboratory charges for: testing of construction materials; water quality teats; ambient air tests; emissions measurements; and noise measurements. 3 Includes: Compensatory tree plantation under supervision of forest department; and training on counterpart staff. 4 @ P.Rs. 25000 per month rental charges and Rs. 550.0 per day fuel and operating cost

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility – Tranche 2,

Attachment 4 Monitoring Plan for Performance Indicators Environmental Impact Assessment

Appendix-6 (SUMMARY OF PUBLIC CONSULTATION) Tranch-2, Godh Pur 132 kV Grid Station and Double Circuit Transmission Line

Issues Raised/Concerns Action Taken / Proposed Sr. Participant Proposed Participant Name Address Date expressed/ Suggestions No. Profession Measure & Requests Man Group: Mandeer Compensation GEPCO should pay Crop and tree March should be paid compensation of crops and compensation should be 60. Muhammad Aslam Landowner Mandeer adequately and trees fairly and timely at least 2009 fair and timely timely 15 days before civil works Compensation GEPCO should pay Crop and tree March should be paid compensation of crops and compensation should be 61. Muhammad Hayat Landowner Mandeer adequately and trees fairly and timely at least 2009 fair and timely timely 15 days before civil works Compensation GEPCO should pay Crop and tree March should be paid compensation of crops and compensation should be 62. Ghulam Shabir Landowner Mandeer adequately and trees fairly and timely at least 2009 fair and timely timely 15 days before civil works Compensation GEPCO should pay Crop and tree March should be paid compensation of crops and compensation should be 63. Ali Haider Landowner Mandeer adequately and trees fairly and timely at least 2009 fair and timely timely 15 days before civil works Compensation GEPCO should pay Crop and tree March should be paid compensation of crops and compensation should be 64. Mumtaz Hussain Landowner Mandeer adequately and trees fairly and timely at least 2009 fair and timely timely 15 days before civil works Compensation GEPCO should pay Crop and tree March should be paid compensation of crops and compensation should be 65. Muhammad Akram Landowner Mandeer adequately and trees fairly and timely at least 2009 fair and timely timely 15 days before civil works Women Group: Mandeer Contractor Safety precautions should GEPCO should bound the March should take be taken during contractor.-to take safety 66. Fatima House Wife Mandeer safety 2009 construction.. measures precautions- March Safety precautions should Contractor GEPCO should bound the 67. Nazeran House Wife Mandeer 2009 be taken during should take contractor.-to take safety

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility – Tranche 2,

construction. safety measures precautions- Contractor Safety precautions should GEPCO should bound the March should take be taken during contractor.-to take safety 68. Sajida House Wife Mandeer safety 2009 construction. measures precautions- March 69. Hakima Teacher Mandeer No comments - - 2009 Load shedding in the March summer is disturbing our 70. Shamim Student Mandeer study; she hoped the - - 2009 construction of subproject will improve the situation. Load shedding in the March summer is disturbing our 71. Suraia Student Mandeer study; she hoped the - - 2009 construction of subproject will improve the situation. Man Group: Jorian Khurd Compensation GEPCO should pay Crop and tree March should be paid compensation of crops and compensation should be 72. Iftikhar Landowner Jorian Khurd adequately and trees fairly and timely at least 2009 fair and timely timely 15 days before civil works Compensation GEPCO should pay Crop and tree March should be paid compensation of crops and compensation should be 73. Murad Ali Landowner Jorian Khurd adequately and trees fairly and timely at least 2009 fair and timely timely 15 days before civil works Compensation GEPCO should pay Crop and tree March should be paid compensation of crops and compensation should be 74. Muhammad Akhtar Landowner Jorian Khurd adequately and trees fairly and timely at least 2009 fair and timely timely 15 days before civil works Compensation GEPCO should pay Crop and tree March should be paid compensation of crops and compensation should be 75. Ghulam Ali Sharecroper Jorian Khurd adequately and trees fairly and timely at least 2009 fair and timely timely 15 days before civil works March He expects stable supply 76. Safdar Hussain Busniss Jorian Khurd in the region with lesser - - 2009 complaints. March He expects stable supply 77. Muhammad Bashir Shopkeeper Jorian Khurd in the region with lesser - - 2009 complaints. Woman Group: Jorian Khurd

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility – Tranche 2,

March She requested that line Line should not GEPCO should avoid 78. Kainat House Wife Jorian Khurd should not .pass over the pass over the distribution lines to pass over 2009 houses. houses. the houses. March She requested that line Line should not GEPCO should avoid 79. Naila House Wife Jorian Khurd should not .pass over the pass over the distribution lines to pass over 2009 houses. houses. the houses. Skilled and March Local skilled and unskilled unskilled labor GEPCO should employ Skilled 80. Nasreen Labor Jorian Khurd labor should be used should be and unskilled labor from the 2009 wherever possible preferred from area the area Load shedding in the summer is disturbing our 81. Bakht Bibi LHW Jorian Khurd study; she hoped the - - construction of subproject will improve the situation. March She requested that line Line should not GEPCO should avoid 82. Shazia Student Jorian Khurd should not pass over the pass over the distribution lines to pass over 2009 houses. houses. the houses. Load shedding in the March summer is disturbing our 83. Aysha House Wife Jorian Khurd study; she hoped the - - 2009 construction of subproject will improve the situation. Man Group: Gandaray Compensation GEPCO should pay Crop and tree March should be paid compensation of crops and compensation should be 84. Ashiq Hussain Landowner Gandaray adequately and trees fairly and timely at least 2009 fair and timely timely 15 days before civil works Compensation GEPCO should pay Crop and tree March should be paid compensation of crops and compensation should be 85. Khadim Hussain Landowner Gandaray adequately and trees fairly and timely at least 2009 fair and timely timely 15 days before civil works Compensation GEPCO should pay Crop and tree March should be paid compensation of crops and compensation should be 86. Muhammad Hanif Landowner Gandaray adequately and trees fairly and timely at least 2009 fair and timely timely 15 days before civil works Compensation GEPCO should pay Crop and tree should be paid compensation of crops and compensation should be 87. Khalid Hussain Sharecroper Gandaray adequately and trees fairly and timely at least fair and timely timely 15 days before civil works 88. Muhammad Ali Landowner Gandaray March Crop and tree Compensation GEPCO should pay

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility – Tranche 2,

2009 compensation should be should be paid compensation of crops and fair and timely adequately and trees fairly and timely at least timely 15 days before civil works Compensation GEPCO should pay Crop and tree March should be paid compensation of crops and compensation should be 89. Ghulam Shabir Landowner Gandaray adequately and trees fairly and timely at least 2009 fair and timely timely 15 days before civil works Compensation GEPCO should pay Crop and tree March should be paid compensation of crops and compensation should be 90. Imtiaz Hussan Landowner Gandaray adequately and trees fairly and timely at least 2009 fair and timely timely 15 days before civil works Compensation GEPCO should pay Crop and tree March should be paid compensation of crops and compensation should be 91. Qamar Sultan Shopkeeper Gandaray adequately and trees fairly and timely at least 2009 fair and timely timely 15 days before civil works Woman Group: Gandaray Skilled and March Local skilled and unskilled unskilled labor GEPCO should employ Skilled 92. Rukhsana House Wife Gandaray labor should be used should be and unskilled labor from the 2009 wherever possible preferred from area the area Frequent power failure March and voltage fluctuation in 93. Rashida House Wife Gandaray summer she hoped the - .- 2009 subproject will improve the situation. Skilled and March Local skilled and unskilled unskilled labor GEPCO should employ Skilled 94. Naeema House Wife Gandaray labor should be used should be and unskilled labor from the 2009 wherever possible preferred from area the area Contractor Safety precautions should GEPCO should bound the should take be taken during contractor.-to take safety 95. Hakima House Wife Gandaray safety construction. measures precautions- Frequent power failure March and voltage fluctuation in 96. Noreen Mid Wife Gandaray summer she hoped the - .- 2009 subproject will improve the situation. March Local skilled and unskilled Skilled and GEPCO should employ Skilled 97. Nasreen House Wife Gandaray 2009 labor should be used unskilled labor and unskilled labor from the

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility – Tranche 2,

wherever possible should be area preferred from the area Man Group: Toknanwali Compensation GEPCO should pay Crop and tree March should be paid compensation of crops and compensation should be 98. Aman Ullah Landowner Toknanwali adequately and trees fairly and timely at least 2009 fair and timely timely 15 days before civil works Compensation GEPCO should pay Crop and tree March should be paid compensation of crops and compensation should be 99. Khadim Hussain Landowner Toknanwali adequately and trees fairly and timely at least 2009 fair and timely timely 15 days before civil works Compensation GEPCO should pay Crop and tree March should be paid compensation of crops and compensation should be 100. Arshad Landowner Toknanwali adequately and trees fairly and timely at least 2009 fair and timely timely 15 days before civil works Compensation GEPCO should pay Crop and tree March should be paid compensation of crops and compensation should be 101. Abrar Sharecropper Toknanwali adequately and trees fairly and timely at least 2009 fair and timely timely 15 days before civil works Compensation GEPCO should pay Crop and tree March should be paid compensation of crops and compensation should be 102. Aamir Hussain Sharecropper Toknanwali adequately and trees fairly and timely at least 2009 fair and timely timely 15 days before civil works Women Group: Toknanwali Contractor Safety precautions should GEPCO should bound the March should take be taken during contractor.-to take safety 103. Naheed Khan House Wife Toknanwali safety 2009 construction. measures precautions- Contractor Safety precautions should GEPCO should bound the March should take be taken during contractor.-to take safety 104. Khadima House Wife Toknanwali safety 2009 construction. measures precautions- Contractor Safety precautions should GEPCO should bound the March should take be taken during contractor.-to take safety 105. Nasreen House Wife Toknanwali safety 2009 construction. measures precautions- March 106. Shamsan LHW Toknanwali No comments - - 2009 March 107. Praveen Teacher Toknanwali No comments - - 2009

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility – Tranche 2,

Appendix-7 Trees affected by 30m RoW of transmission line

Affected Wood Trees (No.) Sub Project Section Shisham Kikar Eucalyptus/ Other Total Affected From To (Sisso) (Acasia) Poplar s Trees (No.) A: Sahuwala GS 1 - - - - - 1 2 1 - - - 1 2 3 - - - - - 3 4 1 - - - 1 4 5 - - - - - Sub-total (A): 2 - - - 2 B: Mandeer 4 5 - - - - - 5 6 - - - - - 6 7 - - - - - 7 8 1 - - - 1 8 9 - - - - - 9 10 - 1 - - 1 10 11 - - - - - 11 12 1 - 1 - 2 12 13 - - - - - 13 14 - 1 - - 1 14 15 - - - 1 1 15 16 1 - - - 1 16 17 - 1 - - 1 Sub-total (B): 3 3 1 1 8 C: Suknian 16 17 - - - - - 17 18 - - - - - 18 19 - 1 - - 1 19 20 1 - - 1 2 20 21 - - - - - 21 22 - - - - - 22 23 - 1 - - 1 23 24 - - - - - 24 25 1 - - 1 2 25 26 - - - - - 26 27 - - 1 - 1 27 28 1 - - - 1 28 29 - 1 - - 1 29 30 2 - 1 - 3 30 31 - - - 1 1 31 32 - - - - - 32 33 1 - - - 1 Sub-total (C): 6 3 2 3 14 D: Jorian Khurd 32 33 - - - - - 33 34 1 - - - 1 34 35 - - 1 - 1 35 36 - 1 - - 1 36 37 1 - - 1 2 37 38 - - - - -

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility – Tranche 2,

38 39 - - 2 - 2 39 40 1 - - 1 2 40 41 - 2 1 - 3 41 42 - - - - - Sub-total (D): 3 3 4 2 12 E: Gandaray 41 42 1 - - - 1 42 43 - - - 2 2 43 44 - 1 - - 1 44 45 - - 1 - 1 45 46 1 - - 2 3 46 47 - 1 - 1 2 47 48 1 - 1 - 2 Sub-total (E): 3 2 2 5 12

F: Toknanwali 47 48 - - - - - 48 49 1 2 - - 3 49 GS - 1 - 1 2 Sub-total (F): 1 3 - 1 5 G: Grid Station Grid Station - - - - - Sub-total (G): - - - - - TOTAL: 18 14 9 12 53 Percentage: 33.96 26.42 16.98 22.64 100.00

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility – Tranche 2,

Appendix 1 Micro Location of the DGS

Picture1: Entry Point of proposed transmission line at Sohuwala Grid Substation

Picture 2: Kacha Way and Miner Crossing

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility – Tranche 2,

Picture 3: Road Crossing

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility – Tranche 2,

Picture 4: Crops under the proposed line route

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility – Tranche 2,

Picture 5: Crops and trees under the line

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility – Tranche 2,

Picture 6: Boundary wall of primary school near the line route at 25 meter

Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility – Tranche 2,

Appendix 9 Implementation Schedule Responsibility 08 Year 2009 Year 2010 Year 2011 Activity/Task Primary Secondary N D J F M A M J J A S O N D J F M A M J J A S O N D J F M A M J J A S O Env. & Land Acquisition and Resettlement Framework GEPCO Consultant Adopted from the first tranche of MFF Indigenous People Development Framework GEPCO Consultant Adopted from the first tranche of MFF Survey & Design of Transmission Line (TL) GEPCO -

Site Demarcation of Affected Lands (TL) GEPCO - Resettlement Field Survey of Transmission Line GEPCO Consultant Draft Land Acquisition and Resettlement Plan GEPCO Consultant Preparation LARP Revision (if necessary) GEPCO Consultant Disclosure of LARF & LARP on ADB Website ADB Consultant

LARP Disclosure - Brochure in Urdu GEPCO Consultant Mobilize project supervision consultant Government GEPCO LARP revision (if necessary) GEPCO SDC

Information dissemination to Affected People GEPCO SDC/RS Adjust compensation rates for inflation GEPCO SDC/RS Submit revised LARP / Approval by EPA/ADB GEPCO Govt/ADB Award of Contracts for Civil Works GEPCO Contractor Grievance Redress Process GEPCO SDC/RS Implementation Delivery of compensation, prior to start of Works GEPCO SDC/RS Final payment of crop compensation (3 seasons) GEPCO SDC/RS Internal Monitoring of LARP Implementation GEPCO SDC/RS

Possession of land for starting works GEPCO SDC/RS Contractor mobilized to start work Contractor Consultant Commencement of Civil Works Contractor Consultant

Construction External M&E of LARP implementation EMA GEPCO